This is a modern-English version of The Radio Amateur's Hand Book: A Complete, Authentic and Informative Work on Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony, originally written by Collins, A. Frederick (Archie Frederick).
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
Photograph unavailable |
A. Frederick Collins, Inventor of the Wireless Telephone, 1899. Awarded Gold Medal for same, Alaska Yukon Pacific Exposition, 1909. |
THE RADIO AMATEUR'S HAND BOOK
A Complete, Authentic and Informative Work on Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony
A Comprehensive, Genuine, and Informative Resource on Wireless Communication and Telephony
BY
FREDERICK COLLINS
BY FREDERICK COLLINS
Inventor of the Wireless Telephone 1899; Historian of Wireless 1901-1910; Author of "Wireless Telegraphy" 1905
Inventor of the Wireless Telephone 1899; Historian of Wireless 1901-1910; Author of "Wireless Telegraphy" 1905
1922
1922
TO
WILLIAM MARCONI
INVENTOR OF THE WIRELESS TELEGRAPH
TO
WILLIAM MARCONI
INVENTOR OF THE WIRELESS TELEGRAPH
INTRODUCTION
Before delving into the mysteries of receiving and sending messages without wires, a word as to the history of the art and its present day applications may be of service. While popular interest in the subject has gone forward by leaps and bounds within the last two or three years, it has been a matter of scientific experiment for more than a quarter of a century.
Before exploring the secrets of sending and receiving messages wirelessly, it might be helpful to discuss the history of this technology and its current uses. Although interest in the topic has surged in the last couple of years, it has been the subject of scientific experimentation for over twenty-five years.
The wireless telegraph was invented by William Marconi, at Bologna, Italy, in 1896, and in his first experiments he sent dot and dash signals to a distance of 200 or 300 feet. The wireless telephone was invented by the author of this book at Narberth, Penn., in 1899, and in his first experiments the human voice was transmitted to a distance of three blocks.
The wireless telegraph was invented by William Marconi in Bologna, Italy, in 1896. During his initial experiments, he transmitted dot and dash signals over a distance of 200 to 300 feet. The wireless telephone was invented by the author of this book in Narberth, Pennsylvania, in 1899, and in his first tests, the human voice was sent across a distance of three blocks.
The first vital experiments that led up to the invention of the wireless telegraph were made by Heinrich Hertz, of Germany, in 1888 when he showed that the spark of an induction coil set up electric oscillations in an open circuit, and that the energy of these waves was, in turn, sent out in the form of electric waves. He also showed how they could be received at a distance by means of a ring detector, which he called a resonator.
The first important experiments that led to the invention of the wireless telegraph were conducted by Heinrich Hertz in Germany in 1888. He demonstrated that the spark from an induction coil created electric oscillations in an open circuit and that the energy from these waves was emitted as electric waves. He also showed how these waves could be detected from afar using a ring detector, which he referred to as a resonator.
In 1890, Edward Branly, of France, showed that metal filings in a tube cohered when electric waves acted on them, and this device he termed a radio conductor; this was improved upon by Sir Oliver Lodge, who called it a coherer. In 1895, Alexander Popoff, of Russia, constructed a receiving set for the study of atmospheric electricity, and this arrangement was the earliest on record of the use of a detector connected with an aerial and the earth.
In 1890, Edward Branly from France demonstrated that metal filings in a tube stuck together when electric waves were applied, and he called this device a radio conductor; Sir Oliver Lodge later improved it and named it a coherer. In 1895, Alexander Popoff from Russia built a receiving set to study atmospheric electricity, making it the first known use of a detector connected to an aerial and the ground.
Marconi was the first to connect an aerial to one side of a spark gap and a ground to the other side of it. He used an induction coil to energize the spark gap, and a telegraph key in the primary circuit to break up the current into signals. Adding a Morse register, which printed the dot and dash messages on a tape, to the Popoff receptor he produced the first system for sending and receiving wireless telegraph messages.
Marconi was the first to connect an antenna to one side of a spark gap and a ground to the other side. He used an induction coil to power the spark gap and a telegraph key in the primary circuit to split the current into signals. By adding a Morse register, which printed dot and dash messages on a tape, to the Popoff receptor, he created the first system for sending and receiving wireless telegraph messages.
Photograph unavailable |
Collins' Wireless Telephone Exhibited at the Madison Square Garden, October 1908. |
After Marconi had shown the world how to telegraph without connecting wires it would seem, on first thought, to be an easy matter to telephone without wires, but not so, for the electric spark sets up damped and periodic oscillations and these cannot be used for transmitting speech. Instead, the oscillations must be of constant amplitude and continuous. That a direct current arc light transforms a part of its energy into electric oscillations was shown by Firth and Rogers, of England, in 1893.
After Marconi demonstrated how to send telegraphs without wires, it might seem, at first glance, that making phone calls without wires would be simple. However, that’s not the case because the electric spark creates damped and periodic oscillations that can’t be used for transmitting speech. Instead, the oscillations need to be of constant amplitude and continuous. Firth and Rogers from England showed in 1893 that a direct current arc light converts some of its energy into electric oscillations.
The author was the first to connect an arc lamp with an aerial and a ground, and to use a microphone transmitter to modulate the sustained oscillations so set up. The receiving apparatus consisted of a variable contact, known as a pill-box detector, which Sir Oliver Lodge had devised, and to this was connected an Ericsson telephone receiver, then the most sensitive made. A later improvement for setting up sustained oscillations was the author's rotating oscillation arc.
The author was the first to link an arc lamp with an aerial and a ground, and to use a microphone transmitter to modulate the ongoing oscillations created. The receiving setup included a variable contact, known as a pill-box detector, which Sir Oliver Lodge had developed, and it was connected to an Ericsson telephone receiver, which was the most sensitive one available at the time. A later enhancement for generating sustained oscillations was the author's rotating oscillation arc.
Since those memorable days of more than two decades ago, wonderful advances have been made in both of these methods of transmitting intelligence, and the end is as yet nowhere in sight. Twelve or fifteen years ago the boys began to get fun out of listening-in to what the ship and shore stations were sending and, further, they began to do a little sending on their own account. These youngsters, who caused the professional operators many a pang, were the first wireless amateurs, and among them experts were developed who are foremost in the practice of the art today.
Since those memorable days over twenty years ago, amazing progress has been made in both of these ways of sharing information, and there's no end in sight. About twelve or fifteen years ago, kids started to enjoy eavesdropping on the messages being sent by ship and shore stations, and they even began to send some messages of their own. These kids, who gave professional operators a lot of headaches, were the first wireless amateurs, and from among them, experts emerged who are leading in the practice of the art today.
Away back there, the spark coil and the arc lamp were the only known means for setting up oscillations at the sending end, while the electrolytic and crystal detectors were the only available means for the amateur to receive them. As it was next to impossible for a boy to get a current having a high enough voltage for operating an oscillation arc lamp, wireless telephony was out of the question for him, so he had to stick to the spark coil transmitter which needed only a battery current to energize it, and this, of course, limited him to sending Morse signals. As the electrolytic detector was cumbersome and required a liquid, the crystal detector which came into being shortly after was just as sensitive and soon displaced the former, even as this had displaced the coherer.
Back then, the spark coil and the arc lamp were the only ways to create oscillations at the sending end, while the electrolytic and crystal detectors were the only options for amateurs to receive them. Since it was nearly impossible for a kid to obtain a high enough voltage to run an oscillation arc lamp, wireless telephony was not an option for him. He had to use the spark coil transmitter, which only needed a battery current to operate, limiting him to sending Morse signals. The electrolytic detector was bulky and required a liquid, so the crystal detector, which was developed soon after, was just as sensitive and quickly replaced it, just like the crystal detector had replaced the coherer.
A few years ahead of these amateurs, that is to say in 1905, J. A. Fleming, of England, invented the vacuum tube detector, but ten more years elapsed before it was perfected to a point where it could compete with the crystal detector. Then its use became general and workers everywhere sought to, and did improve it. Further, they found that the vacuum tube would not only act as a detector, but that if energized by a direct current of high voltage it would set up sustained oscillations like the arc lamp, and the value of sustained oscillations for wireless telegraphy as well as wireless telephony had already been discovered.
A few years before these amateurs, specifically in 1905, J. A. Fleming from England invented the vacuum tube detector, but it took another ten years to perfect it to a level where it could compete with the crystal detector. Once that happened, its use became widespread, and people everywhere began to improve it. They also discovered that the vacuum tube could not only function as a detector but, when powered by a high-voltage direct current, it could create sustained oscillations similar to those of an arc lamp. The importance of sustained oscillations for both wireless telegraphy and wireless telephony had already been recognized.
The fact that the vacuum tube oscillator requires no adjustment of its elements, that its initial cost is much less than the oscillation arc, besides other considerations, is the reason that it popularized wireless telephony; and because continuous waves have many advantages over periodic oscillations is the reason the vacuum tube oscillator is replacing the spark coil as a wireless telegraph transmitter. Moreover, by using a number of large tubes in parallel, powerful oscillations can be set up and, hence, the waves sent out are radiated to enormous distances.
The vacuum tube oscillator doesn’t need any adjustments to its components, and its initial cost is significantly lower than that of the oscillation arc; these are some of the reasons it became popular for wireless telephony. Additionally, since continuous waves offer many benefits over periodic oscillations, the vacuum tube oscillator is taking the place of the spark coil as a wireless telegraph transmitter. Furthermore, by using several large tubes in parallel, it can generate powerful oscillations, allowing the waves to be transmitted over great distances.
While oscillator tubes were being experimented with in the research laboratories of the General Electric, the Westinghouse, the Radio Corporation of America, and other big companies, all the youthful amateurs in the country had learned that by using a vacuum tube as a detector they could easily get messages 500 miles away. The use of these tubes as amplifiers also made it possible to employ a loud speaker, so that a room, a hall, or an out-of-door audience could hear clearly and distinctly everything that was being sent out.
While researchers at General Electric, Westinghouse, the Radio Corporation of America, and other major companies were experimenting with oscillator tubes, young hobbyists across the country discovered that by using a vacuum tube as a detector, they could easily pick up signals from 500 miles away. The use of these tubes as amplifiers also allowed for the use of loudspeakers, enabling a room, hall, or outdoor audience to hear everything being transmitted clearly and distinctly.
The boy amateur had only to let father or mother listen-in, and they were duly impressed when he told them they were getting it from KDKA (the Pittsburgh station of the Westinghouse Co.), for was not Pittsburgh 500 miles away! And so they, too, became enthusiastic wireless amateurs. This new interest of the grown-ups was at once met not only by the manufacturers of apparatus with complete receiving and sending sets, but also by the big companies which began broadcasting regular programs consisting of music and talks on all sorts of interesting subjects.
The young amateur only had to let his mom or dad listen in, and they were genuinely impressed when he told them they were getting it from KDKA (the Pittsburgh station of Westinghouse), since Pittsburgh was 500 miles away! So, they also became excited about wireless communication. This newfound interest from the adults was quickly met not just by manufacturers of equipment providing complete receiving and sending sets, but also by major companies that started broadcasting regular programs filled with music and discussions on various intriguing topics.
This is the wireless, or radio, as the average amateur knows it today. But it is by no means the limit of its possibilities. On the contrary, we are just beginning to realize what it may mean to the human race. The Government is now utilizing it to send out weather, crop and market reports. Foreign trade conditions are being reported. The Naval Observatory at Arlington is wirelessing time signals.
This is the wireless, or radio, as the typical amateur knows it today. But this is far from all it can do. In fact, we're just starting to understand what it could mean for humanity. The government is now using it to broadcast weather, crop, and market reports. Foreign trade conditions are being reported. The Naval Observatory in Arlington is sending out time signals wirelessly.
Department stores are beginning to issue programs and advertise by radio! Cities are also taking up such programs, and they will doubtless be included soon among the regular privileges of the tax-payers. Politicians address their constituents. Preachers reach the stay-at-homes. Great singers thrill thousands instead of hundreds. Soon it will be possible to hear the finest musical programs, entertainers, and orators, without budging from one's easy chair.
Department stores are starting to launch programs and advertise on the radio! Cities are also adopting these programs, and they will likely become a regular benefit for taxpayers soon. Politicians connect with their constituents. Preachers reach those who stay at home. Great singers can now inspire thousands instead of just hundreds. Soon, it will be possible to enjoy the best musical performances, entertainers, and speakers, all from the comfort of your favorite chair.
In the World War wireless proved of inestimable value. Airplanes, instead of flying aimlessly, kept in constant touch with headquarters. Bodies of troops moved alertly and intelligently. Ships at sea talked freely, over hundreds of miles. Scouts reported. Everywhere its invisible aid was invoked.
In World War II, wireless communication proved to be invaluable. Airplanes, instead of flying around aimlessly, stayed in constant contact with headquarters. Troop movements were coordinated and strategic. Ships at sea communicated easily, over hundreds of miles. Scouts provided reports. Its invisible support was called upon everywhere.
In time of peace, however, it has proved and will prove the greatest servant of mankind. Wireless messages now go daily from continent to continent, and soon will go around the world with the same facility. Ships in distress at sea can summon aid. Vessels everywhere get the day's news, even to baseball scores. Daily new tasks are being assigned this tireless, wireless messenger.
In times of peace, though, it has shown itself to be the greatest servant of humanity. Wireless messages now travel daily from continent to continent, and soon they will go around the world just as easily. Ships in trouble at sea can call for help. Vessels everywhere receive the daily news, including baseball scores. Every day, new tasks are being given to this tireless, wireless messenger.
Messages have been sent and received by moving trains, the Lackawanna and the Rock Island railroads being pioneers in this field. Messages have also been received by automobiles, and one inventor has successfully demonstrated a motor car controlled entirely by wireless. This method of communication is being employed more and more by newspapers. It is also of great service in reporting forest fires.
Messages have been sent and received by moving trains, with the Lackawanna and Rock Island railroads leading the way in this area. Messages have also been received by cars, and one inventor has successfully shown a motor vehicle that’s completely controlled by wireless technology. This method of communication is increasingly being used by newspapers. It's also very helpful in reporting forest fires.
Colleges are beginning to take up the subject, some of the first being Tufts College, Hunter College, Princeton, Yale, Harvard, and Columbia, which have regularly organized departments for students in wireless.
Colleges are starting to embrace the subject, with some of the first being Tufts College, Hunter College, Princeton, Yale, Harvard, and Columbia, which have established dedicated departments for students in wireless technology.
Instead of the unwieldy and formidable looking apparatus of a short time ago, experimenters are now vying with each other in making small or novel equipment. Portable sets of all sorts are being fashioned, from one which will go into an ordinary suitcase, to one so small it will easily slip into a Brownie camera. One receiver depicted in a newspaper was one inch square! Another was a ring for the finger, with a setting one inch by five-eighths of an inch, and an umbrella as a "ground." Walking sets with receivers fastened to one's belt are also common. Daily new novelties and marvels are announced.
Instead of the bulky and intimidating equipment from not long ago, experimenters are now competing to create smaller and more innovative devices. All kinds of portable sets are being designed, ranging from one that fits into a regular suitcase to one so tiny it can easily slide into a Brownie camera. One receiver shown in a newspaper was just one inch square! Another was a ring for the finger, with a setting measuring one inch by five-eighths of an inch, and an umbrella serving as a "ground." Walking sets with receivers attached to a belt are also common. Every day brings new inventions and wonders.
Meanwhile, the radio amateur to whom this book is addressed may have his share in the joys of wireless. To get all of these good things out of the ether one does not need a rod or a gun--only a copper wire made fast at either end and a receiving set of some kind. If you are a sheer beginner, then you must be very careful in buying your apparatus, for since the great wave of popularity has washed wireless into the hearts of the people, numerous companies have sprung up and some of these are selling the veriest kinds of junk.
Meanwhile, the radio enthusiast whom this book is meant for can enjoy the pleasures of wireless technology. To access all of these great things from the airwaves, you don't need a rod or a gun—just a copper wire secured at both ends and some kind of receiving device. If you're a total beginner, you need to be very cautious when purchasing your equipment, because since wireless became so popular, many companies have emerged, and some of them are selling nothing but junk.
And how, you may ask, are you going to be able to know the good from the indifferent and bad sets? By buying a make of a firm with an established reputation. I have given a few offhand at the end of this book. Obviously there are many others of merit--so many, indeed, that it would be quite impossible to get them all in such a list, but these will serve as a guide until you can choose intelligently for yourself.
And how, you might wonder, will you be able to tell the good sets from the average and bad ones? By purchasing from a company with a solid reputation. I've mentioned a few at the end of this book. Clearly, there are many other worthy options—so many that it's impossible to include them all in one list—but these will help guide you until you're able to make informed choices on your own.
F. C.
F. C.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
I. HOW TO BEGIN WIRELESS
Kinds of Wireless Systems--Parts of a Wireless System--The Easiest Way to Start--About Aerial Wire Systems--About the Receiving Apparatus--About Transmitting Stations--Kinds of Transmitters--The Spark Gap Wireless Telegraph Transmitter--The Vacuum Table Telegraph Transmitter--The Wireless Telephone Transmitter.
Kinds of Wireless Systems--Parts of a Wireless System--The Easiest Way to Start--About Aerial Wire Systems--About the Receiving Apparatus--About Transmitting Stations--Kinds of Transmitters--The Spark Gap Wireless Telegraph Transmitter--The Vacuum Table Telegraph Transmitter--The Wireless Telephone Transmitter.
II. PUTTING UP YOUR AERIAL
Kinds of Aerial Wire Systems--How to Put Up a Cheap Receiving Aerial--A Two-wire Aerial--Connecting in the Ground--How to Put up a Good Aerial--An Inexpensive Good Aerial--The Best Aerial That Can be Made--Assembling the Aerial--Making a Good Ground.
Kinds of Aerial Wire Systems--How to Set Up an Affordable Receiving Aerial--A Two-Wire Aerial--Connecting to the Ground--How to Erect a Quality Aerial--An Affordable Quality Aerial--The Best Aerial That Can Be Built--Assembling the Aerial--Creating a Good Ground.
III. SIMPLE TELEGRAPH AND TELEPHONE RECEIVING SETS
Assembled Wireless Receiving Sets--Assembling Your Own Receiving Set--The Crystal Detector--The Tuning Coil--The Loose Coupled Tuning Coil--Fixed and Variable Condensers--About Telephone Receivers-- Connecting Up the Parts--Receiving Set No. 2--Adjusting the No. 1 Set--The Tuning Coil--Adjusting the No. 2 Set.
Assembled Wireless Receiving Sets--Building Your Own Receiving Set--The Crystal Detector--The Tuning Coil--The Loose Coupled Tuning Coil--Fixed and Variable Capacitors--About Telephone Receivers--Connecting the Components--Receiving Set No. 2--Fine-tuning the No. 1 Set--The Tuning Coil--Fine-tuning the No. 2 Set.
IV. SIMPLE TELEGRAPH SENDING SETS
A Cheap Transmitting Set (No. 1)--The Spark Coil--The Battery--The Telegraph Key--The Spark Gap--The Tuning Coil--The High-tension Condenser--A Better Transmitting Set (No. 2)--The Alternating Current Transformer--The Wireless Key--The Spark Gap--The High-tension Condenser--The Oscillation Transformer--Connecting Up the Apparatus--For Direct Current--How to Adjust Your Transmitter. Turning With a Hot Wire Ammeter--To Send Out a 200-meter Wave Length--The Use of the Aerial Switch--Aerial Switch for a Complete Sending and Receiving Set--Connecting in the Lightning Switch.
A Budget-Friendly Transmitting Set (No. 1)--The Spark Coil--The Battery--The Telegraph Key--The Spark Gap--The Tuning Coil--The High-Voltage Capacitor--An Improved Transmitting Set (No. 2)--The Alternating Current Transformer--The Wireless Key--The Spark Gap--The High-Voltage Capacitor--The Oscillation Transformer--Setting Up the Equipment--For Direct Current--How to Tune Your Transmitter. Measuring with a Hot Wire Ammeter--Sending a 200-meter Wave Length--Using the Aerial Switch--Aerial Switch for a Complete Sending and Receiving Set--Connecting the Lightning Switch.
V. ELECTRICITY SIMPLY EXPLAINED
Electricity at Rest and in Motion--The Electric Current and its Circuit--Current and the Ampere--Resistance and the Ohm--What Ohm's Law Is--What the Watt and Kilowatt Are--Electromagnetic Induction--Mutual Induction--High-frequency Currents--Constants of an Oscillation Circuit--What Capacitance Is--What Inductance Is--What Resistance Is--The Effect of Capacitance.
Electricity at Rest and in Motion--The Electric Current and its Circuit--Current and the Ampere--Resistance and the Ohm--What Ohm's Law Is--What the Watt and Kilowatt Are--Electromagnetic Induction--Mutual Induction--High-frequency Currents--Constants of an Oscillation Circuit--What Capacitance Is--What Inductance Is--What Resistance Is--The Effect of Capacitance.
VI. HOW THE TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SETS WORK
How Transmitting Set No. 1 Works--The Battery and Spark Coil Circuit--Changing the Primary Spark Coil Current Into Secondary Currents--What Ratio of Transformation Means--The Secondary Spark Coil Circuit--The Closed Oscillation Circuit--How Transmitting Set No. 2 Works-With Alternating Current--With Direct Current--The Rotary Spark Gap--The Quenched Spark Gap--The Oscillation Transformer--How Receiving Set No. 1 Works--How Receiving Set No. 2 Works.
How Transmitting Set No. 1 Works--The Battery and Spark Coil Circuit--Changing the Primary Spark Coil Current Into Secondary Currents--What Ratio of Transformation Means--The Secondary Spark Coil Circuit--The Closed Oscillation Circuit--How Transmitting Set No. 2 Works--With Alternating Current--With Direct Current--The Rotary Spark Gap--The Quenched Spark Gap--The Oscillation Transformer--How Receiving Set No. 1 Works--How Receiving Set No. 2 Works.
VII. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TUNING
Damped and Sustained Mechanical Vibrations--Damped and Sustained Oscillations--About Mechanical Tuning--About Electric Tuning.
Damped and Sustained Mechanical Vibrations--Damped and Sustained Oscillations--About Mechanical Tuning--About Electric Tuning.
VIII. A SIMPLE VACUUM TUBE DETECTOR RECEIVING SET
Assembled Vacuum Tube Receiving Set--A Simple Vacuum Tube Receiving Set--The Vacuum Tube Detector--Three Electrode Vacuum Tube Detector--The Dry Cell and Storage Batteries--The Filament Rheostat--Assembling the Parts--Connecting Up the Parts--Adjusting the Vacuum Tube Detector Receiving Set.
Assembled Vacuum Tube Receiving Set--A Basic Vacuum Tube Receiver--The Vacuum Tube Detector--Three Electrode Vacuum Tube Detector--Dry Cell and Rechargeable Batteries--The Filament Rheostat--Putting Together the Parts--Connecting the Components--Tuning the Vacuum Tube Detector Receiving Set.
IX. VACUUM TUBE AMPLIFIER RECEIVING SETS
A Grid Leak Amplifier Receiving Set. With Crystal Detector--The Fixed Resistance Unit, or Grid Leak--Assembling the Parts for a Crystal Detector Set--Connecting up the Parts for a Crystal Detector--A Grid Leak Amplifying Receiving Set With Vacuum Tube Detector--A Radio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set--An Audio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set--A Six Step Amplifier Receiving Set with a Loop Aerial--How to Prevent Howling.
A Grid Leak Amplifier Receiving Set with Crystal Detector - The Fixed Resistance Unit, or Grid Leak - Assembling the Parts for a Crystal Detector Set - Connecting the Parts for a Crystal Detector - A Grid Leak Amplifying Receiving Set with Vacuum Tube Detector - A Radio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set - An Audio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set - A Six Step Amplifier Receiving Set with a Loop Aerial - How to Prevent Howling.
X. REGENERATIVE AMPLIFICATION RECEIVING SETS
The Simplest Type of Regenerative Receiving Set--With Loose Coupled Tuning Coil--Connecting Up the Parts--An Efficient Regenerative Receiving Set. With Three Coil Loose Coupler--The A Battery Potentiometer--The Parts and How to Connect Them Up--A Regenerative Audio Frequency Amplifier--The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.
The Easiest Type of Regenerative Receiver--With Loose Coupled Tuning Coil--Connecting the Components--An Effective Regenerative Receiver. With a Three Coil Loose Coupler--The A Battery Potentiometer--The Components and How to Connect Them--A Regenerative Audio Frequency Amplifier--The Components and How to Connect Them.
XI. SHORT WAVE REGENERATIVE RECEIVING SETS
A Short Wave Regenerative Receiver, with One Variometer and Three Variable Condensers--The Variocoupler--The Variometer--Connecting Up the Parts--Short Wave Regenerative Receiver with Two Variometers and Two Variable Condensers--The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.
A Short Wave Regenerative Receiver, with One Variometer and Three Variable Capacitors--The Variocoupler--The Variometer--Connecting the Parts--Short Wave Regenerative Receiver with Two Variometers and Two Variable Capacitors--The Parts and How to Connect Them.
XII. INTERMEDIATE AND LONG WAVE REGENERATIVE RECEIVING SETS
Intermediate Wave Receiving Sets--Intermediate Wave Set With Loading Coils--The Parts and How to Connect Them Up--An Intermediate Wave Set with Variocoupler Inductance Coils--The Parts and How to Connect Them Up--A Long Wave Receiving Set--The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.
Intermediate Wave Receiving Sets--Intermediate Wave Set With Loading Coils--The Parts and How to Connect Them--An Intermediate Wave Set with Variocoupler Inductance Coils--The Parts and How to Connect Them Up--A Long Wave Receiving Set--The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.
XIII. HETERODYNE OR BEAT LONG WAVE TELEGRAPH RECEIVING SET
What the Heterodyne or Beat Method Is--The Autodyne or Self-heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set--The Parts and Connections of an Autodyne or Self-heterodyne, Receiving Set--The Separate Heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set--The Parts and Connections of a Separate Heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set.
What the Heterodyne or Beat Method Is - The Autodyne or Self-heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set - The Parts and Connections of an Autodyne or Self-heterodyne Receiving Set - The Separate Heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set - The Parts and Connections of a Separate Heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set.
XIV. HEADPHONES AND LOUD SPEAKERS
Wireless Headphones--How a Bell Telephone Receiver is Made--How a Wireless Headphone is Made--About Resistance, Turns of Wire and Sensitivity of Headphones--The Impedance of Headphones--How the Headphones Work--About Loud Speakers--The Simplest Type of Loud Speaker--Another Simple Kind of Loud Speaker--A Third Kind of Simple Loud Speaker--A Super Loud Speaker.
Wireless Headphones—How a Bell Telephone Receiver is Made—How a Wireless Headphone is Made—About Resistance, Turns of Wire, and Sensitivity of Headphones—The Impedance of Headphones—How the Headphones Work—About Loudspeakers—The Simplest Type of Loudspeaker—Another Simple Kind of Loudspeaker—A Third Kind of Simple Loudspeaker—A Super Loudspeaker.
XV. OPERATION OF VACUUM TUBE RECEPTORS
What is Meant by Ionization--How Electrons are Separated from Atoms--Action of the Two Electrode Vacuum Tube--How the Two Electrode Tube Acts as a Detector--How the Three Electrode Tube Acts as a Detector--How the Vacuum Tube Acts as an Amplifier--The Operation of a Simple Vacuum Tube Receiving Set--Operation of a Regenerative Vacuum Tube Receiving Set--Operation of Autodyne and Heterodyne Receiving Sets--The Autodyne, or Self-Heterodyne Receiving Set--The Separate Heterodyne Receiving Set.
What Ionization Means--How Electrons are Separated from Atoms--Function of the Two Electrode Vacuum Tube--How the Two Electrode Tube Works as a Detector--How the Three Electrode Tube Works as a Detector--How the Vacuum Tube Works as an Amplifier--The Function of a Basic Vacuum Tube Receiving Set--Function of a Regenerative Vacuum Tube Receiving Set--Function of Autodyne and Heterodyne Receiving Sets--The Autodyne, or Self-Heterodyne Receiving Set--The Separate Heterodyne Receiving Set.
XVI. CONTINUOUS WAVE TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTING SETS WITH DIRECT CURRENT
Sources of Current for Telegraph Transmitting Sets--An Experimental Continuous Wave Telegraph Transmitter--The Apparatus You Need--The Tuning Coil--The Condensers--The Aerial Ammeter--The Buzzer and Dry Cell--The Telegraph Key--The Vacuum Tube Oscillator--The Storage Battery--The Battery Rheostat--The Oscillation Choke Coil--Transmitter Connectors--The Panel Cutout--Connecting Up the Transmitting Apparatus--A 100-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter--The Apparatus You Need--The Tuning Coil--The Aerial Condenser--The Aerial Ammeter--The Grid and Blocking Condensers--The Key Circuit Apparatus--The 5 Watt Oscillator Vacuum Tube--The Storage Battery and Rheostat--The Filament Voltmeter--The Oscillation Choke Coil--The Motor-generator Set--The Panel Cut-out--The Protective Condenser--Connecting Up the Transmitting Apparatus--A 200-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter--A 500-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter--The Apparatus and Connections-- The 50-watt Vacuum Tube Oscillator--The Aerial Ammeter--The Grid Leak Resistance--The Oscillation Choke Coil--The Filament Rheostat--The Filament Storage Battery--The Protective Condenser--The Motor-generator--A 1000-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.
Sources of Current for Telegraph Transmitting Sets – An Experimental Continuous Wave Telegraph Transmitter – The Equipment You Need – The Tuning Coil – The Capacitors – The Aerial Ammeter – The Buzzer and Battery – The Telegraph Key – The Vacuum Tube Oscillator – The Storage Battery – The Battery Rheostat – The Oscillation Choke Coil – Transmitter Connectors – The Panel Cutout – Setting Up the Transmitting Equipment – A 100-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter – The Equipment You Need – The Tuning Coil – The Aerial Capacitor – The Aerial Ammeter – The Grid and Blocking Capacitors – The Key Circuit Equipment – The 5 Watt Oscillator Vacuum Tube – The Storage Battery and Rheostat – The Filament Voltmeter – The Oscillation Choke Coil – The Motor-generator Set – The Panel Cut-out – The Protective Capacitor – Setting Up the Transmitting Equipment – A 200-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter – A 500-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter – The Equipment and Connections – The 50-watt Vacuum Tube Oscillator – The Aerial Ammeter – The Grid Leak Resistance – The Oscillation Choke Coil – The Filament Rheostat – The Filament Storage Battery – The Protective Capacitor – The Motor-generator – A 1000-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.
XVII. CONTINUOUS WAVE TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTING SETS WITH ALTERNATING CURRENT
A 100-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set--The Apparatus Required--The Choke Coils--The Milli-ammeter--The A. C. Power Transformer--Connecting Up the Apparatus--A 200- to 500-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set-A 500- to 1000-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set--The Apparatus Required--The Alternating Current Power Transformer-Connecting Up the Apparatus.
A 100-mile CW Telegraph Transmitting Set - The Equipment Needed - The Choke Coils - The Milliammeter - The AC Power Transformer - Setting Up the Equipment - A 200- to 500-mile CW Telegraph Transmitting Set - A 500- to 1000-mile CW Telegraph Transmitting Set - The Equipment Needed - The Alternating Current Power Transformer - Setting Up the Equipment.
XVIII. WIRELESS TELEPHONE TRANSMITTING SETS WITH DIRECT AND ALTERNATING CURRENTS
A Short Distance Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 110-volt Direct Lighting Current--The Apparatus You Need--The Microphone Transmitter--Connecting Up the Apparatus--A 25- to 50-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator--The Apparatus You Need--The Telephone Induction Coil--The Microphone Transformer--The Magnetic Modulator--How the Apparatus is Connected Up--A 50- to 100-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator--The Oscillation Choke Coil--The Plate and Grid Circuit Reactance Coils--Connecting up the Apparatus--A 100- to 200-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator--A 50- to 100-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 100-volt Alternating Current--The Apparatus You Need--The Vacuum Tube Rectifier--The Filter Condensers--The Filter Reactance Coil-- Connecting Up the Apparatus--A 100- to 200-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 110-volt Alternating Current--Apparatus Required.
A Short Distance Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 110-volt Direct Lighting Current--The Equipment You Need--The Microphone Transmitter--Connecting the Equipment--A 25- to 50-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator--The Equipment You Need--The Telephone Induction Coil--The Microphone Transformer--The Magnetic Modulator--How the Equipment is Connected--A 50- to 100-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator--The Oscillation Choke Coil--The Plate and Grid Circuit Reactance Coils--Connecting the Equipment--A 100- to 200-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator--A 50- to 100-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 100-volt Alternating Current--The Equipment You Need--The Vacuum Tube Rectifier--The Filter Condensers--The Filter Reactance Coil--Connecting the Equipment--A 100- to 200-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 110-volt Alternating Current--Required Equipment.
XIX. THE OPERATION OF VACUUM TUBE TRANSMITTERS
The Operation of the Vacuum Tube Oscillator--The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Direct Current--Short Distance C. W. Transmitter--The Operation of the Key Circuit--The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitting with Direct Current--The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Alternating Current--With a Single Oscillator Tube--Heating the Filament with Alternating Current--The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Alternating Current-- With Two Oscillator Tubes--The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Direct Current--Short Distance Transmitter--The Microphone Transmitter--The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Direct Current--Long Distance Transmitters--The Operation of Microphone Modulators--The Induction Coil--The Microphone Transformer--The Magnetic Modulator--Operation of the Vacuum Tube as a Modulator--The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Alternating Current--The Operation of Rectifier Vacuum Tubes--The Operation of Reactors and Condensers.
The Operation of the Vacuum Tube Oscillator--The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters using Direct Current--Short Distance C. W. Transmitter--The Operation of the Key Circuit--The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitting with Direct Current--The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters using Alternating Current--With a Single Oscillator Tube--Heating the Filament with Alternating Current--The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters using Alternating Current--With Two Oscillator Tubes--The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters using Direct Current--Short Distance Transmitter--The Microphone Transmitter--The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters using Direct Current--Long Distance Transmitters--The Operation of Microphone Modulators--The Induction Coil--The Microphone Transformer--The Magnetic Modulator--Operation of the Vacuum Tube as a Modulator--The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters using Alternating Current--The Operation of Rectifier Vacuum Tubes--The Operation of Reactors and Capacitors.
XX. HOW TO MAKE A RECEIVING SET FOR $5.00 OR LESS.
The Crystal Detector--The Tuning Coil--The Headphone--How to Mount the Parts--The Condenser--How to Connect Up the Receptor.
The Crystal Detector--The Tuning Coil--The Headphone--How to Mount the Parts--The Condenser--How to Connect the Receiver.
APPENDIX
Useful Information--Glossary--Wireless Don'ts.
Useful Info--__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__--__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
LIST OF FIGURES
- Fig. 1.--Simple Receiving Set
- Fig. 2.--Simple Transmitting Set
- (A) Fig. 3.--Flat Top, or Horizontal Aerial
- (B) Fig. 3.--Inclined Aerial
- (A) Fig. 4.--Inverted L Aerial
- (B) Fig. 4.--T Aerial
- Fig. 5.--Material for a Simple Aerial Wire System
- (A) Fig. 6.--Single Wire Aerial for Receiving
- (B) Fig. 6.--Receiving Aerial with Spark Gap Lightning Arrester
- (C) Fig. 6.--Aerial with Lightning Switch
- Fig. 7.--Two-wire Aerial
- (A) Fig. 8.--Part of a Good Aerial
- (B) Fig. 8.--The Spreaders
- (A) Fig. 9.--The Middle Spreader
- (B) Fig. 9.--One End of Aerial Complete
- (C) Fig. 9.--The Leading in Spreader
- (A) Fig. 10.--Cross Section of Crystal Detector
- (B) Fig. 10.--The Crystal Detector Complete
- (A) Fig. 11.--Schematic Diagram of a Double Slide Tuning Coil
- (B) Fig. 11.--Double Slide Tuning Coil Complete
- (A) Fig. 12.--Schematic Diagram of a Loose Coupler
- (B) Fig. 12.--Loose Coupler Complete
- (A) Fig. 13.--How a Fixed Receiving Condenser is Built up
- (B) Fig. 13.--The Fixed Condenser Complete
- (C) and (D) Fig. 13.--Variable Rotary Condenser
- Fig. 14.--Pair of Wireless Headphones
- (A) Fig. 15.--Top View of Apparatus Layout for Receiving Set No. 1
- (B) Fig. 15.--Wiring Diagram for Receiving Set No. 1
- (A) Fig. 16.--Top View of Apparatus Layout for Receiving Set No. 2
- (B) Fig. 16.--Wiring Diagram for Receiving Set No. 2
- Fig. 17.--Adjusting the Receiving Set
- (A) and (B) Fig. 18.--Types of Spark Coils for Set No. 1
- (C) Fig. 18.--Wiring Diagram of Spark Coil
- Fig. 19.--Other Parts for Transmitting Set No. 1
- (A) Fig. 20.--Top View of Apparatus Layout for Sending Set No. 1
- (B) Fig. 20.--Wiring of Diagram for Sending Set No. 1
- Fig. 21.--Parts for Transmitting Set No. 2
- (A) Fig. 22.--Top View of Apparatus Layout for Sending Set No. 2
- (B) Fig. 22.--Wiring Diagram for Sending Set No. 2
- Fig. 23.--Using a 110-volt Direct Current with an Alternating current Transformer
- Fig. 24.--Principle of the Hot Wire Ammeter
- Fig. 25.--Kinds of Aerial Switches
- Fig. 26.--Wiring Diagram for a Complete Sending and Receiving Set No. 1
- Fig. 27.--Wiring Diagram for Complete Sending and Receiving Set No. 2
- Fig. 28.--Water Analogue for Electric Pressure
- Fig. 29.--Water Analogues for Direct and Alternating Currents
- Fig. 30.--How the Ammeter and Voltmeter are Used
- Fig. 31.--Water Valve Analogue of Electric Resistance
- (A) and (B) Fig. 32.--How an Electric Current is Changed into Magnetic Lines of Force and These into an Electric Current
- (C) and (D) Fig. 32.--How an Electric Current Sets up a Magnetic Field
- Fig. 33.--The Effect of Resistance on the Discharge of an Electric Current
- Fig. 34.--Damped and Sustained Mechanical Vibrations
- Fig. 35.--Damped and Sustained Electric Oscillations
- Fig. 36.--Sound Wave and Electric Wave Tuned Senders and Receptors
- Fig. 37.--Two Electrode Vacuum Tube Detectors
- Fig. 38.--Three Electrode Vacuum Tube Detector and Battery Connections
- Fig. 39.--A and B Batteries for Vacuum Tube Detectors
- Fig. 40.--Rheostat for the A or Storage-battery Current
- (A) Fig. 41.--Top View of Apparatus Layout for Vacuum Tube Detector Receiving Set
- (B) Fig. 41.--Wiring Diagram of a Simple Vacuum Tube Receiving Set
- Fig. 42.--Grid Leaks and How to Connect them Up
- Fig. 43.--Crystal Detector Receiving Set with Vacuum Tube Amplifier (Resistance Coupled)
- (A) Fig. 44.--Vacuum Tube Detector Receiving Set with One Step Amplifier (Resistance Coupled)
- (B) Fig. 44.--Wiring Diagram for Using One A or Storage Battery with an Amplifier and a Detector Tube
- (A) Fig. 45.--Wiring Diagram for Radio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set
- (B) Fig. 45.--Radio Frequency Transformer
- (A) Fig. 46.--Audio Frequency Transformer
- (B) Fig. 46.--Wiring Diagram for Audio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set. (With Vacuum Tube Detector and Two Step Amplifier Tubes)
- (A) Fig. 47.--Six Step Amplifier with Loop Aerial
- (B) Fig. 47.--Efficient Regenerative Receiving Set (With Three Coil Loose Coupler Tuner)
- Fig. 48.--Simple Regenerative Receiving Set (With Loose Coupler Tuner)
- (A) Fig. 49.--Diagram of Three Coil Loose Coupler
- (B) Fig. 49.--Three Coil Loose Coupler Tuner
- Fig. 50.--Honeycomb Inductance Coil
- Fig. 51.--The Use of the Potentiometer
- Fig. 52.--Regenerative Audio Frequency Amplifier Receiving Set
- Fig. 53.--How the Vario Coupler is Made and Works
- Fig. 54.--How the Variometer is Made and Works
- Fig. 55.--Short Wave Regenerative Receiving Set (One Variometer and Three Variable Condensers)
- Fig. 56.--Short Wave Regenerative Receiving Set (Two Variometer and Two Variable Condensers)
- Fig. 57.--Wiring Diagram Showing Fixed Loading Coils for Intermediate Wave Set
- Fig. 58.--Wiring Digram of Intermediate Wave Receptor with One Vario Coupler and 12 Section Bank-wound Inductance Coil
- Fig. 59.--Wiring Diagram Showing Long Wave Receptor with Vario Couplers and 8 Bank-wound Inductance Coils
- Fig. 60.--Wiring Diagram of Long Wave Autodyne, or Self-heterodyne Receptor (Compare with Fig. 77)
- Fig. 61.--Wiring Diagram of Long Wave Separate Heterodyne Receiving Set
- Fig. 62.--Cross Section of Bell Telephone Receiver
- Fig. 63.--Cross Section of Wireless Headphone
- Fig. 64.--The Wireless Headphone
- Fig. 65.--Arkay Loud Speaker
- Fig. 66.--Amplitone Loud Speaker
- Fig. 67.--Amplitron Loud Speaker
- Fig. 68.--Magnavox Loud Speaker
- Fig. 69.--Schematic Diagram of an Atom
- Fig. 70.--Action of Two-electrode Vacuum Tube
- (A) and (B) Fig. 71.--How a Two-electrode Tube Acts as Relay or a Detector
- (C) Fig. 71.--Only the Positive Part of Oscillations Goes through the Tube
- (A) and (B) Fig. 72.--How the Positive and Negative Voltages of the Oscillations Act on the Electrons
- (C) Fig. 72.--How the Three-electrode Tube Acts as Detector and Amplifier
- (D) Fig. 72.--How the Oscillations Control the Flow of the Battery Current through the Tube
- Fig. 73.--How the Heterodyne Receptor Works
- Fig. 74.--Separate Heterodyne Oscillator
- (A) Fig. 75.--Apparatus for Experimental C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.
- (B) Fig. 75.--Apparatus for Experimental C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.
- Fig. 76.--Experimental C. W. Telegraph Transmitter
- Fig. 77.--Apparatus of 100-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter
- Fig. 78.--5- to 50-watt C. W. Telegraph Transmitter (with a Single Oscillation Tube)
- Fig. 79.--200-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter (with Two Tubes in Parallel)
- Fig. 80.--50-watt Oscillator Vacuum Tube
- Fig. 81.--Alternating Current Power Transformer (for C. W. Telegraphy and Wireless Telephony)
- Fig. 82.--Wiring Diagram for 200- to 500-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set. (With Alternating Current.)
- Fig. 83.--Wiring Diagram for 500- to 1000-mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter
- Fig. 84.--Standard Microphone Transmitter
- Fig. 85.--Wiring Diagram of Short Distance Wireless Telephone Set. (Microphone in Aerial Wire.)
- Fig. 86.--Telephone Induction Coil (used with Microphone Transmitter).
- Fig. 87.--Microphone Transformer Used with Microphone Transmitter
- Fig. 88.--Magnetic Modulator Used with Microphone Transmitter
- (A) Fig. 89.--Wiring Diagram of 25--to 50-mile Wireless Telephone. (Microphone Modulator Shunted Around Grid-leak Condenser)
- (B) Fig. 89.--Microphone Modulator Connected in Aerial Wire
- Fig. 90.--Wiring Diagram of 50- to 100-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set
- Fig. 91.--Plate and Grid Circuit Reactor
- Fig. 92.--Filter Reactor for Smoothing Out Rectified Currents
- Fig. 93.--100- to 200-mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter
- (A) and (B) Fig. 94.--Operation of Vacuum Tube Oscillators
- (C) Fig. 94.--How a Direct Current Sets up Oscillations
- Fig. 95.--Positive Voltage Only Sets up Oscillations
- Fig. 96.--Rasco Baby Crystal Detector
- Fig. 97.--How the Tuning Coil is Made
- Fig. 98.--Mesco loop-ohm Head Set
- Fig. 99.--Schematic Layout of the $5.00 Receiving Set
- Fig. 100.--Wiring Diagram for the $5.00 Receiving Set
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
- Frederick Collins, Inventor of the Wireless Telephone, 1899. Awarded Gold Medal for same, Alaska Yukon Pacific Exposition, 1909
- Collins' Wireless Telephone Exhibited at the Madison Square Garden, October, 1908
- General Pershing "Listening-in"
- The World's Largest Radio Receiving Station. Owned by the Radio Corporation of America at Rocky Point near Port Jefferson, L. I.
- First Wireless College in the World, at Tufts College, Mass
- Alexander Graham Bell, Inventor of the Telephone, now an ardent Radio Enthusiast
- World's Largest Loud Speaker ever made. Installed in Lytle Park, Cincinnati, Ohio, to permit President Harding's Address at Point Pleasant, Ohio, during the Grant Centenary Celebration to be heard within a radius of one square
- United States Naval High Power Station, Arlington, Va. General view of Power Room. At the left can be seen the Control Switchboards, and overhead, the great 30 K.W. Arc Transmitter with Accessories
- The Transformer and Tuner of the World's Largest Radio Station. Owned by the Radio Corporation of America at Rocky Point near Port Jefferson, L. I.
- Broadcasting Government Reports by Wireless from Washington. This shows Mr. Gale at work with his set in the Post Office Department
- Wireless Receptor, the size of a Safety Match Box. A Youthful Genius in the person of Kenneth R. Hinman, who is only twelve years old, has made a Wireless Receiving Set that fits neatly into a Safety Match Box. With this Instrument and a Pair of Ordinary Receivers, he is able to catch not only Code Messages but the regular Broadcasting Programs from Stations Twenty and Thirty Miles Distant
- Wireless Set made into a Ring, designed by Alfred G. Rinehart, of Elizabeth, New Jersey. This little Receptor is a Practical Set; it will receive Messages, Concerts, etc., measures 1" by 5/8" by 7/8". An ordinary Umbrella is used as an Aerial
CHAPTER I
HOW TO BEGIN WIRELESS
In writing this book it is taken for granted that you are: first, one of the several hundred thousand persons in the United States who are interested in wireless telegraphy and telephony; second, that you would like to install an apparatus in your home, and third, that it is all new to you.
In writing this book, it’s assumed that you are: first, one of the several hundred thousand people in the United States who are interested in wireless telegraphy and telephony; second, that you want to set up a system in your home, and third, that this is all new to you.
Now if you live in a city or town large enough to support an electrical supply store, there you will find the necessary apparatus on sale, and someone who can tell you what you want to know about it and how it works. If you live away from the marts and hives of industry you can send to various makers of wireless apparatus [Footnote: A list of makers of wireless apparatus will be found in the Appendix.] for their catalogues and price-lists and these will give you much useful information. But in either case it is the better plan for you to know before you start in to buy an outfit exactly what apparatus you need to produce the result you have in mind, and this you can gain in easy steps by reading this book.
If you live in a city or town big enough to have an electrical supply store, you'll find the equipment you need for sale, along with someone who can explain what you need to know about it and how it works. If you're away from the centers of industry, you can contact various manufacturers of wireless equipment [Footnote: A list of makers of wireless apparatus will be found in the Appendix.] to request their catalogs and price lists, which will provide you with a lot of helpful information. However, in either situation, it's best to know exactly what equipment you need to achieve your desired results before you start buying anything, and you can easily learn this by reading this book.
Kinds of Wireless Systems.--There are two distinct kinds of wireless systems and these are: the wireless telegraph system, and the wireless telephone system. The difference between the wireless telegraph and the wireless telephone is that the former transmits messages by means of a telegraph key, and the latter transmits conversation and music by means of a microphone transmitter. In other words, the same difference exists between them in this respect as between the Morse telegraph and the Bell telephone.
Types of Wireless Systems.--There are two main types of wireless systems: the wireless telegraph system and the wireless telephone system. The difference between the wireless telegraph and the wireless telephone is that the former sends messages using a telegraph key, while the latter transmits conversations and music using a microphone transmitter. In other words, the distinction between them is the same as that between the Morse telegraph and the Bell telephone.
Parts of a Wireless System.--Every complete wireless station, whether telegraph or telephone, consists of three chief separate and distinct parts and these are: (a) the aerial wire system, or antenna as it is often called, (b) the transmitter, or sender, and (c) the receiver, or, more properly, the receptor. The aerial wire is precisely the same for either wireless telegraphy or wireless telephony. The transmitter of a wireless telegraph set generally uses a spark gap for setting up the electric oscillations, while usually for wireless telephony a vacuum tube is employed for this purpose. The receptor for wireless telegraphy and telephony is the same and may include either a crystal detector or a vacuum tube detector, as will be explained presently.
Parts of a Wireless System.--Every complete wireless station, whether for telegraphy or telephony, consists of three main and distinct parts: (a) the aerial wire system, or antenna as it's commonly called, (b) the transmitter, or sender, and (c) the receiver, or more accurately, the receptor. The aerial wire is exactly the same for both wireless telegraphy and wireless telephony. The transmitter in a wireless telegraph system typically uses a spark gap to create the electric oscillations, while wireless telephony usually employs a vacuum tube for this task. The receptor for both wireless telegraphy and telephony is the same and may include either a crystal detector or a vacuum tube detector, as will be explained shortly.
The Easiest Way to Start.--First of all you must obtain a government license to operate a sending set, but you do not need a license to put up and use a receiving set, though you are required by law to keep secret any messages which you may overhear. Since no license is needed for a receiving set the easiest way to break into the wireless game is to put up an aerial and hook up a receiving set to it; you can then listen-in and hear what is going on in the all-pervading ether around you, and you will soon find enough to make things highly entertaining.
The Easiest Way to Start.--First, you need to get a government license to operate a sending set, but you don’t need a license for a receiving set. However, you are legally required to keep any messages you overhear confidential. Since there’s no license needed for a receiving set, the easiest way to get into the wireless scene is to set up an antenna and connect a receiving set to it; then you can listen in and hear what’s happening in the vast ether around you, and you’ll quickly find plenty to keep you entertained.
Nearly all the big wireless companies have great stations fitted with powerful telephone transmitters and at given hours of the day and night they send out songs by popular singers, dance music by jazz orchestras, fashion talks by and for the ladies, agricultural reports, government weather forecasts and other interesting features. Then by simply shifting the slide on your tuning coil you can often tune-in someone who is sending Morse, that is, messages in the dot and dash code, or, perhaps a friend who has a wireless telephone transmitter and is talking. Of course, if you want to talk back you must have a wireless transmitter, either telegraphic or telephonic, and this is a much more expensive part of the apparatus than the receptor, both in its initial cost and in its operation. A wireless telegraph transmitter is less costly than a wireless telephone transmitter and it is a very good scheme for you to learn to send and receive telegraphic messages.
Almost all the major wireless companies have impressive stations equipped with powerful phone transmitters. At specific times throughout the day and night, they broadcast songs by popular artists, dance tracks from jazz bands, fashion talks for women, agricultural updates, government weather reports, and other engaging content. By simply adjusting the dial on your tuning coil, you can often connect to someone sending Morse, which is messages in the dot and dash code, or maybe even a friend using a wireless phone transmitter to chat. Of course, if you want to talk back, you need a wireless transmitter, either for telegrams or phone calls, and this is a much pricier part of the equipment, both to buy and to operate. A wireless telegraph transmitter is cheaper than a wireless phone transmitter, and it’s a smart idea to learn how to send and receive telegrams.
At the present time, however, there are fifteen amateur receiving stations in the United States to every sending station, so you can see that the majority of wireless folks care more for listening in to the broadcasting of news and music than to sending out messages on their own account. The easiest way to begin wireless, then, is to put up an aerial and hook up a receiving set to it.
At the moment, there are fifteen amateur receiving stations in the United States for every sending station, so it's clear that most people interested in wireless prefer listening to broadcasts of news and music rather than sending out messages themselves. The simplest way to start with wireless is to set up an antenna and connect a receiving set to it.
About Aerial Wire Systems.--To the beginner who wants to install a wireless station the aerial wire system usually looms up as the biggest obstacle of all, and especially is this true if his house is without a flag pole, or other elevation from which the aerial wire can be conveniently suspended.
About Aerial Wire Systems.--For someone who is new to setting up a wireless station, the aerial wire system often seems like the biggest challenge, especially if their house doesn’t have a flagpole or any other height from which the aerial wire can be easily hung.
If you live in the congested part of a big city where there are no yards and, particularly, if you live in a flat building or an apartment house, you will have to string your aerial wire on the roof, and to do this you should get the owner's, or agent's, permission. This is usually an easy thing to do where you only intend to receive messages, for one or two thin wires supported at either end of the building are all that are needed. If for any reason you cannot put your aerial on the roof then run a wire along the building outside of your apartment, and, finally, if this is not feasible, connect your receiver to a wire strung up in your room, or even to an iron or a brass bed, and you can still get the near-by stations.
If you live in a crowded part of a big city where there are no yards, especially in an apartment building or a flat, you'll need to set up your antenna wire on the roof. To do this, you should get permission from the owner or agent. This is usually pretty straightforward when you're only planning to receive signals because you only need one or two thin wires supported at both ends of the building. If, for any reason, you can't put your antenna on the roof, you can run a wire along the outside of your apartment building. Finally, if that's not possible, you can connect your receiver to a wire set up in your room, or even to an iron or brass bed, and you can still pick up nearby stations.
An important part of the aerial wire system is the ground, that is, your receiving set must not only be connected with the aerial wire, but with a wire that leads to and makes good contact with the moist earth of the ground. Where a house or a building is piped for gas, water or steam, it is easy to make a ground connection, for all you have to do is to fasten the wire to one of the pipes with a clamp. [Footnote: Pipes are often insulated from the ground, which makes them useless for this purpose.] Where the house is isolated then a lot of wires or a sheet of copper or of zinc must be buried in the ground at a sufficient depth to insure their being kept moist.
An important part of the aerial wire system is the ground. Your receiving set needs to be connected not only to the aerial wire but also to a wire that reaches down to and makes good contact with the moist earth. If a house or building has gas, water, or steam pipes, it's easy to establish a ground connection—just attach the wire to one of the pipes using a clamp. [Footnote: Pipes are often insulated from the ground, which makes them useless for this purpose.] If the house is isolated, then several wires or a sheet of copper or zinc must be buried in the ground deep enough to stay moist.
About the Receiving Apparatus.--You can either buy the parts of the receiving apparatus separate and hook them up yourself, or you can buy the apparatus already assembled in a set which is, in the beginning, perhaps, the better way.
About the Receiving Apparatus.--You can either purchase the individual components of the receiving apparatus and set them up yourself, or you can buy the apparatus as a complete set, which is probably the better option at first.
The simplest receiving set consists of (1) a detector, (2) a tuning coil, and (3) a telephone receiver and these three pieces of apparatus are, of course, connected together and are also connected to the aerial and ground as the diagram in Fig. 1 clearly shows. There are two chief kinds of detectors used at the present time and these are: (a) the crystal detector, and (b) the vacuum tube detector. The crystal detector is the cheapest and simplest, but it is not as sensitive as the vacuum tube detector and it requires frequent adjustment. A crystal detector can be used with or without a battery while the vacuum tube detector requires two small batteries.
The simplest receiving set includes (1) a detector, (2) a tuning coil, and (3) a telephone receiver. These three components are connected to each other and also linked to the aerial and ground, as shown in the diagram in Fig. 1. There are two main types of detectors used today: (a) the crystal detector and (b) the vacuum tube detector. The crystal detector is the cheapest and easiest to use, but it isn’t as sensitive as the vacuum tube detector and needs regular adjustments. A crystal detector can work with or without a battery, while the vacuum tube detector needs two small batteries.
A tuning coil of the simplest kind consists of a single layer of copper wire wound on a cylinder with an adjustable, or sliding, contact, but for sharp tuning you need a loose coupled tuning coil. Where a single coil tuner is used a fixed condenser should be connected around the telephone receivers. Where a loose coupled tuner is employed you should have a variable condenser connected across the closed oscillation circuit and a fixed condenser across the telephone receivers.
A basic tuning coil consists of a single layer of copper wire wrapped around a cylinder with an adjustable or sliding contact, but for precise tuning, you need a loose coupled tuning coil. When using a single coil tuner, a fixed condenser should be connected around the phone receivers. When using a loose coupled tuner, you should have a variable condenser connected across the closed oscillation circuit and a fixed condenser across the phone receivers.
When listening-in to distant stations the energy of the received wireless waves is often so very feeble that in order to hear distinctly an amplifier must be used. To amplify the incoming sounds a vacuum tube made like a detector is used and sometimes as many as half-a-dozen of these tubes are connected in the receiving circuit, or in cascade, as it is called, when the sounds are amplified, that is magnified, many hundreds of times.
When tuning into distant stations, the strength of the received radio waves is often so weak that you need an amplifier to hear clearly. To boost the incoming sounds, a vacuum tube similar to a detector is used, and sometimes as many as six of these tubes are linked in the receiving circuit, or in cascade as it’s known, which magnifies the sounds many hundreds of times.
The telephone receiver of a receiving set is equally as important as the detector. A single receiver can be used but a pair of receivers connected with a head-band gives far better results. Then again the higher the resistance of the receivers the more sensitive they often are and those wound to as high a resistance as 3,200 ohms are made for use with the best sets. To make the incoming signals, conversation or music, audible to a room full of people instead of to just yourself you must use what is called a loud speaker. In its simplest form this consists of a metal cone like a megaphone to which is fitted a telephone receiver.
The telephone receiver of a receiving set is just as important as the detector. You can use a single receiver, but a pair connected with a headband delivers much better results. Additionally, the higher the resistance of the receivers, the more sensitive they tend to be, with some designed to resist up to 3,200 ohms for use with the best sets. To make incoming signals, conversations, or music audible to a room full of people instead of just yourself, you need what is called a loudspeaker. In its simplest form, this consists of a metal cone similar to a megaphone, to which a telephone receiver is attached.
About Transmitting Stations--Getting Your License.--If you are going to install a wireless sending apparatus, either telegraphic or telephonic, you will have to secure a government license for which no fee or charge of any kind is made. There are three classes of licenses issued to amateurs who want to operate transmitting stations and these are: (1) the restricted amateur license, (2) the general amateur license, and (3) the special amateur license.
About Transmitting Stations--Getting Your License.--If you plan to set up a wireless transmission system, whether for telegraph or telephone, you need to obtain a government license, which is free of charge. There are three types of licenses available for amateurs who wish to run transmitting stations: (1) the restricted amateur license, (2) the general amateur license, and (3) the special amateur license.
If you are going to set up a transmitter within five nautical miles of any naval wireless station then you will have to get a restricted amateur license which limits the current you use to half a kilowatt [Footnote: A Kilowatt is 1,000 watts. There are 746 watts in a horsepower.] and the wave length you send out to 200 meters. Should you live outside of the five-mile range of a navy station then you can get a general amateur license and this permits you to use a current of 1 kilowatt, but you are likewise limited to a wave length of 200 meters. But if you can show that you are doing some special kind of wireless work and not using your sending station for the mere pleasure you are getting out of it you may be able to get a special amateur license which gives you the right to send out wave lengths up to 375 meters.
If you're planning to set up a transmitter within five nautical miles of any naval wireless station, you need to obtain a restricted amateur license, which limits your power usage to half a kilowatt [Footnote: A kilowatt is 1,000 watts. There are 746 watts in a horsepower.] and restricts your transmission wave length to 200 meters. If you live outside the five-mile range of a navy station, you can get a general amateur license, allowing you to use up to 1 kilowatt of current, but you're still limited to a wave length of 200 meters. However, if you can demonstrate that you’re involved in a specific type of wireless work and not just using your sending station for personal enjoyment, you might be able to obtain a special amateur license, which allows you to transmit wave lengths of up to 375 meters.
When you are ready to apply for your license write to the Radio Inspector of whichever one of the following districts you live in:
When you're ready to apply for your license, write to the Radio Inspector of whichever district you live in:
First District..............Boston, Mass. Second " ..............New York City Third " ..............Baltimore, Md. Fourth " ..............Norfolk, Va. Fifth " ..............New Orleans, La. Sixth " ............. San Francisco, Cal. Seventh " ............. Seattle, Wash. Eighth " ............. Detroit, Mich. Ninth " ..............Chicago, Ill.
First District..............Boston, MA Second " ..............New York City Third " ..............Baltimore, MD Fourth " ..............Norfolk, VA Fifth " ..............New Orleans, LA Sixth " ............. San Francisco, CA Seventh " ............. Seattle, WA Eighth " ............. Detroit, MI Ninth " ..............Chicago, IL
Kinds of Transmitters.--There are two general types of transmitters used for sending out wireless messages and these are: (1) wireless telegraph transmitters, and (2) wireless telephone transmitters. Telegraph transmitters may use either: (a) a jump-spark, (b) an electric arc, or (c) a vacuum tube apparatus for sending out dot and dash messages, while telephone transmitters may use either, (a) an electric arc, or (b) a vacuum tube for sending out vocal and musical sounds. Amateurs generally use a jump-spark for sending wireless telegraph messages and the vacuum tube for sending wireless telephone messages.
Kinds of Transmitters.--There are two main types of transmitters used for sending wireless messages: (1) wireless telegraph transmitters, and (2) wireless telephone transmitters. Telegraph transmitters can use either: (a) a jump-spark, (b) an electric arc, or (c) a vacuum tube to send out dot and dash messages, while telephone transmitters may use either (a) an electric arc or (b) a vacuum tube to transmit vocal and musical sounds. Amateurs typically use a jump-spark for sending wireless telegraph messages and a vacuum tube for sending wireless telephone messages.
The Spark Gap Wireless Telegraph Transmitter.--The simplest kind of a wireless telegraph transmitter consists of: (1) a source of direct or alternating current, (2) a telegraph key, (3) a spark-coil or a transformer, (4) a spark gap, (5) an adjustable condenser and (6) an oscillation transformer. Where dry cells or a storage battery must be used to supply the current for energizing the transmitter a spark-coil can be employed and these may be had in various sizes from a little fellow which gives 1/4-inch spark up to a larger one which gives a 6-inch spark. Where more energy is needed it is better practice to use a transformer and this can be worked on an alternating current of 110 volts, or if only a 110 volt direct current is available then an electrolytic interrupter must be used to make and break the current. A simple transmitting set with an induction coil is shown in Fig. 2.
The Spark Gap Wireless Telegraph Transmitter.--The most basic type of wireless telegraph transmitter includes: (1) a source of direct or alternating current, (2) a telegraph key, (3) a spark coil or a transformer, (4) a spark gap, (5) an adjustable capacitor, and (6) an oscillation transformer. When using dry cells or a storage battery to provide the current for powering the transmitter, a spark coil can be utilized, available in various sizes from a small one that produces a 1/4-inch spark to a larger one that generates a 6-inch spark. If more power is needed, it's better to use a transformer that can operate on an alternating current of 110 volts. If only a 110-volt direct current is available, then an electrolytic interrupter should be used to switch the current on and off. A simple transmitting set with an induction coil is shown in Fig. 2.
A wireless key is made like an ordinary telegraph key except that where large currents are to be used it is somewhat heavier and is provided with large silver contact points. Spark gaps for amateur work are usually of: (1) the plain or stationary type, (2) the rotating type, and (3) the quenched gap type. The plain spark-gap is more suitable for small spark-coil sets, and it is not so apt to break down the transformer and condenser of the larger sets as the rotary gap. The rotary gap on the other hand tends to prevent arcing and so the break is quicker and there is less dragging of the spark. The quenched gap is more efficient than either the plain or rotary gap and moreover it is noiseless.
A wireless key is designed like a regular telegraph key, but it’s a bit heavier when used for large currents and has bigger silver contact points. Spark gaps for amateur use usually come in three types: (1) the plain or stationary type, (2) the rotating type, and (3) the quenched gap type. The plain spark-gap works better for small spark-coil sets and is less likely to damage the transformer and condenser of larger sets compared to the rotary gap. On the other hand, the rotary gap helps reduce arcing, allowing for quicker breaks and less spark drag. The quenched gap is more efficient than both the plain and rotary gaps and, additionally, it operates quietly.
Condensers for spark telegraph transmitters can be ordinary Leyden jars or glass plates coated with tin or copper foil and set into a frame, or they can be built up of mica and sheet metal embedded in an insulating composition. The glass plate condensers are the cheapest and will serve your purpose well, especially if they are immersed in oil. Tuning coils, sometimes called transmitting inductances and oscillation transformers, are of various types. The simplest kind is a transmitting inductance which consists of 25 or 30 turns of copper wire wound on an insulating tube or frame. An oscillation transformer is a loose coupled tuning coil and it consists of a primary coil formed of a number of turns of copper wire wound on a fixed insulating support, and a secondary coil of about twice the number of turns of copper wire which is likewise fixed in an insulating support, but the coils are relatively movable. An oscillation transformer (instead of a tuning coil), is required by government regulations unless inductively coupled.
Condensers for spark telegraph transmitters can be regular Leyden jars or glass plates covered with tin or copper foil and placed in a frame, or they can be made from mica and sheet metal embedded in an insulating material. The glass plate condensers are the most affordable and will work well for your needs, especially if they are submerged in oil. Tuning coils, sometimes called transmitting inductances and oscillation transformers, come in different types. The simplest type is a transmitting inductance that has 25 or 30 turns of copper wire wrapped around an insulating tube or frame. An oscillation transformer is a loosely coupled tuning coil, consisting of a primary coil made of several turns of copper wire wound on a stationary insulating base, and a secondary coil with about double the turns of copper wire, also fixed to an insulating base, but the coils can move relative to one another. An oscillation transformer (instead of a tuning coil) is required by government regulations unless inductively coupled.
The Vacuum Tube Telegraph Transmitter.--This consists of: (1) a source of direct or alternating current, (2) a telegraph key, (3) a vacuum tube oscillator, (4) a tuning coil, and (5) a condenser. This kind of a transmitter sets up sustained oscillations instead of periodic oscillations which are produced by a spark gap set. The advantages of this kind of a system will be found explained in Chapter XVI.
The Vacuum Tube Telegraph Transmitter consists of: (1) a source of direct or alternating current, (2) a telegraph key, (3) a vacuum tube oscillator, (4) a tuning coil, and (5) a condenser. This type of transmitter generates sustained oscillations instead of the periodic oscillations created by a spark gap set. The benefits of this system are explained in Chapter XVI.
The Wireless Telephone Transmitter.--Because a jump-spark sets up periodic oscillations, that is, the oscillations are discontinuous, it cannot be used for wireless telephony. An electric arc or a vacuum tube sets up sustained oscillations, that is, oscillations which are continuous. As it is far easier to keep the oscillations going with a vacuum tube than it is with an arc the former means has all but supplanted the latter for wireless telephone transmitters. The apparatus required and the connections used for wireless telephone sets will be described in later chapters.
The Wireless Telephone Transmitter.--Since a jump-spark creates periodic oscillations, meaning the oscillations are discontinuous, it can't be used for wireless telephony. An electric arc or a vacuum tube produces sustained oscillations, which are continuous. Because it's much easier to maintain the oscillations with a vacuum tube than with an arc, the former has largely replaced the latter for wireless telephone transmitters. The equipment needed and the connections used for wireless telephone sets will be explained in later chapters.
Useful Information.--It would be wise for the reader to turn to the Appendix, beginning with page 301 of this book, and familiarize himself with the information there set down in tabular and graphic form. For example, the first table gives abbreviations of electrical terms which are in general use in all works dealing with the subject. You will also find there brief definitions of electric and magnetic units, which it would be well to commit to memory; or, at least, to make so thoroughly your own that when any of these terms is mentioned, you will know instantly what is being talked about.
Useful Information.--It would be a good idea for the reader to check out the Appendix, starting on page 301 of this book, and get familiar with the information presented in tables and graphics. For example, the first table lists abbreviations for electrical terms commonly used in all works on the subject. You will also find brief definitions of electric and magnetic units, which it would be helpful to memorize; or at least make sure you understand well enough that you know exactly what’s being referred to when any of these terms come up.
CHAPTER II
PUTTING UP YOUR AERIAL
As inferred in the first chapter, an aerial for receiving does not have to be nearly as well made or put up as one for sending. But this does not mean that you can slipshod the construction and installation of it, for however simple it is, the job must be done right and in this case it is as easy to do it right as wrong.
As mentioned in the first chapter, a receiving antenna doesn’t have to be as well-built or installed as a transmitting one. However, that doesn’t mean you can be careless with its construction and installation. No matter how simple it is, the job needs to be done properly, and in this case, it's just as easy to do it right as it is to do it wrong.
To send wireless telegraph and telephone messages to the greatest distances and to receive them as distinctly as possible from the greatest distances you must use for your aerial (1) copper or aluminum wire, (2) two or more wires, (3) have them the proper length, (4) have them as high in the air as you can, (5) have them well apart from each other, and (6) have them well insulated from their supports. If you live in a flat building or an apartment house you can string your aerial wires from one edge of the roof to the other and support them by wooden stays as high above it as may be convenient.
To send wireless telegraph and telephone messages over long distances and receive them as clearly as possible, you need to use for your antenna: (1) copper or aluminum wire, (2) two or more wires, (3) the correct length, (4) as high in the air as possible, (5) spaced well apart from each other, and (6) properly insulated from their supports. If you live in an apartment building, you can run your antenna wires from one edge of the roof to the other and support them with wooden stays as high above it as is convenient.
Should you live in a detached house in the city you can usually get your next-door neighbor to let you fasten one end of the aerial to his house and this will give you a good stretch and a fairly high aerial. In the country you can stretch your wires between the house and barn or the windmill. From this you will see that no matter where you live you can nearly always find ways and means of putting up an aerial that will serve your needs without going to the expense of erecting a mast.
If you live in a standalone house in the city, you can usually ask your next-door neighbor to let you attach one end of the antenna to their house, which will give you a nice stretch and a fairly high antenna. In the countryside, you can stretch your wires between the house and the barn or the windmill. From this, you can see that no matter where you live, you can almost always find ways to set up an antenna that meets your needs without the expense of building a mast.
Kinds of Aerial Wire Systems.--An amateur wireless aerial can be anywhere from 25 feet to 100 feet long and if you can get a stretch of the latter length and a height of from 30 to 75 feet you will have one with which you can receive a thousand miles or more and send out as much energy as the government will allow you to send.
Kinds of Aerial Wire Systems.--An amateur wireless antenna can be anywhere from 25 to 100 feet long, and if you can achieve the longer length and a height of 30 to 75 feet, you'll have one that can receive signals from over a thousand miles away and transmit as much power as the government permits you to send.
The kind of an aerial that gives the best results is one whose wire, or wires, are horizontal, that is, parallel with the earth under it as shown at A in Fig. 3. If only one end can be fixed to some elevated support then you can secure the other end to a post in the ground, but the slope of the aerial should not be more than 30 or 35 degrees from the horizontal at most as shown at B.
The type of antenna that produces the best results is one where the wire, or wires, are horizontal, meaning they are parallel to the ground below, as illustrated at A in Fig. 3. If only one end can be attached to a high support, you can anchor the other end to a post in the ground, but the angle of the antenna should not exceed 30 or 35 degrees from horizontal at most, as shown at B.
The leading-in wire, that is, the wire that leads from and joins the aerial wire with your sending and receiving set, can be connected to the aerial anywhere it is most convenient to do so, but the best results are had when it is connected to one end as shown at A in Fig. 4, in which case it is called an inverted L aerial, or when it is connected to it at the middle as shown at B, when it is called a T aerial. The leading-in wire must be carefully insulated from the outside of the building and also where it passes through it to the inside. This is done by means of an insulating tube known as a leading-in insulator, or bulkhead insulator as it is sometimes called.
The leading-in wire is the wire that connects the aerial wire to your sending and receiving equipment. You can attach it to the aerial wherever it's most convenient, but the best results happen when it's connected at one end, as shown at A in Fig. 4, where it's referred to as an inverted L aerial, or when it's connected in the middle, as shown at B, which is called a T aerial. The leading-in wire needs to be properly insulated where it goes outside the building and where it passes through to the inside. This is done using an insulating tube known as a leading-in insulator, or sometimes referred to as a bulkhead insulator.
As a protection against lightning burning out your instruments you can use either: (1) an air-gap lightning arrester, (2) a vacuum tube protector, or (3) a lightning switch, which is better. Whichever of these devices is used it is connected in between the aerial and an outside ground wire so that a direct circuit to the earth will be provided at all times except when you are sending or receiving. So your aerial instead of being a menace really acts during an electrical storm like a lightning rod and it is therefore a real protection. The air-gap and vacuum tube lightning arresters are little devices that can be used only where you are going to receive, while the lightning switch must be used where you are going to send; indeed, in some localities the Fire Underwriters require a large lightning switch to be used for receiving sets as well as sending sets.
To protect your equipment from lightning damage, you can use: (1) an air-gap lightning arrester, (2) a vacuum tube protector, or (3) a lightning switch, which is the best option. Whichever device you choose, it should be connected between the aerial and an external ground wire to ensure a direct path to the earth is available at all times, except when you are sending or receiving signals. So, rather than being a hazard, your aerial actually functions like a lightning rod during a thunderstorm, providing genuine protection. The air-gap and vacuum tube lightning arresters are small devices that can only be used while receiving signals, whereas the lightning switch is necessary for when you are sending; in fact, in some areas, the Fire Underwriters mandate that a large lightning switch be used for both receiving and sending equipment.
How to Put Up a Cheap Receiving Aerial.--The kind of an aerial wire system you put up will depend, chiefly, on two things, and these are: (1) your pocketbook, and (2) the place where you live.
How to Install an Affordable Antenna.--The type of antenna wire system you set up will mainly depend on two factors: (1) your budget, and (2) where you live.
A Single Wire Aerial.--This is the simplest and cheapest kind of a receiving aerial that can be put up. The first thing to do is to find out the length of wire you need by measuring the span between the two points of support; then add a sufficient length for the leading-in wire and enough more to connect your receiving set with the radiator or water pipe.
A Single Wire Aerial.--This is the easiest and most affordable type of receiving aerial you can set up. The first step is to determine the length of wire you'll need by measuring the distance between the two support points; then add extra length for the leading-in wire and additional length to connect your receiving set to the radiator or water pipe.
You can use any size of copper or aluminum wire that is not smaller than No. 16 Brown and Sharpe gauge. When you buy the wire get also the following material: (1) two porcelain insulators as shown at A in Fig. 5; (2) three or four porcelain knob insulators, see B; (3) either (a) an air gap lightning arrester, see C, or (b) a lightning switch see D; (4) a leading-in porcelain tube insulator, see E, and (5) a ground clamp, see F.
You can use any size of copper or aluminum wire that is at least No. 16 Brown and Sharpe gauge. When you buy the wire, also get the following materials: (1) two porcelain insulators as shown at A in Fig. 5; (2) three or four porcelain knob insulators, see B; (3) either (a) an air gap lightning arrester, see C, or (b) a lightning switch see D; (4) a leading-in porcelain tube insulator, see E, and (5) a ground clamp, see F.
To make the aerial slip each end of the wire through a hole in each insulator and twist it fast; next cut off and slip two more pieces of wire through the other holes in the insulators and twist them fast and then secure these to the supports at the ends of the building. Take the piece you are going to use for the leading-in wire, twist it around the aerial wire and solder it there when it will look like A in Fig. 6. Now if you intend to use the air gap lightning arrester fasten it to the wall of the building outside of your window, and bring the leading-in wire from the aerial to the top binding post of your arrester and keep it clear of everything as shown at B. If your aerial is on the roof and you have to bring the leading-in wire over the cornice or around a corner fix a porcelain knob insulator to the one or the other and fasten the wire to it.
To set up the aerial, first, thread each end of the wire through a hole in each insulator and twist it securely. Next, cut two more pieces of wire, thread them through the other holes in the insulators, twist them tight, and attach these to the supports at the ends of the building. Take the wire you want to use for the leading-in wire, twist it around the aerial wire, and solder it, which will look like A in Fig. 6. If you plan to use the air gap lightning arrester, attach it to the wall of the building outside your window, and connect the leading-in wire from the aerial to the top binding post of your arrester, keeping it clear of everything as shown at B. If your aerial is on the roof and you need to bring the leading-in wire over the cornice or around a corner, attach a porcelain knob insulator to either one and secure the wire to it.
Next bore a hole through the frame of the window at a point nearest your receiving set and push a porcelain tube 5/8 inch in diameter and 5 or 6 inches long, through it. Connect a length of wire to the top post of the arrester or just above it to the wire, run this through the leading-in insulator and connect it to the slider of your tuning coil. Screw the end of a piece of heavy copper wire to the lower post of the arrester and run it to the ground, on porcelain knobs if necessary, and solder it to an iron rod or pipe which you have driven into the earth. Finally connect the fixed terminal of your tuning coil with the water pipe or radiator inside of the house by means of the ground clamp as shown in the diagrammatic sketch at B in Fig. 6 and you are ready to tune in.
Next, drill a hole through the window frame at the point closest to your receiving set and push a porcelain tube that's 5/8 inch in diameter and 5 or 6 inches long through it. Connect a length of wire to the top post of the arrester or just above it to the wire, run this through the leading-in insulator, and connect it to the slider of your tuning coil. Attach the end of a piece of heavy copper wire to the lower post of the arrester and run it to the ground, using porcelain knobs if needed, and solder it to an iron rod or pipe that you've driven into the ground. Finally, connect the fixed terminal of your tuning coil to the water pipe or radiator inside the house using the ground clamp as shown in the diagrammatic sketch at B in Fig. 6, and you are ready to tune in.
If you want to use a lightning switch instead of the air-gap arrester then fasten it to the outside wall instead of the latter and screw the free end of the leading-in wire from the aerial to the middle post of it as shown at C in Fig. 6. Run a wire from the top post through the leading-in insulator and connect it with the slider of your tuning coil. Next screw one end of a length of heavy copper wire to the lower post of the aerial switch and run it to an iron pipe in the ground as described above in connection with the spark-gap lightning arrester; then connect the fixed terminal of your tuning coil with the radiator or water pipe and your aerial wire system will be complete as shown at C in Fig. 6.
If you want to use a lightning switch instead of the air-gap arrester, attach it to the outside wall instead of the latter and screw the free end of the leading-in wire from the aerial to the middle post, as shown at C in Fig. 6. Run a wire from the top post through the leading-in insulator and connect it to the slider of your tuning coil. Next, screw one end of a heavy copper wire to the lower post of the aerial switch and connect it to an iron pipe grounded as described above in relation to the spark-gap lightning arrester; then connect the fixed terminal of your tuning coil with the radiator or water pipe, and your aerial wire system will be complete as shown at C in Fig. 6.
A Two-wire Aerial.--An aerial with two wires will give better results than a single wire and three wires are better than two, but you must keep them well apart. To put up a two-wire aerial get (1) enough No. 16, or preferably No. 14, solid or stranded copper or aluminum wire, (2) four porcelain insulators, see B in Fig. 5, and (3) two sticks about 1 inch thick, 3 inches wide and 3 or 4 feet long, for the spreaders, and bore 1/8-inch hole through each end of each one. Now twist the ends of the wires to the insulators and then cut off four pieces of wire about 6 feet long and run them through the holes in the wood spreaders. Finally twist the ends of each pair of short wires to the free ends of the insulators and then twist the free ends of the wires together.
A Two-wire Aerial.--An aerial with two wires will perform better than a single wire, and three wires are even better than two, but you need to keep them well spaced apart. To set up a two-wire aerial, get (1) enough No. 16, or preferably No. 14, solid or stranded copper or aluminum wire, (2) four porcelain insulators, see B in Fig. 5, and (3) two sticks about 1 inch thick, 3 inches wide, and 3 or 4 feet long for the spreaders, and drill a 1/8-inch hole through each end of each one. Now twist the ends of the wires to the insulators and then cut off four pieces of wire about 6 feet long, running them through the holes in the wooden spreaders. Finally, twist the ends of each pair of short wires to the free ends of the insulators and then twist the free ends of the wires together.
For the leading-in wire that goes to the lightning switch take two lengths of wire and twist one end of each one around the aerial wires and solder them there. Twist the short wire around the long wire and solder this joint also when the aerial will look like Fig. 7. Bring the free end of the leading-in wire down to the middle post of the lightning switch and fasten it there and connect up the receiver to it and the ground as described under the caption of A Single Wire Aerial.
For the leading-in wire that goes to the lightning switch, take two lengths of wire and twist one end of each around the aerial wires, then solder them in place. Twist the short wire around the long wire and solder this connection as well when the aerial looks like Fig. 7. Bring the free end of the leading-in wire down to the middle post of the lightning switch and secure it there, then connect the receiver to it and the ground as explained under the section A Single Wire Aerial.
Connecting in the Ground.--If there is a gas or water system or a steam-heating plant in your house you can make your ground connection by clamping a ground clamp to the nearest pipe as has been previously described. Connect a length of bare or insulated copper wire with it and bring this up to the table on which you have your receiving set. If there are no grounded pipes available then you will have to make a good ground which we shall describe presently and lead the ground wire from your receiving set out of the window and down to it.
Connecting in the Ground.--If your house has a gas or water system or a steam-heating plant, you can establish your ground connection by clamping a ground clamp to the nearest pipe as described earlier. Connect a length of bare or insulated copper wire to it and run this up to the table where your receiving set is located. If there are no grounded pipes available, you will need to create a good ground, which we'll explain shortly, and run the ground wire from your receiving set out of the window and down to that location.
How to Put Up a Good Aerial.--While you can use the cheap aerial already described for a small spark-coil sending set you should have a better insulated one for a 1/2 or a 1 kilowatt transformer set. The cost for the materials for a good aerial is small and when properly made and well insulated it will give results that are all out of proportion to the cost of it.
How to Set Up a Good Antenna.--While you can use the inexpensive antenna mentioned earlier for a small spark-coil sending system, you should opt for a better-insulated one for a 1/2 or 1 kilowatt transformer setup. The materials for a quality antenna are affordable, and when built correctly and well-insulated, it will deliver results that far exceed its cost.
An Inexpensive Good Aerial.--A far better aerial, because it is more highly insulated, can be made by using midget insulators instead of the porcelain insulators described under the caption of A Single Wire Aerial and using a small electrose leading-in insulator instead of the porcelain bushing. This makes a good sending aerial for small sets as well as a good receiving aerial.
An Inexpensive Good Aerial.--A much better aerial, because it’s more effectively insulated, can be made by using midget insulators instead of the porcelain insulators mentioned under the section titled A Single Wire Aerial and using a small electrose leading-in insulator instead of the porcelain bushing. This setup creates a solid sending aerial for small systems as well as an effective receiving aerial.
The Best Aerial that Can Be Made.--To make this aerial get the following material together: (1) enough stranded or braided wire for three or four lengths of parallel wires, according to the number you want to use (2) six or eight electrose ball insulators, see B, Fig. 8; (3) two 5-inch or 10-inch electrose strain insulators, see C; (4) six or eight S-hooks, see D; one large withe with one eye for middle of end spreader, see E; (6) two smaller withes with one eye each for end spreader, see E; (7) two still smaller withes, with two eyes each for the ends of the end spreaders, see E (8) two thimbles, see F, for 1/4-inch wire cable; (9) six or eight hard rubber tubes or bushings as shown at G; and (10) two end spreaders, see H; one middle spreader, see I; and one leading-in spreader, see J.
The Best Aerial that Can Be Made.--To create this aerial, gather the following materials: (1) enough stranded or braided wire for three or four lengths of parallel wires, depending on how many you want to use; (2) six or eight electrose ball insulators, see B, Fig. 8; (3) two 5-inch or 10-inch electrose strain insulators, see C; (4) six or eight S-hooks, see D; one large withe with one eye for the middle of the end spreader, see E; (6) two smaller withes with one eye each for the end spreader, see E; (7) two even smaller withes, with two eyes each for the ends of the end spreaders, see E; (8) two thimbles, see F, for 1/4-inch wire cable; (9) six or eight hard rubber tubes or bushings as shown at G; and (10) two end spreaders, see H; one middle spreader, see I; and one leading-in spreader, see J.
For this aerial any one of a number of kinds of wire can be used and among these are (a) stranded copper wire; (b) braided copper wire; (c) stranded silicon bronze wire, and (d) stranded phosphor bronze wire. Stranded and braided copper wire is very flexible as it is formed of seven strands of fine wire twisted or braided together and it is very good for short and light aerials. Silicon bronze wire is stronger than copper wire and should be used where aerials are more than 100 feet long, while phosphor bronze wire is the strongest aerial wire made and is used for high grade aerials by the commercial companies and the Government for their high-power stations.
For this aerial, you can use a variety of wire types, including (a) stranded copper wire; (b) braided copper wire; (c) stranded silicon bronze wire; and (d) stranded phosphor bronze wire. Stranded and braided copper wire is very flexible since it consists of seven strands of fine wire twisted or braided together, making it great for short and lightweight aerials. Silicon bronze wire is stronger than copper wire and should be used for aerials longer than 100 feet, while phosphor bronze wire is the strongest aerial wire available and is used for high-quality aerials by commercial companies and the government for their high-power stations.
The spreaders should be made of spruce, and should be 4 feet 10 inches long for a three-wire aerial and 7 feet 1 inch long for a four-wire aerial as the distance between the wires should be about 27 inches. The end spreaders can be turned cylindrically but it makes a better looking job if they taper from the middle to the ends. They should be 2-1/4 inches in diameter at the middle and 1-3/4 inches at the ends. The middle spreader can be cylindrical and 2 inches in diameter. It must have holes bored through it at equidistant points for the hard rubber tubes; each of these should be 5/8 inch in diameter and have a hole 5/32 inch in diameter through it for the aerial wire. The leading-in spreader is also made of spruce and is 1-1/2 inches square and 26 inches long. Bore three or four 5/8-inch holes at equidistant points through this spreader and insert hard rubber tubes in them as with the middle spreader.
The spreaders should be made of spruce, and they need to be 4 feet 10 inches long for a three-wire aerial and 7 feet 1 inch long for a four-wire aerial, as the distance between the wires should be about 27 inches. The end spreaders can be cylindrical, but they look better if they taper from the middle to the ends. They should be 2-1/4 inches in diameter at the middle and 1-3/4 inches at the ends. The middle spreader can be cylindrical and should be 2 inches in diameter. It must have holes drilled through it at equal distances for the hard rubber tubes; each tube should be 5/8 inch in diameter and have a hole 5/32 inch in diameter through it for the aerial wire. The leading-in spreader is also made of spruce, measuring 1-1/2 inches square and 26 inches long. Drill three or four 5/8-inch holes at equal distances through this spreader and insert hard rubber tubes in them just like with the middle spreader.
Assembling the Aerial.--Begin by measuring off the length of each wire to be used and see to it that all of them are of exactly the same length. Now push the hard rubber insulators through the holes in the middle spreader and thread the wires through the holes in the insulators as shown at A in Fig 9.
Assembling the Aerial.--Start by measuring the length of each wire you'll use, making sure they are all exactly the same length. Next, push the hard rubber insulators through the holes in the middle spreader and thread the wires through the holes in the insulators as shown at A in Fig 9.
Next twist the ends of each wire to the rings of the ball insulators and then put the large withes on the middle of each of the end spreaders; fix the other withes on the spreaders so that they will be 27 inches apart and fasten the ball insulators to the eyes in the withes with the S-hooks. Now slip a thimble through the eye of one of the long strain insulators, thread a length of stranded steel wire 1/4 inch in diameter through it and fasten the ends of it to the eyes in the withes on the ends of the spreaders.
Next, twist the ends of each wire to the rings of the ball insulators, and then place the large wits in the middle of each end spreader. Secure the other wits on the spreaders so that they are 27 inches apart and attach the ball insulators to the eyes in the wits using S-hooks. Now slide a thimble through the eye of one of the long strain insulators, thread a length of 1/4 inch diameter stranded steel wire through it, and fasten the ends to the eyes in the wits on the ends of the spreaders.
Finally fasten a 40-inch length of steel stranded wire to each of the eyes of the withes on the middle of each of the spreaders, loop the other end over the thimble and then wrap the end around the wires that are fixed to the ends of the spreaders. One end of the aerial is shown complete at B in Fig. 9, and from this you can see exactly how it is assembled. Now cut off three or four pieces of wire 15 or 20 feet long and twist and solder each one to one of the aerial wires; then slip them through the hard rubber tubes in the leading-in spreader, bring their free ends together as at C and twist and solder them to a length of wire long enough to reach to your lightning switch or instruments.
Finally, attach a 40-inch length of steel stranded wire to each eye of the withes in the middle of each spreader. Loop the other end over the thimble and wrap it around the wires fixed to the ends of the spreaders. One end of the aerial is shown complete at B in Fig. 9, and from this, you can see exactly how it assembles. Now cut three or four pieces of wire that are 15 to 20 feet long and twist and solder each one to one of the aerial wires. Then, slide them through the hard rubber tubes in the leading-in spreader, bring their free ends together as at C, and twist and solder them to a length of wire that’s long enough to reach your lightning switch or instruments.
Making a Good Ground.--Where you have to make a ground you can do so either by (1) burying sheets of zinc or copper in the moist earth; (2) burying a number of wires in the moist earth, or (3) using a counterpoise. To make a ground of the first kind take half a dozen large sheets of copper or zinc, cut them into strips a foot wide, solder them all together with other strips and bury them deeply in the ground.
Making a Good Ground.--To establish a ground, you can do it in one of three ways: (1) by burying sheets of zinc or copper in the moist soil; (2) by burying several wires in the moist soil; or (3) by using a counterpoise. For the first method, take about six large sheets of copper or zinc, cut them into strips a foot wide, solder them together with additional strips, and bury them deep in the ground.
It is easier to make a wire ground, say of as many or more wires as you have in your aerial and connect them together with cross wires. To put such a ground in the earth you will have to use a plow to make the furrows deep enough to insure them always being moist. In the counterpoise ground you make up a system of wires exactly like your aerial, that is, you insulate them just as carefully; then you support them so that they will be as close to the ground as possible and yet not touch it or anything else. This and the other two grounds just described should be placed directly under the aerial wire if the best results are to be had. In using a counterpoise you must bring the wire from it up to and through another leading-in insulator to your instruments.
It’s easier to create a wire ground, using as many wires or more than you have in your aerial, and connect them with cross wires. To bury this ground in the earth, you’ll need a plow to make the furrows deep enough to keep them consistently moist. In the counterpoise ground, you create a system of wires exactly like your aerial, meaning you insulate them just as carefully; then support them so they are as close to the ground as possible without touching it or anything else. This and the two other grounding methods described earlier should be positioned directly under the aerial wire for the best results. When using a counterpoise, you must bring the wire from it up to and through another leading-in insulator to your instruments.
CHAPTER III
SIMPLE TELEGRAPH AND TELEPHONE RECEIVING SETS
With a crystal detector receiving set you can receive either telegraphic dots and dashes or telephonic speech and music. You can buy a receiving set already assembled or you can buy the different parts and assemble them yourself. An assembled set is less bother in the beginning but if you like to experiment you can hook up, that is, connect the separate parts together yourself and it is perhaps a little cheaper to do it this way. Then again, by so doing you get a lot of valuable experience in wireless work and an understanding of the workings of wireless that you cannot get in any other way.
With a crystal radio receiver, you can pick up either Morse code or phone conversations and music. You can choose to buy a pre-assembled receiver or get the individual parts and put it together yourself. An assembled set is less hassle at first, but if you enjoy experimenting, you can connect the separate parts on your own, which might save you a bit of money. Plus, doing it this way gives you valuable experience in wireless technology and a deeper understanding of how it all works that you can't get any other way.
Assembled Wireless Receiving Sets.--The cheapest assembled receiving set [Footnote: The Marvel, made by the Radio Mfg. Co., New York City.] advertised is one in which the detector and tuning coil is mounted in a box. It costs $15.00, and can be bought of dealers in electric supplies generally.
Assembled Wireless Receiving Sets.--The most affordable assembled receiving set [Footnote: The Marvel, made by the Radio Mfg. Co., New York City.] available is one where the detector and tuning coil are housed in a box. It costs $15.00 and can typically be purchased from electric supply dealers.
This price also includes a crystal detector, an adjustable tuning coil, a single telephone receiver with head-band and the wire, porcelain insulators, lightning switch and ground clamp for the aerial wire system. It will receive wireless telegraph and telephone messages over a range of from 10 to 25 miles.
This price also includes a crystal detector, an adjustable tuning coil, a single headphone receiver with a headband and the wire, porcelain insulators, a lightning switch, and a ground clamp for the aerial wire system. It will receive wireless telegraph and telephone messages over a range of 10 to 25 miles.
Another cheap unit receptor, that is, a complete wireless receiving set already mounted which can be used with a single aerial is sold for $25.00. [Footnote: The Aeriola Jr., made by the Westinghouse Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.] This set includes a crystal detector, a variable tuning coil, a fixed condenser and a pair of head telephone receivers. It can also be used to receive either telegraph or telephone messages from distances up to 25 miles. The aerial equipment is not included in this price, but it can be bought for about $2.50 extra.
Another affordable wireless receiver, which is a fully assembled unit that works with a single antenna, is available for $25.00. [Footnote: The Aeriola Jr., made by the Westinghouse Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.] This set comes with a crystal detector, a variable tuning coil, a fixed condenser, and a pair of headphones. It can also receive telegraph or telephone messages from distances of up to 25 miles. The antenna equipment isn't included in this price, but it can be purchased for about $2.50 extra.
Assembling Your Own Receiving Set.--In this chapter we shall go only into the apparatus used for two simple receiving sets, both of which have a crystal detector. The first set includes a double-slide tuning coil and the second set employs a loose-coupled tuning coil, or loose coupler, as it is called for short. For either set you can use a pair of 2,000- or 3,000-ohm head phones.
Assembling Your Own Receiving Set.--In this chapter, we'll focus on the equipment needed for two simple receiving sets, both of which use a crystal detector. The first set features a double-slide tuning coil, while the second set uses a loose-coupled tuning coil or loose coupler for short. You can use a pair of 2,000- or 3,000-ohm headphones for either set.
Photograph unavailable |
original © Underwood and Underwood. General Pershing Listening In. |
The Crystal Detector.--A crystal detector consists of: (1) the frame, (2) the crystal, and (3) the wire point. There are any number of different designs for frames, the idea being to provide a device that will (a) hold the sensitive crystal firmly in place, and yet permit of its removal, (b) to permit the wire point, or electrode, to be moved in any direction so that the free point of it can make contact with the most sensitive spot on the crystal and (c) to vary the pressure of the wire on the crystal.
The Crystal Detector.--A crystal detector is made up of: (1) the frame, (2) the crystal, and (3) the wire point. There are many different designs for frames, all aimed at doing the following: (a) holding the sensitive crystal securely in place while still allowing for its removal, (b) enabling the wire point, or electrode, to be adjusted in any direction so that its free point can touch the most sensitive area of the crystal, and (c) adjusting the pressure of the wire on the crystal.
A simple detector frame is shown in the cross-section at A in Fig. 10; the crystal, which may be galena, silicon or iron pyrites, is held securely in a holder while the phosphor-bronze wire point which makes contact with it, is fixed to one end of a threaded rod on the other end of which is a knob. This rod screws into and through a sleeve fixed to a ball that sets between two brass standards and this permits an up and down or a side to side adjustment of the metal point while the pressure of it on the crystal is regulated by the screw.
A simple detector frame is shown in the cross-section at A in Fig. 10; the crystal, which can be galena, silicon, or iron pyrites, is securely held in a holder while the phosphor-bronze wire point that makes contact with it is attached to one end of a threaded rod, with a knob on the other end. This rod screws into and through a sleeve attached to a ball that sits between two brass standards, allowing for up-and-down or side-to-side adjustments of the metal point, while the pressure on the crystal is controlled by the screw.
A crystal of this kind is often enclosed in a glass cylinder and this makes it retain its sensitiveness for a much longer time than if it were exposed to dust and moisture. An upright type of this detector can be bought for $2.25, while a horizontal type, as shown at B, can be bought for $2.75. Galena is the crystal that is generally used, for, while it is not quite as sensitive as silicon and iron pyrites, it is easier to obtain a sensitive piece.
A crystal like this is often placed inside a glass cylinder, which helps it stay sensitive for a much longer period compared to being exposed to dust and moisture. You can get an upright version of this detector for $2.25, while a horizontal version, as seen at B, costs $2.75. Galena is the crystal most commonly used because, although it's not as sensitive as silicon and iron pyrites, it's easier to find a sensitive piece.
The Tuning Coil.--It is with the tuning coil that you tune in and tune out different stations and this you do by sliding the contacts to and fro over the turns of wire; in this way you vary the inductance and capacitance, that is, the constants of the receiving circuits and so make them receive electric waves, that is, wireless waves, of different lengths.
The Tuning Coil.--You use the tuning coil to tune in and tune out different stations by sliding the contacts back and forth over the coils of wire. This adjusts the inductance and capacitance, which are the constants of the receiving circuits, allowing them to pick up electric waves, or wireless waves, of different lengths.
The Double Slide Tuning Coil.--With this tuning coil you can receive waves from any station up to 1,000 meters in length. One of the ends of the coil of wire connects with the binding post marked a in Fig. 11, and the other end connects with the other binding post marked b, while one of the sliding contacts is connected to the binding post c, and the other sliding contact is connected with the binding post d.
The Double Slide Tuning Coil.--With this tuning coil, you can receive signals from any station up to 1,000 meters long. One end of the coil connects to the binding post marked a in Fig. 11, and the other end connects to the binding post marked b. One of the sliding contacts is connected to the binding post c, while the other sliding contact is connected to the binding post d.
When connecting in the tuning coil, only the post a or the post b is used as may be most convenient, but the other end of the wire which is connected to a post is left free; just bear this point in mind when you come to connect the tuning coil up with the other parts of your receiving set. The tuning coil is shown complete at B and it costs $3.00 or $4.00. A triple slide tuning coil constructed like the double slide tuner just described, only with more turns of wire on it, makes it possible to receive wave lengths up to 1,500 meters. It costs about $6.00.
When connecting the tuning coil, only post a or post b is used, depending on what’s more convenient, but the other end of the wire connected to a post is left open; just keep this in mind when you connect the tuning coil to the other parts of your receiver. The complete tuning coil is shown at B and it costs $3.00 or $4.00. A triple slide tuning coil, built like the double slide tuner described earlier but with more wire turns, can receive wavelengths up to 1,500 meters. It costs around $6.00.
The Loose Coupled Tuning Coil.--With a loose coupler, as this kind of a tuning coil is called for short, very selective tuning is possible, which means that you can tune in a station very sharply, and it will receive any wave lengths according to size of coils. The primary coil is wound on a fixed cylinder and its inductance is varied by means of a sliding contact like the double slide tuning coil described above. The secondary coil is wound on a cylinder that slides in and out of the primary coil. The inductance of this coil is varied by means of a switch that makes contact with the fixed points, each of which is connected with every twentieth turn of wire as shown in the diagram A in Fig. 12. The loose coupler, which is shown complete at B, costs in the neighborhood of $8.00 or $10.00.
The Loose Coupled Tuning Coil.--With a loose coupler, as this type of tuning coil is often called, very selective tuning is possible, meaning you can sharply tune into a station and it will receive different wavelengths depending on the coil sizes. The primary coil is wound around a fixed cylinder, and its inductance is adjusted using a sliding contact similar to the double slide tuning coil mentioned earlier. The secondary coil is wound on a cylinder that moves in and out of the primary coil. The inductance of this coil is adjusted using a switch that connects with fixed points, each connected to every twentieth turn of wire as shown in the diagram A in Fig. 12. The complete loose coupler, depicted at B, costs around $8.00 to $10.00.
Fixed and Variable Condensers.--You do not require a condenser for a simple receiving set, but if you will connect a fixed condenser across your headphones you will get better results, while a variable condenser connected in the closed circuit of a direct coupled receiving set, that is, one where a double slide tuning coil is used, makes it easy to tune very much more sharply; a variable condenser is absolutely necessary where the circuits are inductively coupled, that is, where a loose coupled tuner is used.
Fixed and Variable Condensers.--You don't need a condenser for a simple receiving set, but if you connect a fixed condenser across your headphones, you’ll see better results. A variable condenser connected in the closed circuit of a direct coupled receiving set—meaning one that uses a double slide tuning coil—makes it much easier to tune sharply. A variable condenser is essential when the circuits are inductively coupled, or when a loosely coupled tuner is used.
A fixed condenser consists of a number of sheets of paper with leaves of tin-foil in between them and so built up that one end of every other leaf of tin-foil projects from the opposite end of the paper as shown at A in Fig. 13. The paper and tin-foil are then pressed together and impregnated with an insulating compound. A fixed condenser of the exact capacitance required for connecting across the head phones is mounted in a base fitted with binding posts, as shown at B, and costs 75 cents. (Paper ones 25 cents.)
A fixed condenser is made up of several sheets of paper with layers of tin foil in between, arranged so that one end of every other tin foil layer sticks out from the opposite end of the paper, as shown at A in Fig. 13. The paper and tin foil are then pressed together and treated with an insulating material. A fixed condenser with the exact capacitance needed for connecting to the headphones is installed in a base with binding posts, as shown at B, and costs 75 cents. (Paper ones cost 25 cents.)
A variable condenser, see C, of the rotating type is formed of a set of fixed semi-circular metal plates which are slightly separated from each other and between these a similar set of movable semi-circular metal plates is made to interleave; the latter are secured to a shaft on the top end of which is a knob and by turning it the capacitance of the condenser, and, hence, of the circuit in which it is connected, is varied. This condenser, which is shown at D, is made in two sizes, the smaller one being large enough for all ordinary wave lengths while the larger one is for proportionately longer wave lengths. These condensers cost $4.00 and $5.00 respectively.
A variable capacitor, see C, of the rotating type consists of a set of fixed, semi-circular metal plates that are slightly separated from each other. In between these plates, there's a similar set of movable, semi-circular metal plates that interleave with them. The movable plates are attached to a shaft, which has a knob at the top. By turning the knob, you can change the capacitance of the capacitor, and therefore, the circuit it’s connected to. This capacitor, shown at D, comes in two sizes: the smaller one is suitable for all standard wavelengths, while the larger one is designed for longer wavelengths. These capacitors are priced at $4.00 and $5.00, respectively.
About Telephone Receivers.--There are a number of makes of head telephone receivers on the market that are designed especially for wireless work. These phones are wound to resistances of from 75 ohms to 8,000 ohms, and cost from $1.25 for a receiver without a cord or headband to $15.00 for a pair of phones with a cord and head band. You can get a receiver wound to any resistance in between the above values but for either of the simple receiving sets such as described in this chapter you ought to have a pair wound to at least 2,000 ohms and these will cost you about $5.00. A pair of head phones of this type is shown in Fig. 14.
About Telephone Receivers.--There are several brands of head telephone receivers available that are specifically designed for wireless use. These phones have resistances ranging from 75 ohms to 8,000 ohms, with prices starting at $1.25 for a receiver without a cord or headband and going up to $15.00 for a pair of phones that includes a cord and headband. You can find receivers with any resistance value in between, but for either of the basic receiving sets described in this chapter, you should get a pair with at least 2,000 ohms, which will cost you around $5.00. A pair of headphones of this type is shown in Fig. 14.
Connecting Up the Parts--Receiving Set No. 1.--For this set get (1) a crystal detector, (2) a two-slide tuning coil, (3) a fixed condenser, and (4) a pair of 2,000 ohm head phones. Mount the detector on the right-hand side of a board and the tuning coil on the left-hand side. Screw in two binding posts for the cord ends of the telephone receivers at a and b as shown at A in Fig. 15. This done connect one of the end binding posts of the tuning coil with the ground wire and a post of one of the contact slides with the lightning arrester or switch which leads to the aerial wire.
Connecting Up the Parts--Receiving Set No. 1.--For this set, you need (1) a crystal detector, (2) a two-slide tuning coil, (3) a fixed capacitor, and (4) a pair of 2,000 ohm headphones. Mount the detector on the right side of a board and the tuning coil on the left side. Attach two binding posts for the cord ends of the headphones at a and b as shown at A in Fig. 15. Once that’s done, connect one of the end binding posts of the tuning coil with the ground wire and a post of one of the contact slides to the lightning arrester or switch that leads to the aerial wire.
Now connect the post of the other contact slide to one of the posts of the detector and the other post of the latter with the binding post a, then connect the binding post b to the ground wire and solder the joint. Next connect the ends of the telephone receiver cord to the posts a and b and connect a fixed condenser also with these posts, all of which are shown in the wiring diagram at B, and you are ready to adjust the set for receiving.
Now connect one of the posts from the other contact slide to one of the posts on the detector, and then connect the other post of the detector to the binding post a. Next, connect the binding post b to the ground wire and solder the connection. After that, connect the ends of the telephone receiver cord to the posts a and b, and also connect a fixed condenser to these posts, as shown in the wiring diagram at B. You are now ready to adjust the set for receiving.
Receiving Set No. 2.--Use the same kind of a detector and pair of head phones as for Set No. 1, but get (1) a loose coupled tuning coil, and (2) a variable condenser. Mount the loose coupler at the back of a board on the left-hand side and the variable condenser on the right-hand side. Then mount the detector in front of the variable condenser and screw two binding posts, a and b, in front of the tuning coil as shown at A in Fig. 16.
Receiving Set No. 2.--Use the same type of detector and headphones as for Set No. 1, but get (1) a loose coupled tuning coil, and (2) a variable capacitor. Mount the loose coupler at the back of a board on the left side and the variable capacitor on the right side. Then, position the detector in front of the variable capacitor and attach two binding posts, a and b, in front of the tuning coil as shown at A in Fig. 16.
Now connect the post of the sliding contact of the loose coupler with the wire that runs to the lightning switch and thence to the aerial; connect the post of the primary coil, which is the outside coil, with the ground wire; then connect the binding post leading to the switch of the secondary coil, which is the inside coil, with one of the posts of the variable condenser, and finally, connect the post that is joined to one end of the secondary coil with the other post of the variable condenser.
Now connect the post of the sliding contact of the loose coupler with the wire that goes to the lightning switch and then to the aerial; connect the post of the primary coil, which is the outside coil, to the ground wire; then connect the binding post leading to the switch of the secondary coil, which is the inside coil, to one of the posts of the variable condenser, and finally, connect the post that is linked to one end of the secondary coil to the other post of the variable condenser.
This done, connect one of the posts of the condenser with one of the posts of the detector, the other post of the detector with the binding post a, and the post b to the other post of the variable condenser. Next connect a fixed condenser to the binding posts a and b and then connect the telephone receivers to these same posts, all of which is shown in the wiring diagram at B. You are now ready to adjust the instruments. In making the connections use No. 16 or 18 insulated copper wire and scrape the ends clean where they go into the binding posts. See, also, that all of the connections are tight and where you have to cross the wires keep them apart by an inch or so and always cross them at right angles.
This done, connect one of the terminals of the condenser to one of the terminals of the detector, the other terminal of the detector to the binding post a, and terminal b to the other terminal of the variable condenser. Next, connect a fixed condenser to the binding posts a and b, and then connect the telephone receivers to these same posts, as shown in the wiring diagram at B. You are now ready to adjust the instruments. When making the connections, use No. 16 or 18 insulated copper wire and clean the ends where they go into the binding posts. Also, ensure that all connections are secure and when you need to cross the wires, keep them about an inch apart and always cross them at right angles.
Adjusting the No. 1 Set--The Detector.--The first thing to do is to test the detector in order to find out if the point of the contact wire is on a sensitive spot of the crystal. To do this you need a buzzer, a switch and a dry cell. An electric bell from which the gong has been removed will do for the buzzer, but you can get one that is made specially for the purpose, for 75 cents, which gives out a clear, high-pitched note that sounds like a high-power station.
Adjusting the No. 1 Set--The Detector.--The first step is to test the detector to see if the point of the contact wire is on a sensitive part of the crystal. For this, you’ll need a buzzer, a switch, and a dry cell. An electric bell with the gong removed can work as the buzzer, but you can also buy one specifically designed for this purpose for 75 cents, which emits a clear, high-pitched sound similar to that of a high-power station.
Connect one of the binding posts of the buzzer with one post of the switch, the other post of the latter with the zinc post of the dry cell and the carbon post of this to the other post of the buzzer. Then connect the post of the buzzer that is joined to the vibrator, to the ground wire as shown in the wiring diagram, Fig. 17. Now close the switch of the buzzer circuit, put on your head phones, and move the wire point of the detector to various spots on the crystal until you hear the sparks made by the buzzer in your phones.
Connect one of the buzzer's binding posts to one post of the switch, and connect the other post of the switch to the zinc post of the dry cell. Then, connect the carbon post of the dry cell to the other post of the buzzer. Next, connect the post of the buzzer that is linked to the vibrator to the ground wire as shown in the wiring diagram, Fig. 17. Now, close the switch in the buzzer circuit, put on your headphones, and move the wire point of the detector to different spots on the crystal until you hear the sparks produced by the buzzer in your headphones.
Then vary the pressure of the point on the crystal until you hear the sparks as loud as possible. After you have made the adjustment open the switch and disconnect the buzzer wire from the ground wire of your set. This done, be very careful not to jar the detector or you will throw it out of adjustment and then you will have to do it all over again. You are now ready to tune the set with the tuning coil and listen in.
Then adjust the pressure of the point on the crystal until the sparks are as loud as possible. After making the adjustment, open the switch and disconnect the buzzer wire from the ground wire of your setup. Once that's done, be very careful not to bump the detector, or you'll throw it out of adjustment and have to start all over again. You are now ready to tune the set with the tuning coil and listen in.
The Tuning Coil.--To tune this set move the slide A of the double-slide tuner, see B in Fig. 15, over to the end of the coil that is connected with the ground wire and the slide B near the opposite end of the coil, that is, the one that has the free end. Now move the slide A toward the B slide and when you hear the dots and dashes, or speech or music, that is coming in as loud as you can move the B slide toward the A slide until you hear still more loudly. A very few trials on your part and you will be able to tune in or tune out any station you can hear, if not too close or powerful.
The Tuning Coil.--To tune this device, slide A of the double-slide tuner (see B in Fig. 15) to the end of the coil connected to the ground wire, and slide B to the opposite end of the coil where the free end is located. Now, move slide A towards the B slide, and when you start hearing the dots and dashes, or speech or music, coming in clearly, adjust the B slide towards the A slide until it's even louder. With just a few attempts, you'll be able to tune in or out of any station you can pick up, unless it's too close or powerful.
Photograph unavailable |
original © Underwood and Underwood. The World's Largest Radio Receiving Station. Owned by the Radio Corporation of America at Rocky Point near Point Jefferson, L.I. |
Adjusting the No. 2 Set.--First adjust the crystal detector with the buzzer set as described above with Set No. 1, then turn the knob of your variable condenser so that the movable plates are just half-way in, pull the secondary coil of your loose-coupled tuner half way out; turn the switch lever on it until it makes a contact with the middle contact point and set the slider of the primary coil half way between the ends.
Adjusting the No. 2 Set.--First, adjust the crystal detector with the buzzer set as described above with Set No. 1, then turn the knob of your variable condenser so that the movable plates are halfway in, pull the secondary coil of your loose-coupled tuner halfway out; turn the switch lever on it until it makes contact with the middle contact point and set the slider of the primary coil halfway between the ends.
Now listen in for telegraphic signals or telephonic speech or music; when you hear one or the other slide the secondary coil in and out of the primary coil until the sounds are loudest; now move the contact switch over the points forth and back until the sounds are still louder, then move the slider to and fro until the sounds are yet louder and, finally, turn the knob of the condenser until the sounds are clear and crisp. When you have done all of these things you have, in the parlance of the wireless operator, tuned in and you are ready to receive whatever is being sent.
Now listen for radio signals, phone conversations, or music; when you detect one, slide the secondary coil in and out of the primary coil until the sounds get as loud as possible. Next, move the contact switch back and forth over the points until the sounds are even louder, then slide the slider to and fro until the sounds are at their loudest. Finally, turn the knob of the condenser until the sounds are clear and sharp. Once you've done all of this, you have, in the words of a wireless operator, tuned in and are ready to receive whatever is being sent.
CHAPTER IV
SIMPLE TELEGRAPH SENDING SETS
A wireless telegraph transmitting set can be installed for a very small amount of money provided you are content with one that has a limited range. Larger and better instruments can, of course, be had for more money, but however much you are willing to spend still you are limited in your sending radius by the Government's rules and regulations. The best way, and the cheapest in the end, to install a telegraph set is to buy the separate parts and hook them up yourself.
A wireless telegraph transmitting set can be set up for a low cost if you're okay with one that has a limited range. Of course, you can get larger and more advanced models for more money, but no matter how much you’re willing to pay, your sending distance is still restricted by government rules and regulations. The best and most cost-effective way to install a telegraph set is to buy the individual parts and assemble them yourself.
The usual type of wireless telegraph transmitter employs a disruptive discharge, or spark, as it is called, for setting up the oscillating currents in the aerial wire system and this is the type of apparatus described in this chapter. There are two ways to set up the sparks and these are: (1) with an induction coil, or spark-coil, as it is commonly called, and (2) with an alternating current transformer, or power transformer, as it is sometimes called. Where you have to generate the current with a battery you must use a spark coil, but if you have a 110-volt direct or alternating lighting current in your home you can use a transformer which will give you more power.
The standard wireless telegraph transmitter uses a disruptive discharge or spark to create oscillating currents in the aerial wire system, and this is the type of equipment discussed in this chapter. There are two ways to produce the sparks: (1) with an induction coil, also known as a spark-coil, and (2) with an alternating current transformer, sometimes referred to as a power transformer. If you need to generate the current with a battery, you'll have to use a spark coil. However, if you have a 110-volt direct or alternating current in your home, you can use a transformer that will provide more power.
A Cheap Transmitting Set (No. 1).--For this set you will need: (1) a spark-coil, (2) a battery of dry cells, (3) a telegraph key, (4) a spark gap, (5) a high-tension condenser, and (6) an oscillation transformer. There are many different makes and styles of these parts but in the last analysis all of them are built on the same underlying bases and work on the same fundamental principles.
A Cheap Transmitting Set (No. 1).--For this set, you will need: (1) a spark coil, (2) a battery of dry cells, (3) a telegraph key, (4) a spark gap, (5) a high-tension condenser, and (6) an oscillation transformer. There are many different brands and styles of these components, but ultimately, they are all based on the same fundamental principles and function in the same way.
The Spark-Coil.--Spark coils for wireless work are made to give sparks from 1/4 inch in length up to 6 inches in length, but as a spark coil that gives less than a 1-inch spark has a very limited output it is best to get a coil that gives at least a 1-inch spark, as this only costs about $8.00, and if you can get a 2- or a 4-inch spark coil so much the better. There are two general styles of spark coils used for wireless and these are shown at A and B in Fig. 18.
The Spark-Coil.--Spark coils for wireless work are designed to produce sparks ranging from 1/4 inch to 6 inches in length. However, since a spark coil that generates less than a 1-inch spark has very limited output, it's advisable to choose a coil that produces at least a 1-inch spark, which typically costs around $8.00. If you can find a coil that provides a 2- or 4-inch spark, that's even better. There are two main styles of spark coils used for wireless applications, shown at A and B in Fig. 18.
A spark coil of either style consists of (a) a soft iron core on which is wound (b) a couple of layers of heavy insulated wire and this is called the primary coil, (c) while over this, but insulated from it, is wound a large number of turns of very fine insulated copper wire called the secondary coil; (d) an interrupter, or vibrator, as it is commonly called, and, finally, (e) a condenser. The core, primary and secondary coils form a unit and these are set in a box or mounted on top of a hollow wooden base. The condenser is placed in the bottom of the box, or on the base, while the vibrator is mounted on one end of the box or on top of the base, and it is the only part of the coil that needs adjusting.
A spark coil of either type consists of (a) a soft iron core around which are wrapped (b) a couple of layers of thick insulated wire, known as the primary coil; (c) over this, but insulated from it, is wound a large number of turns of very fine insulated copper wire called the secondary coil; (d) an interrupter, or vibrator, as it’s commonly referred to, and finally, (e) a condenser. The core, primary coil, and secondary coil form a unit, and these are housed in a box or mounted on top of a hollow wooden base. The condenser is located at the bottom of the box or on the base, while the vibrator is installed at one end of the box or on top of the base, and it’s the only part of the coil that requires adjustment.
The vibrator consists of a stiff, flat spring fixed at one end to the box or base while it carries a piece of soft iron called an armature on its free end and this sets close to one end of the soft iron core. Insulated from this spring is a standard that carries an adjusting screw on the small end of which is a platinum point and this makes contact with a small platinum disk fixed to the spring. The condenser is formed of alternate sheets of paper and tinfoil built up in the same fashion as the receiving condenser described under the caption of Fixed and Variable Condensers, in Chapter III.
The vibrator consists of a stiff, flat spring fixed at one end to the box or base, while it carries a piece of soft iron called an armature on its free end, which is positioned close to one end of the soft iron core. Insulated from this spring is a standard that features an adjusting screw, on the small end of which is a platinum point that makes contact with a small platinum disk fixed to the spring. The condenser is made of alternating sheets of paper and tinfoil assembled in the same way as the receiving condenser described under the section titled Fixed and Variable Condensers, in Chapter III.
The wiring diagram C shows how the spark coil is wired up. One of the battery binding posts is connected with one end of the primary coil while the other end of the latter which is wound on the soft iron core connects with the spring of the vibrator. The other battery binding post connects with the standard that supports the adjusting screw. The condenser is shunted across the vibrator, that is, one end of the condenser is connected with the spring and the other end of the condenser is connected with the adjusting screw standard. The ends of the secondary coil lead to two binding posts, which are usually placed on top of the spark coil and it is to these that the spark gap is connected.
The wiring diagram C shows how the spark coil is connected. One of the battery binding posts is linked to one end of the primary coil, while the other end of the primary coil, which is wound around a soft iron core, connects to the spring of the vibrator. The other battery binding post connects to the bracket that holds the adjusting screw. The condenser is connected across the vibrator, meaning one end of the condenser connects to the spring and the other end connects to the adjusting screw bracket. The ends of the secondary coil lead to two binding posts, which are usually located on top of the spark coil, and it's to these that the spark gap is connected.
The Battery.--This can be formed of dry cells or you can use a storage battery to energize your coil. For all coils that give less than a 1-inch spark you should use 5 dry cells; for 1-and 2-inch spark coils use 6 or 8 dry cells, and for 3 to 4-inch spark coils use 8 to 10 dry cells. The way the dry cells are connected together to form a battery will be shown presently. A dry cell is shown at A in Fig, 19.
The Battery.--You can use dry cells or a storage battery to power your coil. For coils that produce a spark less than 1 inch, you should use 5 dry cells; for 1- to 2-inch spark coils, use 6 or 8 dry cells, and for 3 to 4-inch spark coils, use 8 to 10 dry cells. We'll show you how to connect the dry cells together to form a battery shortly. A dry cell is illustrated at A in Fig. 19.
The Telegraph Key.--You can use an ordinary Morse telegraph key for the sending set and you can get one with a japanned iron base for $1.50 (or better, one made of brass and which has 1/8-inch silver contact points for $3.00. A key of the latter kind is shown at B).
The Telegraph Key.--You can use a standard Morse telegraph key for the sending set, and you can find one with a coated iron base for $1.50 (or even better, one made of brass that has 1/8-inch silver contact points for $3.00. A key of this type is shown at B).
The Spark gap.--It is in the spark gap that the high tension spark takes place. The apparatus in which the spark takes place is also called the spark gap. It consists of a pair of zinc plugs, called electrodes, fixed to the ends of a pair of threaded rods, with knobs on the other ends, and these screw into and through a pair of standards as shown at c. This is called a fixed, or stationary spark gap and costs about $1.00.
The Spark gap.--The spark gap is where the high-voltage spark occurs. The device that facilitates the spark is also referred to as the spark gap. It consists of two zinc plugs, known as electrodes, attached to the ends of two threaded rods, with knobs on the other ends, which screw into and through a pair of supports as shown at c. This setup is called a fixed or stationary spark gap and costs about $1.00.
The Tuning Coil.--The transmitting inductance, or sending tuning coil, consists of 20 to 30 turns of No. 8 or 9 hard drawn copper wire wound on a slotted insulated form and mounted on a wooden base. It is provided with clips so that you can cut in and cut out as many turns of wire as you wish and so tune the sending circuits to send out whatever wave length you desire. It is shown at d, and costs about $5.00. See also Oscillation Transformer, page 63 [Chapter IV].
The Tuning Coil.--The transmitting inductance, or sending tuning coil, is made up of 20 to 30 turns of No. 8 or 9 hard-drawn copper wire wound around a slotted insulated form and mounted on a wooden base. It features clips that allow you to connect or disconnect as many turns of wire as you want, letting you tune the sending circuits to emit whatever wavelength you desire. It's shown at d and costs about $5.00. See also Oscillation Transformer, page 63 [Chapter IV].
The High Tension Condenser.--High tension condensers, that is, condensers which will stand up under high potentials, or electric pressures, can be bought in units or sections. These condensers are made up of thin brass plates insulated with a special compound and pressed into a compact form. The capacitance [Footnote: This is the capacity of the condenser.] of one section is enough for a transmitting set using a spark coil that gives a 2 inch spark or less and two sections connected together should be used for coils giving from 2 to 4 inch sparks. It is shown at e.
The High Tension Condenser.--High tension condensers, which can withstand high potentials or electric pressures, are available in units or sections. These condensers consist of thin brass plates insulated with a special compound and compactly pressed together. The capacitance [Footnote: This is the capacity of the condenser.] of a single section is sufficient for a transmitting set that uses a spark coil producing a 2-inch spark or less, while two sections connected together should be utilized for coils generating sparks between 2 to 4 inches. It is shown at e.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--Your sending set should be mounted on a table, or a bench, where it need not be moved. Place the key in about the middle of the table and down in front, and the spark coil to the left and well to the back but so that the vibrator end will be to the right, as this will enable you to adjust it easily. Place the battery back of the spark coil and the tuning coil (oscillation transformer) to the right of the spark coil and back of the key, all of which is shown in the layout at A in Fig. 20.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--Set up your sending device on a table or bench where it won’t be moved. Place the key roughly in the center of the table and toward the front, with the spark coil positioned to the left and toward the back, making sure that the vibrator end faces the right. This setup will make it easier to adjust. Position the battery behind the spark coil and the tuning coil (oscillation transformer) to the right of the spark coil and behind the key, as illustrated in the layout at A in Fig. 20.
For the low voltage circuit, that is the battery circuit, use No. 12 or 14 insulated copper wire. Connect all of the dry cells together in series, that is, connect the zinc of one cell with the carbon of the next and so on until all of them are connected up. Then connect the carbon of the end cell with one of the posts of the key, the zinc of the other end cell with one of the primary posts of the spark coil and the other primary post of the spark coil with the other post of the key, when the primary circuit will be complete.
For the low voltage circuit, which is the battery circuit, use No. 12 or 14 insulated copper wire. Connect all of the dry cells together in series, meaning connect the zinc of one cell to the carbon of the next and continue this until all of them are linked. Then connect the carbon of the last cell to one of the terminals of the key, the zinc of the first cell to one of the primary terminals of the spark coil, and the other primary terminal of the spark coil to the other terminal of the key. This will complete the primary circuit.
For the high tension circuits, that is, the oscillation circuits, you may use either bare or insulated copper wire but you must be careful that they do not touch the table, each other, or any part of the apparatus, except, of course, the posts they are connected with. Connect one of the posts of the secondary coil of the spark coil with one of the posts of the spark gap, and the other post with one of the posts of the condenser; then connect the other post of the condenser with the lower spring clip of the tuning coil and also connect this clip with the ground. This done, connect the middle spring clip with one of the posts of the spark gap, and, finally, connect the top clip with the aerial wire and your transmitting set is ready to be tuned. A wiring diagram of the connections is shown at B. As this set is tuned in the same way as Set No. 2 which follows, you are referred to the end of this chapter.
For the high tension circuits, also known as oscillation circuits, you can use either bare or insulated copper wire, but you need to make sure that they don’t touch the table, each other, or any part of the equipment, except for the posts they are connected to. Connect one of the posts of the secondary coil of the spark coil to one of the posts of the spark gap, and connect the other post to one of the posts of the condenser. Then, connect the other post of the condenser to the lower spring clip of the tuning coil and also connect this clip to the ground. Once that’s done, connect the middle spring clip to one of the posts of the spark gap, and finally, connect the top clip to the aerial wire, and your transmitting set is ready to be tuned. A wiring diagram of the connections is shown at B. Since this set is tuned the same way as Set No. 2 that follows, you can refer to the end of this chapter.
A Better Transmitting Set (No. 2).--The apparatus for this set includes: (1) an alternating current transformer, (2) a wireless telegraph key, (3) a fixed, a rotary, or a quenched spark gap, (4) a condenser, and (5) an oscillation transformer. If you have a 110 volt direct lighting current in your home instead of 110 volt alternating current, then you will also need (6) an electrolytic interrupter, for in this case the primary circuit of the transformer must be made and broken rapidly in order to set up alternating currents in the secondary coil.
A Better Transmitting Set (No. 2).--The equipment for this set includes: (1) an alternating current transformer, (2) a wireless telegraph key, (3) a fixed, rotary, or quenched spark gap, (4) a condenser, and (5) an oscillation transformer. If you have 110 volt direct lighting current in your home instead of 110 volt alternating current, then you'll also need (6) an electrolytic interrupter, since in this case the primary circuit of the transformer must be rapidly made and broken to create alternating currents in the secondary coil.
The Alternating Current Transformer.--An alternating current, or power, transformer is made on the same principle as a spark coil, that is, it has a soft iron core, a primary coil formed of a couple of layers of heavy wire, and a secondary coil wound up of a large number of turns of very fine wire. Unlike the spark coil, however, which has an open magnetic core and whose secondary coil is wound on the primary coil, the transformer has a closed magnetic core, with the primary coil wound on one of the legs of the core and the secondary wound on the other leg. It has neither a vibrator nor a condenser. A plain transformer is shown at A in Fig. 21.
The Alternating Current Transformer.--An alternating current, or power, transformer operates on the same principle as a spark coil. It has a soft iron core, a primary coil made of several layers of thick wire, and a secondary coil comprised of many turns of very fine wire. However, unlike the spark coil, which has an open magnetic core and has its secondary coil wound around the primary coil, the transformer features a closed magnetic core, with the primary coil wound on one leg of the core and the secondary coil on the other leg. It does not include a vibrator or a condenser. A standard transformer is illustrated at A in Fig. 21.
A transformer of this kind can be bought either (a) unmounted, that is, just the bare transformer, or (b) fully mounted, that is, fitted with an iron stand, mounted on an insulating base on which are a pair of primary binding posts, while the secondary is provided with a safety spark gap. There are three sizes of transformers of this kind made and they are rated at 1/4, 1/2 and 1 kilowatt, respectively, they deliver a secondary current of 9,000, 11,000 and 25,000 volts, according to size, and cost $16.00, $22.00 and $33.00 when fully mounted; a reduction of $3.00, $4.00 and $5.00 is made when they are unmounted. All of these transformers operate on 110 volt, 60 cycle current and can be connected directly to the source of alternating current.
A transformer like this can be purchased either (a) unmounted, meaning just the bare transformer, or (b) fully mounted, which comes with an iron stand mounted on an insulating base that includes a pair of primary binding posts, while the secondary has a safety spark gap. There are three sizes of transformers available, rated at 1/4, 1/2, and 1 kilowatt, respectively. They provide secondary currents of 9,000, 11,000, and 25,000 volts, depending on the size, and are priced at $16.00, $22.00, and $33.00 when fully mounted; if you choose them unmounted, you’ll get a discount of $3.00, $4.00, and $5.00. All of these transformers work with 110 volt, 60 cycle current and can be connected directly to the alternating current source.
The Wireless Key.--For this transmitting set a standard wireless key should be used as shown at B. It is made about the same as a regular telegraph key but it is much heavier, the contact points are larger and instead of the current being led through the bearings as in an ordinary key, it is carried by heavy conductors directly to the contact points. This key is made in three sizes and the first will carry a current of 5 amperes [Footnote: See Appendix for definition.] and costs $4.00, the second will carry a current of 10 amperes and costs $6.50, while the third will carry a current of 20 amperes and costs $7.50.
The Wireless Key.--For this transmitting set, a standard wireless key should be used as shown at B. It's built similarly to a regular telegraph key but is much heavier, with larger contact points. Instead of the current flowing through the bearings like in a typical key, it's directed through heavy conductors straight to the contact points. This key comes in three sizes: the first carries a current of 5 amperes [Footnote: See Appendix for definition.] and costs $4.00; the second carries a current of 10 amperes and costs $6.50; while the third carries a current of 20 amperes and costs $7.50.
The Spark Gap.--Either a fixed, a rotary, or a quenched spark gap can be used with this set, but the former is seldom used except with spark-coil sets, as it is very hard to keep the sparks from arcing when large currents are used. A rotary spark gap comprises a wheel, driven by a small electric motor, with projecting plugs, or electrodes, on it and a pair of stationary plugs on each side of the wheel as shown at C. The number of sparks per second can be varied by changing the speed of the wheel and when it is rotated rapidly it sends out signals of a high pitch which are easy to read at the receiving end. A rotary gap with a 110-volt motor costs about $25.00.
The Spark Gap.--You can use a fixed, rotary, or quenched spark gap with this set, but the fixed one is rarely used except with spark-coil sets, as it's very difficult to prevent the sparks from arcing when large currents are involved. A rotary spark gap consists of a wheel, powered by a small electric motor, with projecting plugs or electrodes on it and a pair of stationary plugs on each side of the wheel, as shown at C. You can change the number of sparks per second by adjusting the speed of the wheel, and when it spins quickly, it produces high-pitched signals that are easy to pick up at the receiving end. A rotary gap with a 110-volt motor costs around $25.00.
A quenched spark gap not only eliminates the noise of the ordinary gap but, when properly designed, it increases the range of an induction coil set some 200 per cent. A 1/4 kilowatt quenched gap costs $10.00. [Footnote: See Appendix for definition.]
A quenched spark gap not only gets rid of the noise from a regular gap but, when designed correctly, boosts the range of an induction coil by about 200 percent. A 1/4 kilowatt quenched gap costs $10.00. [Footnote: See Appendix for definition.]
The High Tension Condenser.--Since, if you are an amateur, you can only send out waves that are 200 meters in length, you can only use a condenser that has a capacitance of .007 microfarad. [Footnote: See Appendix for definition.] A sectional high tension condenser like the one described in connection with Set No. 1 can be used with this set but it must have a capacitance of not more than .007 microfarad. A condenser of this value for a 1/4-kilowatt transformer costs $7.00; for a 1/2-kilowatt transformer $14.00, and for a 1-kilowatt transformer $21.00. See E, Fig. 19.
The High Tension Condenser.--If you are an amateur, you can only transmit waves that are 200 meters long, so you can only use a condenser with a capacitance of .007 microfarad. [Footnote: See Appendix for definition.] A sectional high tension condenser like the one mentioned with Set No. 1 can be used with this set, but it must have a capacitance of no more than .007 microfarad. A condenser of this value for a 1/4-kilowatt transformer costs $7.00; for a 1/2-kilowatt transformer, it’s $14.00, and for a 1-kilowatt transformer, it’s $21.00. See E, Fig. 19.
The Oscillation Transformer.--With an oscillation transformer you can tune much more sharply than with a single inductance coil tuner. The primary coil is formed of 6 turns of copper strip, or No. 9 copper wire, and the secondary is formed of 9 turns of strip, or wire. The primary coil, which is the outside coil, is hinged to the base and can be raised or lowered like the lid of a box. When it is lowered the primary and secondary coils are in the same plane and when it is raised the coils set at an angle to each other. It is shown at D and costs $5.00.
The Oscillation Transformer.--With an oscillation transformer, you can tune much more precisely than with a single inductance coil tuner. The primary coil consists of 6 turns of copper strip or No. 9 copper wire, while the secondary consists of 9 turns of strip or wire. The primary coil, which is the outer coil, is hinged to the base and can be lifted or lowered like a box lid. When it is lowered, the primary and secondary coils are in the same plane, and when lifted, the coils are angled to each other. It is shown at D and costs $5.00.
Connecting Up the Apparatus. For Alternating Current.--Screw the key to the table about the middle of it and near the front edge; place the high tension condenser back of it and the oscillation transformer back of the latter; set the alternating current transformer to the left of the oscillation transformer and place the rotary or quenched spark gap in front of it.
Connecting Up the Equipment. For Alternating Current.--Attach the key to the table roughly in the middle and close to the front edge; position the high tension condenser behind it and the oscillation transformer behind that; set the alternating current transformer to the left of the oscillation transformer and place the rotary or quenched spark gap in front of it.
Now bring a pair of No. 12 or 14 insulated wires from the 110 volt lighting leads and connect them with a single-throw, double-pole switch; connect one pole of the switch with one of the posts of the primary coil of the alternating power transformer and connect the other post of the latter with one of the posts of your key, and the other post of this with the other pole of the switch. Now connect the motor of the rotary spark gap to the power circuit and put a single-pole, single-throw switch in the motor circuit, all of which is shown at A in Fig. 22.
Now take a pair of No. 12 or 14 insulated wires from the 110-volt lighting leads and connect them to a single-throw, double-pole switch. Connect one pole of the switch to one of the terminals of the primary coil of the alternating power transformer, and connect the other terminal of the transformer to one of the terminals of your key, while connecting the other terminal of the key to the other pole of the switch. Next, connect the motor of the rotary spark gap to the power circuit and place a single-pole, single-throw switch in the motor circuit, as indicated at A in Fig. 22.
Next connect the posts of the secondary coil to the posts of the rotary or quenched spark gap and connect one post of the latter to one post of the condenser, the other post of this to the post of the primary coil of the oscillation transformer, which is the inside coil, and the clip of the primary coil to the other spark gap post. This completes the closed oscillation circuit. Finally connect the post of the secondary coil of the oscillation transformer to the ground and the clip of it to the wire leading to the aerial when you are ready to tune the set. A wiring diagram of the connections is shown at B.
Next, connect the posts of the secondary coil to the posts of the rotary or quenched spark gap, and link one post of the spark gap to one post of the condenser. Connect the other post of the condenser to the primary coil post of the oscillation transformer, which is the inner coil, and attach the clip of the primary coil to the other post of the spark gap. This completes the closed oscillation circuit. Finally, connect the post of the secondary coil of the oscillation transformer to the ground and the clip to the wire going to the aerial when you’re ready to tune the set. A wiring diagram of the connections is shown at B.
For Direct Current.--Where you have 110 volt direct current you must connect in an electrolytic interrupter. This interrupter, which is shown at A and B in Fig. 23, consists of (1) a jar filled with a solution of 1 part of sulphuric acid and 9 parts of water, (2) a lead electrode having a large surface fastened to the cover of surface that sets in a porcelain sleeve and whose end rests on the bottom of the jar.
For Direct Current.--When using 110 volt direct current, you need to connect an electrolytic interrupter. This interrupter, shown at A and B in Fig. 23, includes (1) a jar filled with a solution of 1 part sulfuric acid and 9 parts water, and (2) a lead electrode with a large surface area secured to the cover that sits in a porcelain sleeve, with its end resting on the bottom of the jar.
When these electrodes are connected in series with the primary of a large spark coil or an alternating current transformer, see C, and a direct current of from 40 to 110 volts is made to pass through it, the current is made and broken from 1,000 to 10,000 times a minute. By raising or lowering the sleeve, thus exposing more or less of the platinum, or alloy point, the number of interruptions per minute can be varied at will. As the electrolytic interrupter will only operate in one direction, you must connect it with its platinum, or alloy anode, to the + or positive power lead and the lead cathode to the - or negative power lead. You can find out which is which by connecting in the interrupter and trying it, or you can use a polarity indicator. An electrolytic interrupter can be bought for as little as $3.00.
When you connect these electrodes in series with the primary of a large spark coil or an alternating current transformer, see C, and let a direct current of 40 to 110 volts flow through it, the current turns on and off 1,000 to 10,000 times a minute. By adjusting the sleeve to expose more or less of the platinum or alloy point, you can change the number of interruptions per minute as needed. Since the electrolytic interrupter only works in one direction, you need to connect it with its platinum or alloy anode to the + or positive power lead and the cathode lead to the - or negative power lead. You can determine which is which by connecting it in the interrupter and testing it, or you can use a polarity indicator. An electrolytic interrupter can be purchased for as little as $3.00.
How to Adjust Your Transmitter. Tuning With a Hot Wire Ammeter.--A transmitter can be tuned in two different ways and these are: (1) by adjusting the length of the spark gap and the tuning coil so that the greatest amount of energy is set up in the oscillating circuits, and (2) by adjusting the apparatus so that it will send out waves of a given length.
How to Adjust Your Transmitter. Tuning With a Hot Wire Ammeter.--You can tune a transmitter in two ways: (1) by changing the spark gap length and the tuning coil to maximize energy in the oscillating circuits, and (2) by setting up the equipment to emit waves of a specific length.
To adjust the transmitter so that the circuits will be in tune you should have a hot wire ammeter, or radiation ammeter, as it is called, which is shown in Fig. 24. It consists of a thin platinum wire through which the high-frequency currents surge and these heat it; the expansion and contraction of the wire moves a needle over a scale marked off into fractions of an ampere. When the spark gap and tuning coil of your set are properly adjusted, the needle will swing farthest to the right over the scale and you will then know that the aerial wire system, or open oscillation circuit, and the closed oscillation circuit are in tune and radiating the greatest amount of energy.
To adjust the transmitter so that the circuits are in sync, you need a hot wire ammeter, also known as a radiation ammeter, as shown in Fig. 24. It has a thin platinum wire that carries high-frequency currents, which heat it up; the expansion and contraction of the wire moves a needle across a scale marked in fractions of an ampere. When the spark gap and tuning coil of your set are correctly adjusted, the needle will swing the farthest to the right on the scale, indicating that the aerial wire system, or open oscillation circuit, is in tune with the closed oscillation circuit, radiating the maximum amount of energy.
To Send Out a 200 Meter Wave Length.--If you are using a condenser having a capacitance of .007 microfarad, which is the largest capacity value that the Government will allow an amateur to use, then if you have a hot wire ammeter in your aerial and tune the inductance coil or coils until the ammeter shows the largest amount of energy flowing through it you will know that your transmitter is tuned and that the aerial is sending out waves whose length is 200 meters. To tune to different wave lengths you must have a wave-meter.
To Send Out a 200 Meter Wave Length.--If you are using a condenser with a capacitance of .007 microfarad, which is the highest capacity that the Government allows an amateur to use, then if you have a hot wire ammeter in your aerial and adjust the inductance coil or coils until the ammeter displays the maximum amount of energy flowing through it, you will know that your transmitter is tuned and that the aerial is transmitting waves that are 200 meters long. To tune to different wavelengths, you need a wave-meter.
The Use of the Aerial Switch.--Where you intend to install both a transmitter and a receptor you will need a throwover switch, or aerial switch, as it is called. An ordinary double-pole, double-throw switch, as shown at A in Fig. 25, can be used, or a switch made especially for the purpose as at B is handier because the arc of the throw is much less.
The Use of the Aerial Switch.--If you plan to install both a transmitter and a receiver, you'll need a throwover switch, or aerial switch, as it's known. You can use a standard double-pole, double-throw switch, like the one shown at A in Fig. 25, or a switch designed specifically for this purpose like the one at B, which is more convenient because the throw arc is much smaller.
Aerial Switch for a Complete Sending and Receiving Set.--You can buy a double-pole, double-throw switch mounted on a porcelain base for about 75 cents and this will serve for Set No. 1. Screw this switch on your table between the sending and receiving sets and then connect one of the middle posts of it with the ground wire and the other middle post with the lightning switch which connects with the aerial. Connect the post of the tuning coil with one of the end posts of the switch and the clip of the tuning coil with the other and complementary post of the switch. This done, connect one of the opposite end posts of the switch to the post of the receiving tuning coil and connect the sliding contact of the latter with the other and complementary post of the switch as shown in Fig. 26.
Aerial Switch for a Complete Sending and Receiving Set.--You can purchase a double-pole, double-throw switch mounted on a porcelain base for about 75 cents and this will work for Set No. 1. Attach this switch to your table between the sending and receiving sets, then connect one of the middle terminals to the ground wire and the other middle terminal to the lightning switch that connects to the aerial. Connect the terminal of the tuning coil to one of the end terminals of the switch and the clip of the tuning coil to the other end terminal of the switch. Once that's done, connect one of the opposite end terminals of the switch to the terminal of the receiving tuning coil and link the sliding contact of the latter to the other opposite end terminal of the switch as shown in Fig. 26.
Connecting in the Lightning Switch.--The aerial wire connects with the middle post of the lightning switch, while one of the end posts lead to one of the middle posts of the aerial switch. The other end post of the lightning switch leads to a separate ground outside the building, as the wiring diagrams Figs. 26 and 27 show.
Connecting in the Lightning Switch.--The overhead wire connects to the middle post of the lightning switch, while one of the end posts connects to one of the middle posts of the aerial switch. The other end post of the lightning switch goes to a separate ground outside the building, as shown in the wiring diagrams Figs. 26 and 27.
CHAPTER V
ELECTRICITY SIMPLY EXPLAINED
It is easy to understand how electricity behaves and what it does if you get the right idea of it at the start. In the first place, if you will think of electricity as being a fluid like water its fundamental actions will be greatly simplified. Both water and electricity may be at rest or in motion. When at rest, under certain conditions, either one will develop pressure, and this pressure when released will cause them to flow through their respective conductors and thus produce a current.
It’s easy to grasp how electricity works and what it does if you start with the right concept. First, if you think of electricity as a fluid like water, its basic functions become much simpler. Both water and electricity can be still or flowing. When still, under certain conditions, either can create pressure, and when that pressure is released, it causes them to flow through their respective pathways, producing a current.
Electricity at Rest and in Motion.--Any wire or a conductor of any kind can be charged with electricity, but a Leyden jar, or other condenser, is generally used to hold an electric charge because it has a much larger capacitance, as its capacity is called, than a wire. As a simple analogue of a condenser, suppose you have a tank of water raised above a second tank and that these are connected together by means of a pipe with a valve in it, as shown at A in Fig. 28.
Electricity at Rest and in Motion.--Any wire or conductor can hold an electric charge, but a Leyden jar or another type of condenser is typically used to store an electric charge because it has a much larger capacitance, which refers to its capacity, compared to a wire. To illustrate how a condenser works, imagine a water tank elevated above a second tank, connected by a pipe with a valve, as shown at A in Fig. 28.
Photograph unavailable |
original © Underwood and Underwood. First Wireless College in the World, at Tufts College, Mass. |
Now if you fill the upper tank with water and the valve is turned off, no water can flow into the lower tank but there is a difference of pressure between them, and the moment you turn the valve on a current of water will flow through the pipe. In very much the same way when you have a condenser charged with electricity the latter will be under pressure, that is, a difference of potential will be set up, for one of the sheets of metal will be charged positively and the other one, which is insulated from it, will be charged negatively, as shown at B. On closing the switch the opposite charges rush together and form a current which flows to and fro between the metal plates. [Footnote: Strictly speaking it is the difference of potential that sets up the electromotive force.]
Now, if you fill the upper tank with water and the valve is closed, no water can flow into the lower tank, but there’s a difference in pressure between them. The moment you open the valve, water will rush through the pipe. Similarly, when you have a condenser charged with electricity, it will be under pressure; that is, a difference of potential will be created. One metal plate will be positively charged, while the other one, which is insulated from it, will be negatively charged, as shown at B. When you close the switch, the opposite charges come together and create a current that flows back and forth between the metal plates. [Footnote: Strictly speaking, it is the difference of potential that creates the electromotive force.]
The Electric Current and Its Circuit.--Just as water flowing through a pipe has quantity and pressure back of it and the pipe offers friction to it which tends to hold back the water, so, likewise, does electricity flowing in a circuit have: (1) quantity, or current strength, or just current, as it is called for short, or amperage, and (2) pressure, or potential difference, or electromotive force, or voltage, as it is variously called, and the wire, or circuit, in which the current is flowing has (3) resistance which tends to hold back the current.
The Electric Current and Its Circuit.--Just like water flowing through a pipe has quantity and pressure behind it, and the pipe creates friction that slows down the water, electricity flowing in a circuit also has: (1) quantity, or current strength, or simply current, or amperage, and (2) pressure, or potential difference, or electromotive force, or voltage, as it’s variously referred to, and the wire, or circuit, that the current flows through has (3) resistance which tends to slow down the current.
A definite relation exists between the current and its electromotive force and also between the current, electromotive force and the resistance of the circuit; and if you will get this relationship clearly in your mind you will have a very good insight into how direct and alternating currents act. To keep a quantity of water flowing in a loop of pipe, which we will call the circuit, pressure must be applied to it and this may be done by a rotary pump as shown at A in Fig. 29; in the same way, to keep a quantity of electricity flowing in a loop of wire, or circuit, a battery, or other means for generating electric pressure must be used, as shown at B.
A clear relationship exists between current and its electromotive force, as well as between current, electromotive force, and the circuit's resistance. If you understand this relationship well, you'll gain great insight into how direct and alternating currents behave. To keep water flowing in a loop of pipe, which we'll call the circuit, you need to apply pressure, which can be done with a rotary pump, as shown at A in Fig. 29; similarly, to keep a flow of electricity moving through a wire loop or circuit, you need a battery or another means of generating electric pressure, as shown at B.
If you have a closed pipe connected with a piston pump, as at C, as the piston moves to and fro the water in the pipe will move first one way and then the other. So also when an alternating current generator is connected to a wire circuit, as at D, the current will flow first in one direction and then in the other, and this is what is called an alternating current.
If you have a sealed pipe connected to a piston pump, like at C, as the piston moves back and forth, the water in the pipe will flow one way and then the other. Similarly, when an alternating current generator is connected to a wire circuit, like at D, the current will flow first in one direction and then in the other, which is referred to as an alternating current.
Current and the Ampere.--The amount of water flowing in a closed pipe is the same at all parts of it and this is also true of an electric current, in that there is exactly the same quantity of electricity at one point of the circuit as there is at any other.
Current and the Ampere.--The amount of water flowing in a closed pipe is the same at all points, and the same goes for an electric current; the quantity of electricity at one point in the circuit is exactly the same as at any other point.
The amount of electricity, or current, flowing in a circuit in a second is measured by a unit called the ampere, [Footnote: For definition of ampere see Appendix.] and it is expressed by the symbol I. [Footnote: This is because the letter C is used for the symbol of capacitance] Just to give you an idea of the quantity of current an ampere is we will say that a dry cell when fresh gives a current of about 20 amperes. To measure the current in amperes an instrument called an ammeter is used, as shown at A in Fig. 30, and this is always connected in series with the line, as shown at B.
The amount of electricity, or current, flowing in a circuit per second is measured by a unit called the ampere, [Footnote: For definition of ampere see Appendix.] and it is represented by the symbol I. [Footnote: This is because the letter C is used for the symbol of capacitance] To give you an idea of how much current an ampere is, we can say that a fresh dry cell provides about 20 amperes. To measure the current in amperes, an instrument called an ammeter is used, as shown at A in Fig. 30, and this is always connected in series with the line, as shown at B.
Electromotive Force and the Volt.--When you have a pipe filled with water or a circuit charged with electricity and you want to make them flow you must use a pump in the first case and a battery or a dynamo in the second case. It is the battery or dynamo that sets up the electric pressure as the circuit itself is always charged with electricity.
Electromotive Force and the Volt.--When you have a pipe filled with water or a circuit powered with electricity and you want to make them flow, you need to use a pump for the first case and a battery or a generator for the second case. It’s the battery or generator that creates the electrical pressure, as the circuit itself is always energized with electricity.
The more cells you connect together in series the greater will be the electric pressure developed and the more current it will move along just as the amount of water flowing in a pipe can be increased by increasing the pressure of the pump. The unit of electromotive force is the volt, and this is the electric pressure which will force a current of 1 ampere through a resistance of 1 ohm; it is expressed by the symbol E. A fresh dry cell will deliver a current of about 1.5 volts. To measure the pressure of a current in volts an instrument called a voltmeter is used, as shown at C in Fig. 30, and this is always connected across the circuit, as shown at D.
The more cells you connect in series, the greater the electric pressure generated, and the more current it will carry, similar to how increasing the pump pressure can boost the amount of water flowing through a pipe. The unit of electromotive force is the volt, which is the electric pressure that will push a current of 1 ampere through a resistance of 1 ohm; it’s represented by the symbol E. A fresh dry cell delivers about 1.5 volts. To measure the current pressure in volts, an instrument called a voltmeter is used, as shown at C in Fig. 30. It is always connected across the circuit, as shown at D.
Resistance and the Ohm.--Just as a water pipe offers a certain amount of resistance to the flow of water through it, so a circuit opposes the flow of electricity in it and this is called resistance. Further, in the same way that a small pipe will not allow a large amount of water to flow through it, so, too, a thin wire limits the flow of the current in it.
Resistance and the Ohm.--Just like a water pipe creates a certain amount of resistance to the flow of water, a circuit resists the flow of electricity, and this is known as resistance. Similarly, just as a small pipe restricts a large volume of water from flowing through, a thin wire also limits the flow of the current.
If you connect a resistance coil in a circuit it acts in the same way as partly closing the valve in a pipe, as shown at A and B in Fig. 31. The resistance of a circuit is measured by a unit called the ohm, and it is expressed by the symbol R. A No. 10, Brown and Sharpe gauge soft copper wire, 1,000 feet long, has a resistance of about 1 ohm. To measure the resistance of a circuit an apparatus called a resistance bridge is used. The resistance of a circuit can, however, be easily calculated, as the following shows.
If you connect a resistance coil in a circuit, it behaves like partially closing the valve in a pipe, as illustrated at A and B in Fig. 31. The resistance of a circuit is measured in a unit called the ohm, represented by the symbol R. A No. 10, Brown and Sharpe gauge soft copper wire, 1,000 feet long, has a resistance of about 1 ohm. To measure the resistance of a circuit, an instrument called a resistance bridge is used. However, the resistance of a circuit can be easily calculated, as the following demonstrates.
What Ohm's Law Is.--If, now, (1) you know what the current flowing in a circuit is in amperes, and the electromotive force, or pressure, is in volts, you can then easily find what the resistance is in ohms of the circuit in which the current is flowing by this formula:
What Ohm's Law Is.--If you know the current flowing in a circuit in amperes, and the electromotive force, or voltage, is in volts, you can easily determine the resistance in ohms of the circuit in which the current is flowing using this formula:
Volts E --------- = Ohms, or --- = R Amperes I
Volts E --------- = Ohms, or --- = R Amperes I
That is, if you divide the current in amperes by the electromotive force in volts the quotient will give you the resistance in ohms.
That is, if you divide the current in amps by the voltage in volts, the result will give you the resistance in ohms.
Or (2) if you know what the electromotive force of the current is in volts and the resistance of the circuit is in ohms then you can find what the current flowing in the circuit is in amperes, thus:
Or (2) if you know the voltage of the current in volts and the resistance of the circuit in ohms, then you can determine the current flowing in the circuit in amperes like this:
Volts E ----- = Amperes, or --- = I Ohms R
Volts E ----- = Amperes, or --- = I Ohms R
That is, by dividing the resistance of the circuit in ohms, by the electromotive force of the current you will get the amperes flowing in the circuit.
That is, by dividing the resistance of the circuit in ohms by the electromotive force of the current, you will get the amperes flowing in the circuit.
Finally (3) if you know what the resistance of the circuit is in ohms and the current is in amperes then you can find what the electromotive force is in volts since:
Finally (3) if you know the resistance of the circuit in ohms and the current in amperes, you can find the electromotive force in volts since:
Ohms x Amperes = Volts, or R x I = E
Ohms times Amperes equals Volts, or R times I equals E.
That is, if you multiply the resistance of the circuit in ohms by the current in amperes the result will give you the electromotive force in volts.
That is, if you multiply the circuit's resistance in ohms by the current in amperes, the result will give you the electromotive force in volts.
From this you will see that if you know the value of any two of the constants you can find the value of the unknown constant by a simple arithmetical process. This relation between these three constants is known as Ohm's Law and as they are very important you should memorize them.
From this, you'll see that if you know the value of any two of the constants, you can find the value of the unknown constant using a simple math process. This relationship between these three constants is known as Ohm's Law, and since they are very important, you should memorize them.
What the Watt and Kilowatt Are.--Just as horsepower or H.P., is the unit of work that steam has done or can do, so the watt is the unit of work that an electric current has done or can do. To find the watts a current develops you need only to multiply the amperes by the volts. There are 746 watts to 1 horsepower, and 1,000 watts are equal to 1 kilowatt.
What the Watt and Kilowatt Are.--Just as horsepower or H.P. is the unit of work that steam has done or can do, the watt is the unit of work that an electric current has done or can do. To find the watts a current generates, simply multiply the amperes by the volts. There are 746 watts in 1 horsepower, and 1,000 watts equal 1 kilowatt.
Electromagnetic Induction.--To show that a current of electricity sets up a magnetic field around it you have only to hold a compass over a wire whose ends are connected with a battery when the needle will swing at right angles to the length of the wire. By winding an insulated wire into a coil and connecting the ends of the latter with a battery you will find, if you test it with a compass, that the coil is magnetic.
Electromagnetic Induction.--To demonstrate that an electric current creates a magnetic field around it, simply hold a compass above a wire connected to a battery, and you’ll see the needle point at a right angle to the wire. If you wrap insulated wire into a coil and connect the ends to a battery, you’ll find that testing it with a compass shows the coil is magnetic.
This is due to the fact that the energy of an electric current flowing in the wire is partly changed into magnetic lines of force which rotate at right angles about it as shown at A in Fig. 32. The magnetic field produced by the current flowing in the coil is precisely the same as that set up by a permanent steel magnet. Conversely, when a magnetic line of force is set up a part of its energy goes to make up electric currents which whirl about in a like manner, as shown at B.
This happens because the energy from an electric current flowing through the wire is partly converted into magnetic lines of force that rotate at right angles around it, as shown at A in Fig. 32. The magnetic field created by the current in the coil is exactly the same as that produced by a permanent steel magnet. Conversely, when a magnetic line of force is created, some of its energy converts into electric currents that swirl around in a similar way, as shown at B.
Self-induction or Inductance.--When a current is made to flow in a coil of wire the magnetic lines of force produced are concentrated, as at C, just as a lens concentrates rays of light, and this forms an intense magnetic field, as it is called. Now if a bar of soft iron is brought close to one end of the coil of wire, or, better still, if it is pushed into the coil, it will be magnetized by electromagnetic induction, see D, and it will remain a magnet until the current is cut off.
Self-induction or Inductance.--When a current flows through a coil of wire, the magnetic lines of force created are concentrated, like how a lens focuses light rays, and this creates a strong magnetic field. If you bring a bar of soft iron near one end of the coil, or even better, insert it into the coil, it will become magnetized due to electromagnetic induction, see D, and it will stay magnetized until the current is turned off.
Mutual Induction.--When two loops of wire, or better, two coils of wire, are placed close together the electromagnetic induction between them is reactive, that is, when a current is made to flow through one of the coils closed magnetic lines of force are set up and when these cut the other loop or turns of wire of the other coil, they in turn produce electric currents in it.
Mutual Induction.--When two wires loops, or better yet, two wire coils, are placed near each other, the electromagnetic induction between them reacts. When a current flows through one of the coils, it creates magnetic lines of force, and as these lines cut through the other loop or wire turns of the second coil, they generate electric currents in it.
It is the mutual induction that takes place between two coils of wire which makes it possible to transform low voltage currents from a battery or a 110 volt source of current into high pressure currents, or high potential currents, as they are called, by means of a spark coil or a transformer, as well as to step up and step down the potential of the high frequency currents that are set up in sending and receiving oscillation transformers. Soft iron cores are not used in oscillation inductance coils and oscillation transformers for the reason that the frequency of the current is so high the iron would not have time to magnetize and demagnetize and so would not help along the mutual induction to any appreciable extent.
It’s the mutual induction between two wire coils that allows us to convert low voltage currents from a battery or a 110-volt power source into high-pressure currents, or high potential currents, using a spark coil or a transformer. This process also enables us to step up and step down the potential of the high-frequency currents generated in sending and receiving oscillation transformers. Soft iron cores are not used in oscillation inductance coils and oscillation transformers because the frequency of the current is so high that the iron wouldn’t have enough time to magnetize and demagnetize, thus not contributing significantly to the mutual induction.
High-Frequency Currents.--High frequency currents, or electric oscillations as they are called, are currents of electricity that surge to and fro in a circuit a million times, more or less, per second. Currents of such high frequencies will oscillate, that is, surge to and fro, in an open circuit, such as an aerial wire system, as well as in a closed circuit.
High-Frequency Currents.--High-frequency currents, or electric oscillations as they're known, are electrical currents that move back and forth in a circuit a million times, give or take, every second. Currents with such high frequencies will oscillate, meaning they surge back and forth, in an open circuit, like an aerial wire system, as well as in a closed circuit.
Now there is only one method by which currents of high frequency, or radio-frequency, as they are termed, can be set up by spark transmitters, and this is by discharging a charged condenser through a circuit having a small resistance. To charge a condenser a spark coil or a transformer is used and the ends of the secondary coil, which delivers the high potential alternating current, are connected with the condenser. To discharge the condenser automatically a spark, or an arc, or the flow of electrons in a vacuum tube, is employed.
Now there's only one way to create high-frequency currents, or radio-frequency, using spark transmitters, and that's by discharging a charged capacitor through a circuit with low resistance. A spark coil or transformer is used to charge the capacitor, connecting the ends of the secondary coil, which supplies the high-voltage alternating current, to the capacitor. To automatically discharge the capacitor, a spark, arc, or flow of electrons in a vacuum tube is used.
Constants of an Oscillation Circuit.--An oscillation circuit, as pointed out before, is one in which high frequency currents surge or oscillate. Now the number of times a high frequency current will surge forth and back in a circuit depends upon three factors of the latter and these are called the constants of the circuit, namely: (1) its capacitance, (2) its inductance and (3) its resistance.
Constants of an Oscillation Circuit.--An oscillation circuit, as mentioned earlier, is one where high-frequency currents pulse or oscillate. The number of times a high-frequency current will surge back and forth in a circuit depends on three factors, known as the constants of the circuit: (1) its capacitance, (2) its inductance, and (3) its resistance.
What Capacitance Is.--The word capacitance means the electrostatic capacity of a condenser or a circuit. The capacitance of a condenser or a circuit is the quantity of electricity which will raise its pressure, or potential, to a given amount. The capacitance of a condenser or a circuit depends on its size and form and the voltage of the current that is charging it.
What Capacitance Is.--The term capacitance refers to the electrostatic capacity of a capacitor or a circuit. The capacitance of a capacitor or a circuit is the amount of electricity needed to increase its voltage or potential to a specific level. The capacitance of a capacitor or a circuit is influenced by its size and shape as well as the voltage of the current charging it.
The capacitance of a condenser or a circuit is directly proportional to the quantity of electricity that will keep the charge at a given potential. The farad, whose symbol isM, is the unit of capacitance and a condenser or a circuit to have a capacitance of one farad must be of such size that one coulomb, which is the unit of electrical quantity, will raise its charge to a potential of one volt. Since the farad is far too large for practical purposes a millionth of a farad, or microfarad, whose symbol is mfd., is used.
The capacitance of a capacitor or a circuit is directly proportional to the amount of electricity needed to maintain the charge at a specific potential. The farad, symbolized as F, is the unit of capacitance. For a capacitor or circuit to have a capacitance of one farad, it must be sized so that one coulomb, the unit of electrical quantity, can raise its charge to a potential of one volt. Since the farad is too large for practical use, a millionth of a farad, known as a microfarad, with the symbol μF, is commonly used.
What Inductance Is.--Under the sub-caption of Self-induction and Inductance in the beginning of this chapter it was shown that it was the inductance of a coil that makes a current flowing through it produce a strong magnetic field, and here, as one of the constants of an oscillation circuit, it makes a high-frequency current act as though it possessed inertia.
What Inductance Is.--Under the sub-caption of Self-induction and Inductance at the start of this chapter, it was demonstrated that the inductance of a coil causes a current flowing through it to generate a strong magnetic field. Here, as one of the constants of an oscillation circuit, it makes a high-frequency current behave as if it has inertia.
Inertia is that property of a material body that requires time and energy to set in motion, or stop. Inductance is that property of an oscillation circuit that makes an electric current take time to start and time to stop. Because of the inductance, when a current flows through a circuit it causes the electric energy to be absorbed and changes a large part of it into magnetic lines of force. Where high frequency currents surge in a circuit the inductance of it becomes a powerful factor. The practical unit of inductance is the henry and it is represented by the symbol L.
Inertia is the characteristic of a material object that requires time and energy to start moving or to stop. Inductance is the feature of an oscillation circuit that makes an electric current take time to ramp up and time to shut down. Due to inductance, when current flows through a circuit, it absorbs electric energy and transforms a significant portion of it into magnetic lines of force. In circuits with high frequency currents, inductance becomes a crucial factor. The practical unit of inductance is the henry, represented by the symbol L.
What Resistance Is.--The resistance of a circuit to high-frequency currents is different from that for low voltage direct or alternating currents, as the former do not sink into the conductor to nearly so great an extent; in fact, they stick practically to the surface of it, and hence their flow is opposed to a very much greater extent. The resistance of a circuit to high frequency currents is generally found in the spark gap, arc gap, or the space between the electrodes of a vacuum tube. The unit of resistance is, as stated, the ohm, and its symbol is R.
What Resistance Is.--The resistance of a circuit to high-frequency currents is different from that for low voltage direct or alternating currents because high-frequency currents don't penetrate the conductor as deeply; in fact, they mostly travel along the surface. As a result, their flow faces much greater opposition. The resistance of a circuit to high-frequency currents is usually found in the spark gap, arc gap, or the space between the electrodes of a vacuum tube. The unit of resistance is, as mentioned, the ohm, and its symbol is R.
The Effect of Capacitance, Inductance and Resistance on Electric Oscillations.--If an oscillation circuit in which high frequency currents surge has a large resistance, it will so oppose the flow of the currents that they will be damped out and reach zero gradually, as shown at A in Fig. 33. But if the resistance of the circuit is small, and in wireless circuits it is usually so small as to be negligible, the currents will oscillate, until their energy is damped out by radiation and other losses, as shown at B.
The Effect of Capacitance, Inductance and Resistance on Electric Oscillations.--If an oscillation circuit experiencing high-frequency currents has a large resistance, it will oppose the flow of the currents, causing them to gradually diminish to zero, as indicated at A in Fig. 33. However, if the circuit's resistance is small, which is often negligible in wireless circuits, the currents will continue to oscillate until their energy is dissipated through radiation and other losses, as shown at B.
As the capacitance and the inductance of the circuit, which may be made of any value, that is amount, you wish, determines the time period, that is, the length of time for a current to make one complete oscillation, it must be clear that by varying the values of the condenser and the inductance coil you can make the high frequency current oscillate as fast or as slow as you wish within certain limits. Where the electric oscillations that are set up are very fast, the waves sent out by the aerial will be short, and, conversely, where the oscillations are slow the waves emitted will be long.
As the capacitance and inductance of the circuit, which can be set to any value you want, determine the time period, meaning the duration it takes for a current to complete one full oscillation, it's clear that by adjusting the values of the capacitor and the inductance coil, you can make the high-frequency current oscillate as quickly or as slowly as you like, within certain limits. When the electric oscillations are very rapid, the waves emitted by the antenna will be short, and on the other hand, when the oscillations are slower, the emitted waves will be longer.
CHAPTER VI
HOW THE TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SETS WORK
The easiest way to get a clear conception of how a wireless transmitter sends out electric waves and how a wireless receptor receives them is to take each one separately and follow: (1) in the case of the transmitter, the transformation of the low voltage direct, or alternating current into high potential alternating currents; then find out how these charge the condenser, how this is discharged by the spark gap and sets up high-frequency currents in the oscillation circuits; then (2) in the case of the receptor, to follow the high frequency currents that are set up in the aerial wire and learn how they are transformed into oscillations of lower potential when they have a larger current strength, how these are converted into intermittent direct currents by the detector and which then flow into and operate the telephone receiver.
The easiest way to understand how a wireless transmitter sends out electric waves and how a wireless receiver picks them up is to break it down step by step: (1) for the transmitter, start with how low voltage direct or alternating current is transformed into high potential alternating currents; then see how these charge the capacitor, how this is discharged through the spark gap, and how it creates high-frequency currents in the oscillation circuits; then (2) for the receiver, trace the high-frequency currents that are generated in the aerial wire and find out how they are converted into lower potential oscillations when they have a higher current strength, how these are turned into intermittent direct currents by the detector, and how those currents flow into and power the telephone receiver.
How Transmitting Set No. 1 Works. The Battery and Spark Coil Circuit.--When you press down on the knob of the key the silver points of it make contact and this closes the circuit; the low voltage direct current from the battery now flows through the primary coil of the spark coil and this magnetizes the soft iron core. The instant it becomes magnetic it pulls the spring of the vibrator over to it and this breaks the circuit; when this takes place the current stops flowing through the primary coil; this causes the core to lose its magnetism when the vibrator spring flies back and again makes contact with the adjusting screw; then the cycle of operations is repeated.
How Transmitting Set No. 1 Works. The Battery and Spark Coil Circuit.--When you press down on the key's knob, the silver contacts touch and close the circuit; the low voltage direct current from the battery flows through the primary coil of the spark coil, magnetizing the soft iron core. The moment it becomes magnetic, it pulls the vibrator's spring over to it, breaking the circuit; when this happens, the current stops flowing through the primary coil, causing the core to lose its magnetism as the vibrator spring snaps back and makes contact again with the adjusting screw; then the cycle repeats.
A condenser is connected across the contact points of the vibrator since this gives a much higher voltage at the ends of the secondary coil than where the coil is used without it; this is because: (1) the self-induction of the primary coil makes the pressure of the current rise and when the contact points close the circuit again it discharges through the primary coil, and (2) when the break takes place the current flows into the condenser instead of arcing across the contact points.
A condenser is connected across the contact points of the vibrator because this results in a much higher voltage at the ends of the secondary coil compared to using the coil without it. This happens for two reasons: (1) the self-induction of the primary coil causes the current pressure to increase, and when the contact points close the circuit again, it discharges through the primary coil, and (2) when the break occurs, the current flows into the condenser instead of arcing across the contact points.
Changing the Primary Spark Coil Current Into Secondary Currents.--Now every time the vibrator contact points close the primary circuit the electric current in the primary coil is changed into closed magnetic lines of force and as these cut through the secondary coil they set up in it a momentary current in one direction. Then the instant the vibrator points break apart the primary circuit is opened and the closed magnetic lines of force contract and as they do so they cut the turns of wire in the secondary coil in the opposite direction and this sets up another momentary current in the secondary coil in the other direction. The result is that the low voltage direct current of the battery is changed into alternating currents whose frequency is precisely that of the spring vibrator, but while the frequency of the currents is low their potential, or voltage, is enormously increased.
Changing the Primary Spark Coil Current Into Secondary Currents.--Every time the vibrator contact points close the primary circuit, the electric current in the primary coil transforms into closed magnetic lines of force. As these lines cut through the secondary coil, they create a momentary current in one direction. The moment the vibrator points separate and open the primary circuit, the closed magnetic lines of force contract, cutting through the turns of wire in the secondary coil in the opposite direction, which generates another momentary current in the secondary coil in the other direction. As a result, the low voltage direct current from the battery is converted into alternating currents at the same frequency as the spring vibrator. Even though the frequency of the currents is low, their potential, or voltage, is significantly increased.
What Ratio of Transformation Means.--To make a spark coil step up the low voltage direct current into high potential alternating current the primary coil is wound with a couple of layers of thick insulated copper wire and the secondary is wound with a thousand, more or less, number of turns with very fine insulated copper wire. If the primary and secondary coils were wound with the same number of turns of wire then the pressure, or voltage, of the secondary coil at its terminals would be the same as that of the current which flowed through the primary coil. Under these conditions the ratio of transformation, as it is called, would be unity.
What Ratio of Transformation Means.--To make a spark coil step up low voltage direct current into high potential alternating current, the primary coil is wrapped with a few layers of thick insulated copper wire, while the secondary coil is wrapped with about a thousand turns of very fine insulated copper wire. If both the primary and secondary coils had the same number of turns of wire, the voltage at the terminals of the secondary coil would be equal to the current flowing through the primary coil. In this case, the ratio of transformation, as it is known, would be one.
The ratio of transformation is directly proportional to the number of turns of wire on the primary and secondary coils and, since this is the case, if you wind 10 turns of wire on the primary coil and 1,000 turns of wire on the secondary coil then you will get 100 times as high a pressure, or voltage, at the terminals of the secondary as that which you caused to flow through the primary coil, but, naturally, the current strength, or amperage, will be proportionately decreased.
The transformation ratio is directly related to the number of turns of wire on the primary and secondary coils. So, if you wrap 10 turns of wire around the primary coil and 1,000 turns around the secondary coil, you'll get 100 times the voltage at the secondary terminals compared to what flows through the primary coil. However, the current strength, or amperage, will decrease accordingly.
The Secondary Spark Coil Circuit.--This includes the secondary coil and the spark gap which are connected together. When the alternating, but high potential, currents which are developed by the secondary coil, reach the balls, or electrodes, of the spark gap the latter are alternately charged positively and negatively.
The Secondary Spark Coil Circuit.--This consists of the secondary coil and the spark gap connected together. When the alternating high-voltage currents generated by the secondary coil reach the balls, or electrodes, of the spark gap, they are alternately charged positively and negatively.
Now take a given instant when one electrode is charged positively and the other one is charged negatively, then when they are charged to a high enough potential the electric strain breaks down the air gap between them and the two charges rush together as described in the chapter before this one in connection with the discharge of a condenser. When the charges rush together they form a current which burns out the air in the gap and this gives rise to the spark, and as the heated gap between the two electrodes is a very good conductor the electric current surges forth and back with high frequency, perhaps a dozen times, before the air replaces that which has burned out. It is the inrushing air to fill the vacuum of the gap that makes the crackling noise which accompanies the discharge of the electric spark.
Now imagine a moment when one electrode is positively charged and the other is negatively charged. When they're charged to a high enough potential, the electric force breaks down the air gap between them, and the two charges rush together, as explained in the previous chapter regarding the discharge of a capacitor. As the charges come together, they create a current that burns out the air in the gap, resulting in a spark. The heated gap between the two electrodes becomes a great conductor, allowing the electric current to surge back and forth at high frequency, maybe a dozen times, before the air fills the space that was burned out. It's the rushing air filling the vacuum of the gap that creates the crackling noise heard during the discharge of the electric spark.
In this way then electric oscillations of the order of a million, more or less, are produced and if an aerial and a ground wire are connected to the spark balls, or electrodes, the oscillations will surge up and down it and the energy of these in turn, are changed into electric waves which travel out into space. An open circuit transmitter of this kind will send out waves that are four times as long as the aerial itself, but as the waves it sends out are strongly damped the Government will not permit it to be used.
In this way, electric oscillations of about a million are created, more or less, and if an aerial and a ground wire are connected to the spark balls, or electrodes, the oscillations will surge up and down the wire, transforming into electric waves that travel out into space. An open circuit transmitter like this will emit waves that are four times longer than the aerial itself, but since the waves it produces are heavily damped, the government has prohibited its use.
The Closed Oscillation Circuit.--By using a closed oscillation circuit the transmitter can be tuned to send out waves of a given length and while the waves are not so strongly damped more current can be sent into the aerial wire system. The closed oscillation circuit consists of: (1) a spark gap, (2) a condenser and (3) an oscillation transformer. The high potential alternating current delivered by the secondary coil not only charges the spark gap electrodes which necessarily have a very small capacitance, but it charges the condenser which has a large capacitance and the value of which can be changed at will.
The Closed Oscillation Circuit.--Using a closed oscillation circuit, the transmitter can be adjusted to emit waves of a specific length, and since the waves aren't dampened as much, more current can be directed into the aerial wire system. The closed oscillation circuit includes: (1) a spark gap, (2) a condenser, and (3) an oscillation transformer. The high potential alternating current from the secondary coil not only charges the spark gap electrodes, which have a very small capacitance, but it also charges the condenser, which has a large capacitance that can be adjusted as needed.
Now when the condenser is fully charged it discharges through the spark gap and then the electric oscillations set up surge to and fro through the closed circuit. As a closed circuit is a very poor radiator of energy, that is, the electric oscillations are not freely converted into electric waves by it, they surge up to, and through the aerial wire; now as the aerial wire is a good radiator nearly all of the energy of the electric oscillations which surge through it are converted into electric waves.
Now, when the condenser is fully charged, it discharges through the spark gap, and the electric oscillations create a surge back and forth through the closed circuit. Since a closed circuit is a very inefficient radiator of energy, meaning that the electric oscillations aren't easily turned into electric waves by it, they surge into and through the aerial wire. Because the aerial wire is a good radiator, almost all of the energy from the electric oscillations that pass through it is converted into electric waves.
How Transmitting Set No. 2 Works. With Alternating Current. The operation of a transmitting set that uses an alternating current transformer, or power transformer, as it is sometimes called, is even more simple than one using a spark coil. The transformer needs no vibrator when used with alternating current. The current from a generator flows through the primary coil of the transformer and the alternations of the usual lighting current is 60 cycles per second. This current sets up an alternating magnetic field in the core of the transformer and as these magnetic lines of force expand and contract they set up alternating currents of the same frequency but of much higher voltage at the terminals of the secondary coil according to the ratio of the primary and secondary turns of wire as explained under the sub-caption of Ratio of Transformation.
How Transmitting Set No. 2 Works. With Alternating Current. The operation of a transmitting set that uses an alternating current transformer, or power transformer, as it's sometimes called, is even simpler than one that uses a spark coil. The transformer doesn’t need a vibrator when used with alternating current. The current from a generator flows through the primary coil of the transformer, and the usual lighting current alternates at 60 cycles per second. This current creates an alternating magnetic field in the transformer's core, and as these magnetic lines of force expand and contract, they generate alternating currents of the same frequency but with much higher voltage at the terminals of the secondary coil, depending on the ratio of the primary and secondary turns of wire as explained under the sub-caption of Ratio of Transformation.
With Direct Current.--When a 110 volt direct current is used to energize the power transformer an electrolytic interruptor is needed to make and break the primary circuit, just as a vibrator is needed for the same purpose with a spark coil. When the electrodes are connected in series with the primary coil of a transformer and a source of direct current having a potential of 40 to 110 volts, bubbles of gas are formed on the end of the platinum, or alloy anode, which prevent the current from flowing until the bubbles break and then the current flows again, in this way the current is rapidly made and broken and the break is very sharp.
With Direct Current.--When a 110 volt direct current is used to power the transformer, an electrolytic interrupter is required to turn the primary circuit on and off, just like a vibrator is needed for the same purpose with a spark coil. When the electrodes are connected in series with the primary coil of a transformer and a direct current source with a voltage of 40 to 110 volts, gas bubbles form on the end of the platinum or alloy anode, preventing the current from flowing until the bubbles burst, allowing the current to flow again. This process quickly switches the current on and off with very sharp breaks.
Where this type of interrupter is employed the condenser that is usually shunted around the break is not necessary as the interrupter itself has a certain inherent capacitance, due to electrolytic action, and which is called its electrolytic capacitance, and this is large enough to balance the self-induction of the circuit since the greater the number of breaks per minute the smaller the capacitance required.
Where this type of interrupter is used, the condenser that is usually connected around the break isn't needed because the interrupter itself has some built-in capacitance, due to electrolytic action, known as its electrolytic capacitance. This capacitance is sufficient to counterbalance the self-induction of the circuit, as the more breaks per minute there are, the less capacitance is needed.
The Rotary Spark Gap.--In this type of spark gap the two fixed electrodes are connected with the terminals of the secondary coil of the power transformer and also with the condenser and primary of the oscillation transformer. Now whenever any pair of electrodes on the rotating disk are in a line with the pair of fixed electrodes a spark will take place, hence the pitch of the note depends on the speed of the motor driving the disk. This kind of a rotary spark-gap is called non-synchronous and it is generally used where a 60 cycle alternating current is available but it will work with other higher frequencies.
The Rotary Spark Gap.--In this type of spark gap, the two fixed electrodes are connected to the terminals of the secondary coil of the power transformer, as well as to the condenser and primary of the oscillation transformer. Whenever any pair of electrodes on the rotating disk align with the pair of fixed electrodes, a spark will occur. Therefore, the pitch of the note depends on the speed of the motor driving the disk. This kind of rotary spark gap is called non-synchronous and is typically used where a 60 cycle alternating current is available, although it can also operate with other higher frequencies.
The Quenched Spark Gap.--If you strike a piano string a single quick blow it will continue to vibrate according to its natural period. This is very much the way in which a quenched spark gap sets up oscillations in a coupled closed and open circuit. The oscillations set up in the primary circuit by a quenched spark make only three or four sharp swings and in so doing transfer all of their energy over to the secondary circuit, where it will oscillate some fifty times or more before it is damped out, because the high frequency currents are not forced, but simply oscillate to the natural frequency of the circuit. For this reason the radiated waves approach somewhat the condition of continuous waves, and so sharper tuning is possible.
The Quenched Spark Gap.--When you hit a piano string with a quick strike, it keeps vibrating at its natural frequency. This is similar to how a quenched spark gap generates oscillations in a coupled closed and open circuit. The primary circuit experiences a quenched spark that creates only three or four quick swings, transferring all its energy to the secondary circuit, which can oscillate around fifty times or more before dying out. This happens because the high-frequency currents are not forced; they oscillate naturally with the circuit's frequency. As a result, the waves emitted are somewhat like continuous waves, allowing for sharper tuning.
The Oscillation Transformer.--In this set the condenser in the closed circuit is charged and discharged and sets up oscillations that surge through the closed circuit as in Set No. 1. In this set, however, an oscillation transformer is used and as the primary coil of it is included in the closed circuit the oscillations set up in it produce strong oscillating magnetic lines of force. The magnetic field thus produced sets up in turn electric oscillations in the secondary coil of the oscillation transformer and these surge through the aerial wire system where their energy is radiated in the form of electric waves.
The Oscillation Transformer.--In this setup, the capacitor in the closed circuit charges and discharges, creating oscillations that flow through the closed circuit like in Set No. 1. However, in this set, an oscillation transformer is used, and since its primary coil is part of the closed circuit, the oscillations generated within it create strong oscillating magnetic lines of force. This magnetic field, in turn, induces electric oscillations in the secondary coil of the oscillation transformer, and these oscillations travel through the aerial wire system, where their energy is emitted as electric waves.
The great advantage of using an oscillation transformer instead of a simple inductance coil is that the capacitance of the closed circuit can be very much larger than that of the aerial wire system. This permits more energy to be stored up by the condenser and this is impressed on the aerial when it is radiated as electric waves.
The main benefit of using an oscillation transformer instead of a basic inductance coil is that the capacitance of the closed circuit can be significantly larger than that of the antenna wire system. This allows for more energy to be stored by the capacitor, which is then transferred to the antenna when it is emitted as electric waves.
How Receiving Set No. I Works.--When the electric waves from a distant sending station impinge on the wire of a receiving aerial their energy is changed into electric oscillations that are of exactly the same frequency (assuming the receptor is tuned to the transmitter) but whose current strength (amperage) and potential (voltage) are very small. These electric waves surge through the closed circuit but when they reach the crystal detector the contact of the metal point on the crystal permits more current to flow through it in one direction than it will allow to pass in the other direction. For this reason a crystal detector is sometimes called a rectifier, which it really is.
How Receiving Set No. I Works.--When electric waves from a distant transmitting station hit the wire of a receiving antenna, their energy transforms into electric oscillations at the same frequency (assuming the receiver is tuned to the transmitter). However, the current strength (amperage) and potential (voltage) are very low. These electric waves travel through the closed circuit, but when they reach the crystal detector, the contact of the metal point on the crystal allows more current to flow in one direction than in the opposite direction. For this reason, a crystal detector is sometimes referred to as a rectifier, which it essentially is.
Thus the high frequency currents which the steel magnet cores of the telephone receiver would choke off are changed by the detector into intermittent direct currents which can flow through the magnet coils of the telephone receiver. Since the telephone receiver chokes off the oscillations, a small condenser can be shunted around it so that a complete closed oscillation circuit is formed and this gives better results.
Thus, the high-frequency currents that the steel magnet cores of the telephone receiver would block are converted by the detector into intermittent direct currents that can flow through the magnet coils of the telephone receiver. Since the telephone receiver blocks the oscillations, a small capacitor can be added around it to create a complete closed oscillation circuit, which leads to better results.
When the intermittent rectified current flows through the coils of the telephone receiver it energizes the magnet as long as it lasts, when it is de-energized; this causes the soft iron disk, or diaphragm as it is called, which sets close to the ends of the poles of the magnet, to vibrate; and this in turn gives forth sounds such as dots and dashes, speech or music, according to the nature of the electric waves that sent them out at the distant station.
When the intermittent rectified current passes through the coils of the telephone receiver, it powers the magnet while it’s active. When the current stops, this causes the soft iron disk, known as the diaphragm, which is positioned near the ends of the magnet's poles, to vibrate. This vibration produces sounds like dots and dashes, speech, or music, depending on the type of electric waves sent from the distant station.
How Receiving Set No. 2 Works.--When the electric oscillations that are set up by the incoming electric waves on the aerial wire surge through the primary coil of the oscillation transformer they produce a magnetic field and as the lines of force of the latter cut the secondary coil, oscillations of the same frequency are set up in it. The potential (voltage) of these oscillations are, however, stepped down in the secondary coil and, hence, their current strength (amperes) is increased.
How Receiving Set No. 2 Works.--When the electric vibrations created by incoming radio waves on the aerial wire pass through the primary coil of the oscillation transformer, they generate a magnetic field. As the lines of force from this field pass through the secondary coil, they induce oscillations of the same frequency in it. However, the voltage of these oscillations is stepped down in the secondary coil, which increases their current strength (amperes).
The oscillations then flow through the closed circuit where they are rectified by the crystal detector and transformed into sound waves by the telephone receiver as described in connection with Set No. 1. The variable condenser shunted across the closed circuit permits finer secondary tuning to be done than is possible without it. Where you are receiving continuous waves from a wireless telephone transmitter (speech or music) you have to tune sharper than is possible with the tuning coil alone and to do this a variable condenser connected in parallel with the secondary coil is necessary.
The oscillations then travel through the closed circuit where they are converted by the crystal detector and turned into sound waves by the telephone receiver, as described in connection with Set No. 1. The variable capacitor connected across the closed circuit allows for more precise secondary tuning than would be possible without it. When you're receiving continuous waves from a wireless telephone transmitter (like speech or music), you need to tune more precisely than what's achievable with just the tuning coil, and for that, a variable capacitor connected in parallel with the secondary coil is essential.
CHAPTER VII
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TUNING
There is a strikingly close resemblance between sound waves and the way they are set up in the air by a mechanically vibrating body, such as a steel spring or a tuning fork, and electric waves and the way they are set up in the ether by a current oscillating in a circuit. As it is easy to grasp the way that sound waves are produced and behave something will be told about them in this chapter and also an explanation of how electric waves are produced and behave and thus you will be able to get a clear understanding of them and of tuning in general.
There is a strikingly close resemblance between sound waves and how they are created in the air by a vibrating object, like a steel spring or a tuning fork, and electric waves and how they are created in the ether by a current oscillating in a circuit. Since it is easy to understand how sound waves are generated and behave, this chapter will cover that, as well as an explanation of how electric waves are produced and behave, so you can gain a clear understanding of both of these concepts and tuning in general.
Damped and Sustained Mechanical Vibrations.--If you will place one end of a flat steel spring in a vice and screw it up tight as shown at A in Fig. 34, and then pull the free end over and let it go it will vibrate to and fro with decreasing amplitude until it comes to rest as shown at B. When you pull the spring over you store up energy in it and when you let it go the stored up energy is changed into energy of motion and the spring moves forth and back, or vibrates as we call it, until all of its stored up energy is spent.
Damped and Sustained Mechanical Vibrations.--If you take one end of a flat steel spring and secure it in a vice tightly as shown at A in Fig. 34, and then pull the free end to one side and release it, the spring will vibrate back and forth with decreasing intensity until it stops, as shown at B. When you pull the spring to one side, you are storing energy in it, and when you release it, that stored energy converts into motion, causing the spring to move back and forth or vibrate, until all of its stored energy is used up.
If it were not for the air surrounding it and other frictional losses, the spring would vibrate for a very long time as the stored up energy and the energy of motion would practically offset each other and so the energy would not be used up. But as the spring beats the air the latter is sent out in impulses and the conversion of the vibrations of the spring into waves in the air soon uses up the energy you have imparted to it and it comes to rest.
If it weren't for the air around it and other frictional losses, the spring would vibrate for a really long time because the stored energy and the energy of motion would nearly cancel each other out, so the energy wouldn’t be depleted. However, as the spring moves through the air, it sends out impulses, and the transformation of the spring's vibrations into waves in the air quickly uses up the energy you gave it, causing it to come to a stop.
In order to send out continuous waves in the air instead of damped waves as with a flat steel spring you can use an electric driven tuning fork, see C, in which an electromagnet is fixed on the inside of the prongs and when this is energized by a battery current the vibrations of the prongs of the fork are kept going, or are sustained, as shown in the diagram at D.
To produce continuous waves in the air instead of damped waves like those from a flat steel spring, you can use an electric-driven tuning fork, see C. This device has an electromagnet mounted inside the prongs, and when a battery current powers it, the prongs vibrate continuously, or are sustained, as illustrated in the diagram at D.
Damped and Sustained Electric Oscillations.--The vibrating steel spring described above is a very good analogue of the way that damped electric oscillations which surge in a circuit set up and send out periodic electric waves in the ether while the electric driven tuning fork just described is likewise a good analogue of how sustained oscillations surge in a circuit and set up and send out continuous electric waves in the ether as the following shows.
Damped and Sustained Electric Oscillations.--The vibrating steel spring mentioned earlier is a great example of how damped electric oscillations in a circuit generate and emit periodic electric waves in the ether. Similarly, the electrically driven tuning fork described is a good example of how sustained oscillations in a circuit create and transmit continuous electric waves in the ether, as demonstrated in the following.
Now the inductance and resistance of a circuit such as is shown at A in Fig. 35, slows down, and finally damps out entirely, the electric oscillations of the high frequency currents, see B, where these are set up by the periodic discharge of a condenser, precisely as the vibrations of the spring are damped out by the friction of the air and other resistances that act upon it. As the electric oscillations surge to and fro in the circuit it is opposed by the action of the ether which surrounds it and electric waves are set up in and sent out through it and this transformation soon uses up the energy of the current that flows in the circuit.
Now the inductance and resistance of a circuit like the one shown at A in Fig. 35 slow down and eventually completely dampen the electric oscillations of the high-frequency currents, as seen at B, where these are created by the periodic discharge of a capacitor, just like how the vibrations of a spring are dampened by air friction and other resistances acting on it. As the electric oscillations move back and forth in the circuit, they're opposed by the effect of the surrounding ether, which generates electric waves that travel through it, and this transformation quickly depletes the energy of the current flowing in the circuit.
To send out continuous waves in the ether such as are needed for wireless telephony instead of damped waves which are, at the present writing, generally used for wireless telegraphy, an electric oscillation arc or a vacuum tube oscillator must be used, see C, instead of a spark gap. Where a spark gap is used the condenser in the circuit is charged periodically and with considerable lapses of time between each of the charging processes, when, of course, the condenser discharges periodically and with the same time element between them. Where an oscillation arc or a vacuum tube is used the condenser is charged as rapidly as it is discharged and the result is the oscillations are sustained as shown at D.
To send out continuous waves in the air for wireless phone communication rather than the damped waves currently used for wireless telegraphy, you need to use an electric oscillation arc or a vacuum tube oscillator, see C, instead of a spark gap. With a spark gap, the capacitor in the circuit charges periodically, with significant time gaps between each charging process, and then discharges periodically with the same timing. But when you use an oscillation arc or a vacuum tube, the capacitor charges and discharges rapidly, resulting in sustained oscillations as shown at D.
About Mechanical Tuning.--A tuning fork is better than a spring or a straight steel bar for setting up mechanical vibrations. As a matter of fact a tuning fork is simply a steel bar bent in the middle so that the two ends are parallel. A handle is attached to middle point of the fork so that it can be held easily and which also allows it to vibrate freely, when the ends of the prongs alternately approach and recede from one another. When the prongs vibrate the handle vibrates up and down in unison with it, and imparts its motion to the sounding box, or resonance case as it is sometimes called, where one is used.
About Mechanical Tuning.--A tuning fork is better than a spring or a straight steel bar for creating mechanical vibrations. In fact, a tuning fork is just a steel bar bent in the middle so that the two ends are parallel. A handle is attached to the middle point of the fork, making it easy to hold and allowing it to vibrate freely when the ends of the prongs move towards and away from each other. When the prongs vibrate, the handle moves up and down in sync with them, transferring its motion to the sounding box, or resonance case, as it is sometimes called, when one is used.
If, now, you will mount the fork on a sounding box which is tuned so that it will be in resonance with the vibrations of the fork there will be a direct reinforcement of the vibrations when the note emitted by it will be augmented in strength and quality. This is called simple resonance. Further, if you mount a pair of forks, each on a separate sounding box, and have the forks of the same size, tone and pitch, and the boxes synchronized, that is, tuned to the same frequency of vibration, then set the two boxes a foot or so apart, as shown at A in Fig. 36, when you strike one of the forks with a rubber hammer it will vibrate with a definite frequency and, hence, send out sound waves of a given length. When the latter strike the second fork the impact of the molecules of air of which the sound waves are formed will set its prongs to vibrating and it will, in turn, emit sound waves of the same length and this is called sympathetic resonance, or as we would say in wireless the forks are in tune.
If you now attach the tuning fork to a sound box that's tuned to resonate with the fork's vibrations, it will directly amplify the vibrations, making the sound it produces stronger and richer. This is known as simple resonance. Moreover, if you set up two forks, each mounted on a separate sound box, and ensure both forks are of the same size, tone, and pitch, with the boxes tuned to the same frequency, then place the two boxes about a foot apart, as shown at A in Fig. 36. When you strike one of the forks with a rubber hammer, it will vibrate at a specific frequency, sending out sound waves of a certain length. When these sound waves hit the second fork, the air molecules from the sound waves will make its prongs vibrate, causing it to emit sound waves of the same length. This is referred to as sympathetic resonance, or as we would say in wireless, the forks are in tune.
Tuning forks are made with adjustable weights on their prongs and by fixing these to different parts of them the frequency with which the forks vibrate can be changed since the frequency varies inversely with the square of the length and directly with the thickness [Footnote: This law is for forks having a rectangular cross-section. Those having a round cross-section vary as the radius.] of the prongs. Now by adjusting one of the forks so that it vibrates at a frequency of, say, 16 per second and adjusting the other fork so that it vibrates at a frequency of, say, 18 or 20 per second, then the forks will not be in tune with each other and, hence, if you strike one of them the other will not respond. But if you make the forks vibrate at the same frequency, say 16, 20 or 24 per second, when you strike one of them the other will vibrate in unison with it.
Tuning forks have adjustable weights on their prongs, and by attaching these to different parts, you can change the frequency at which the forks vibrate. This frequency varies inversely with the square of the length and directly with the thickness of the prongs [Footnote: This law applies to forks with a rectangular cross-section. Those with a round cross-section vary with the radius.] By setting one of the forks to vibrate at, say, 16 times per second and adjusting the other fork to vibrate at 18 or 20 times per second, the forks will be out of tune with each other. As a result, if you strike one, the other won’t respond. However, if you set both forks to vibrate at the same frequency—like 16, 20, or 24 times per second—when you strike one, the other will vibrate in harmony with it.
About Electric Tuning.--Electric resonance and electric tuning are very like those of acoustic resonance and acoustic tuning which I have just described. Just as acoustic resonance may be simple or sympathetic so electric resonance may be simple or sympathetic. Simple acoustic resonance is the direct reinforcement of a simple vibration and this condition is had when a tuning fork is mounted on a sounding box. In simple electric resonance an oscillating current of a given frequency flowing in a circuit having the proper inductance and capacitance may increase the voltage until it is several times greater than its normal value. Tuning the receptor circuits to the transmitter circuits are examples of sympathetic electric resonance. As a demonstration if you have two Leyden jars (capacitance) connected in circuit with two loops of wire (inductance) whose inductance can be varied as shown at B in Fig. 36, when you make a spark pass between the knobs of one of them by means of a spark coil then a spark will pass in the gap of the other one provided the inductance of the two loops of wire is the same. But if you vary the inductance of the one loop so that it is larger or smaller than that of the other loop no spark will take place in the second circuit.
About Electric Tuning.--Electric resonance and electric tuning are very similar to acoustic resonance and acoustic tuning, which I just described. Just like acoustic resonance can be simple or sympathetic, electric resonance can also be simple or sympathetic. Simple acoustic resonance is the direct amplification of a simple vibration, and this occurs when a tuning fork is attached to a sound box. In simple electric resonance, an oscillating current of a specific frequency flowing in a circuit with the right inductance and capacitance can increase the voltage to several times its normal value. Tuning the receiver circuits to the transmitter circuits is an example of sympathetic electric resonance. For demonstration, if you have two Leyden jars (capacitance) connected in a circuit with two loops of wire (inductance) whose inductance can be adjusted as shown at B in Fig. 36, when you create a spark between the knobs of one using a spark coil, a spark will also occur in the gap of the other jar, provided the inductance of both wire loops is the same. However, if you adjust the inductance of one loop to be either larger or smaller than the other loop, no spark will happen in the second circuit.
When a tuning fork is made to vibrate it sends out waves in the air, or sound waves, in all directions and just so when high frequency currents surge in an oscillation circuit they send out waves in the ether, or electric waves, that travel in all directions. For this reason electric waves from a transmitting station cannot be sent to one particular station, though they do go further in one direction than in another, according to the way your aerial wire points.
When a tuning fork starts to vibrate, it sends out sound waves through the air in all directions. Similarly, when high-frequency currents flow through an oscillation circuit, they emit electric waves into the ether that also radiate outwards in all directions. Because of this, electric waves from a transmitting station can't be directed to just one specific station, although they can travel further in one direction compared to another, depending on how your aerial wire is positioned.
Since the electric waves travel out in all directions any receiving set properly tuned to the wave length of the sending station will receive the waves and the only limit on your ability to receive from high-power stations throughout the world depends entirely on the wave length and sensitivity of your receiving set. As for tuning, just as changing the length and the thickness of the prongs of a tuning fork varies the frequency with which it vibrates and, hence, the length of the waves it sends out, so, too, by varying the capacitance of the condenser and the inductance of the tuning coil of the transmitter the frequency of the electric oscillations set up in the circuit may be changed and, consequently, the length of the electric waves they send out. Likewise, by varying the capacitance and the inductance of the receptor the circuits can be tuned to receive incoming electric waves of whatever length within the limitation of the apparatus.
Since electric waves spread out in all directions, any receiver that is properly tuned to the wavelength of the sending station will capture these waves. Your ability to receive signals from high-power stations around the world is entirely limited by the wavelength and sensitivity of your receiving device. Regarding tuning, just as changing the length and thickness of the prongs of a tuning fork alters the frequency at which it vibrates—and thus the length of the waves it emits—similarly, by adjusting the capacitance of the condenser and the inductance of the tuning coil in the transmitter, the frequency of the electric oscillations created in the circuit can be altered, affecting the length of the electric waves emitted. Likewise, by modifying the capacitance and inductance of the receiver, the circuits can be tuned to accept incoming electric waves of any length, within the limits of the equipment.
CHAPTER VIII
A SIMPLE VACUUM TUBE DETECTOR RECEIVING SET
While you can receive dots and dashes from spark wireless telegraph stations and hear spoken words and music from wireless telephone stations with a crystal detector receiving set such as described in Chapter III, you can get stations that are much farther away and hear them better with a vacuum tube detector receiving set.
While you can get signals represented by dots and dashes from spark wireless telegraph stations and listen to spoken words and music from wireless telephone stations using a crystal detector receiving set like the one described in Chapter III, you can access stations that are much farther away and hear them more clearly with a vacuum tube detector receiving set.
Though the vacuum tube detector requires two batteries to operate it and the receiving circuits are somewhat more complicated than where a crystal detector is used still the former does not have to be constantly adjusted as does the latter and this is another very great advantage. Taken all in all the vacuum tube detector is the most sensitive and the most satisfactory of the detectors that are in use at the present time.
Though the vacuum tube detector needs two batteries to function and the receiving circuits are a bit more complex than with a crystal detector, it doesn’t require constant adjustments like the latter does, which is a significant advantage. Overall, the vacuum tube detector is the most sensitive and the most effective of the detectors currently in use.
Not only is the vacuum tube a detector of electric wave signals and speech and music but it can also be used to amplify them, that is, to make them stronger and, hence, louder in the telephone receiver and further its powers of amplification are so great that it will reproduce them by means of a loud speaker, just as a horn amplifies the sounds of a phonograph reproducer, until they can be heard by a room or an auditorium full of people. There are two general types of loud speakers, though both use the principle of the telephone receiver. The construction of these loud speakers will be fully described in a later chapter.
Not only does the vacuum tube detect electric wave signals, speech, and music, but it can also amplify them, meaning it can make them stronger and, therefore, louder in the telephone receiver. Its amplification capabilities are so powerful that it can reproduce sounds through a loudspeaker, just like a horn amplifies the sounds of a phonograph, allowing them to be heard by a room or an auditorium full of people. There are two main types of loudspeakers, both of which operate on the same principle as the telephone receiver. The construction of these loudspeakers will be fully described in a later chapter.
Assembled Vacuum Tube Receiving Sets.--You can buy a receiving set with a vacuum tube detector from the very simplest type, which is described in this chapter, to those that are provided with regenerative circuits and amplifying tubes or both, which we shall describe in later chapters, from dealers in electrical apparatus generally. While one of these sets costs more than you can assemble a set for yourself, still, especially in the beginning, it is a good plan to buy an assembled one for it is fitted with a panel on which the adjusting knobs of the rheostat, tuning coil and condenser are mounted and this makes it possible to operate it as soon as you get it home and without the slightest trouble on your part.
Assembled Vacuum Tube Receiving Sets.--You can purchase a receiving set with a vacuum tube detector, ranging from the simplest version, described in this chapter, to more advanced models with regenerative circuits and amplifying tubes or both, which we’ll discuss in later chapters, from general electrical equipment retailers. While these sets are pricier than if you were to assemble one yourself, it’s a good idea to buy a pre-assembled one, especially at the start. They come with a panel that has the adjusting knobs for the rheostat, tuning coil, and condenser, allowing you to operate it right away when you get it home with no hassle.
You can, however, buy all the various parts separately and mount them yourself. If you want the receptor simply for receiving then it is a good scheme to have all of the parts mounted in a box or enclosed case, but if you want it for experimental purposes then the parts should be mounted on a base or a panel so that all of the connections are in sight and accessible.
You can, however, buy all the different parts separately and put them together yourself. If you want the receiver just for receiving, it's a good idea to have all the parts mounted in a box or enclosed case, but if you're using it for experiments, the parts should be mounted on a base or panel so that all the connections are visible and easy to access.
A Simple Vacuum Tube Receiving Set.--For this set you should use: (1) a loose coupled tuning coil, (2) a variable condenser, (3) a vacuum tube detector, (4) an A or storage battery giving 6 volts, (5) a B or dry cell battery giving 22-1/2 volts, (6) a rheostat for varying the storage battery current, and (7) a pair of 2,000-ohm head telephone receivers. The loose coupled tuning coil, the variable condenser and the telephone receivers are the same as those described in Chapter III.
A Simple Vacuum Tube Receiving Set.--For this set, you will need: (1) a loose coupled tuning coil, (2) a variable capacitor, (3) a vacuum tube detector, (4) an A or storage battery that provides 6 volts, (5) a B or dry cell battery that provides 22.5 volts, (6) a rheostat to adjust the current from the storage battery, and (7) a pair of 2,000-ohm headphone receivers. The loose coupled tuning coil, the variable capacitor, and the headphone receivers are the same as those described in Chapter III.
The Vacuum Tube Detector. With Two Electrodes.--A vacuum tube in its simplest form consists of a glass bulb like an incandescent lamp in which a wire filament and a metal plate are sealed as shown in Fig. 37, The air is then pumped out of the tube and a vacuum left or after it is exhausted it is filled with nitrogen, which cannot burn.
The Vacuum Tube Detector. With Two Electrodes.--A vacuum tube in its most basic state is made up of a glass bulb similar to an incandescent light bulb, where a wire filament and a metal plate are sealed inside, as illustrated in Fig. 37. The air is then removed from the tube to create a vacuum, or after being exhausted, it is filled with nitrogen, which is non-flammable.
When the vacuum tube is used as a detector, the wire filament is heated red-hot and the metal plate is charged with positive electricity though it remains cold. The wire filament is formed into a loop like that of an incandescent lamp and its outside ends are connected with a 6-volt storage battery, which is called the A battery; then the + or positive terminal of a 22-1/2 volt dry cell battery, called the B battery, is connected to the metal plate while the - or negative terminal of the battery is connected to one of the terminals of the wire filament. The diagram, Fig. 37, simply shows how the two electrode vacuum tube, the A or dry battery, and the B or storage battery are connected up.
When the vacuum tube is used as a detector, the wire filament is heated until it glows red, and the metal plate is charged with positive electricity even though it stays cold. The wire filament is shaped into a loop similar to that of an incandescent lamp, and its ends are connected to a 6-volt storage battery, known as the A battery; then the + or positive terminal of a 22-1/2 volt dry cell battery, referred to as the B battery, is connected to the metal plate while the - or negative terminal of the battery is connected to one of the terminals of the wire filament. The diagram, Fig. 37, simply illustrates how the two-electrode vacuum tube, the A or dry battery, and the B or storage battery are connected.
Three Electrode Vacuum Tube Detector.--The three electrode vacuum tube detector shown at A in Fig. 38, is much more sensitive than the two electrode tube and has, in consequence, all but supplanted it. In this more recent type of vacuum tube the third electrode, or grid, as it is called, is placed between the wire filament and the metal plate and this allows the current to be increased or decreased at will to a very considerable extent.
Three Electrode Vacuum Tube Detector.--The three electrode vacuum tube detector shown at A in Fig. 38 is significantly more sensitive than the two electrode tube and has, as a result, largely replaced it. In this newer type of vacuum tube, the third electrode, known as the grid, is positioned between the wire filament and the metal plate, allowing the current to be increased or decreased as needed to a great extent.
The way the three electrode vacuum tube detector is connected with the batteries is shown at B. The plate, the A or dry cell battery and one terminal of the filament are connected in series--that is, one after the other, and the ends of the filament are connected to the B or storage battery. In assembling a receiving set you must, of course, have a socket for the vacuum tube. A vacuum tube detector costs from $5.00 to $6.00.
The connection of the three-electrode vacuum tube detector to the batteries is shown at B. The plate, the A or dry cell battery, and one terminal of the filament are connected in series—meaning one after the other—while the ends of the filament are linked to the B or storage battery. When assembling a receiving set, you need to have a socket for the vacuum tube. A vacuum tube detector costs between $5.00 and $6.00.
The Dry Cell and Storage Batteries.--The reason that a storage battery is used for heating the filament of the vacuum tube detector is because the current delivered is constant, whereas when a dry cell battery is used the current soon falls off and, hence, the heat of the filament gradually grows less. The smallest A or 6 volt storage battery on the market has a capacity of 20 to 40 ampere hours, weighs 13 pounds and costs about $10.00. It is shown at A in Fig. 39. The B or dry cell battery for the vacuum tube plate circuit that gives 22-1/2 volts can be bought already assembled in sealed boxes. The small size is fitted with a pair of terminals while the larger size is provided with taps so that the voltage required by the plate can be adjusted as the proper operation of the tube requires careful regulation of the plate voltage. A dry cell battery for a plate circuit is shown at B.
The Dry Cell and Storage Batteries.--The reason a storage battery is used to heat the filament of the vacuum tube detector is that it provides a steady current, while a dry cell battery's current quickly decreases, leading to less heat for the filament. The smallest A or 6-volt storage battery available weighs 13 pounds, has a capacity of 20 to 40 ampere hours, and costs around $10.00. It is shown at A in Fig. 39. The B or dry cell battery for the vacuum tube plate circuit that produces 22-1/2 volts can be purchased already assembled in sealed boxes. The smaller version comes with a pair of terminals, while the larger one has taps to adjust the voltage needed for the plate, as the proper operation of the tube requires careful regulation of the plate voltage. A dry cell battery for a plate circuit is shown at B.
The Filament Rheostat.--An adjustable resistance, called a rheostat, must be used in the filament and storage battery circuit so that the current flowing through the filament can be controlled to a nicety. The rheostat consists of an insulating and a heat resisting form on which is wound a number of turns of resistance wire. A movable contact arm that slides over and presses on the turns of wire is fixed to the knob on top of the rheostat. A rheostat that has a resistance of 6 ohms and a current carrying capacity of 1.5 amperes which can be mounted on a panel board is the right kind to use. It is shown at A and B in Fig. 40 and costs $1.25.
The Filament Rheostat.--An adjustable resistor, known as a rheostat, is necessary in the filament and storage battery circuit to precisely control the current flowing through the filament. The rheostat features an insulating and heat-resistant framework wrapped with several turns of resistance wire. A movable contact arm that slides over and presses against the wire turns is attached to the knob on top of the rheostat. The ideal rheostat has a resistance of 6 ohms and a current capacity of 1.5 amperes, and it can be mounted on a panel board. It is depicted at A and B in Fig. 40 and costs $1.25.
Assembling the Parts.--Begin by placing all of the separate parts of the receiving set on a board or a base of other material and set the tuning coil on the left hand side with the adjustable switch end toward the right hand side so that you can reach it easily. Then set the variable condenser in front of it, set the vacuum tube detector at the right hand end of the tuning coil and the rheostat in front of the detector. Place the two sets of batteries back of the instruments and screw a couple of binding posts a and b to the right hand lower edge of the base for connecting in the head phones all of which is shown at A in Fig. 41.
Assembling the Parts.--Start by laying out all the individual parts of the receiving set on a board or another sturdy surface. Position the tuning coil on the left side, with the adjustable switch end facing the right so you can easily access it. Next, place the variable condenser in front of it, the vacuum tube detector at the right end of the tuning coil, and the rheostat in front of the detector. Set the two battery packs behind the instruments and attach a couple of binding posts a and b to the lower right edge of the base for connecting the headphones, as shown at A in Fig. 41.
Connecting Up the Parts.--To wire up the different parts begin by connecting the sliding contact of the primary coil of the loose coupled tuning coil (this you will remember is the outside one that is wound with fine wire) to the upper post of the lightning switch and connect one terminal of this coil with the water pipe. Now connect the free end of the secondary coil of the tuning coil (this is the inside coil that is wound with heavy wire) to one of the binding posts of the variable condenser and connect the movable contact arm of the adjustable switch of the primary of the tuning coil with the other post of the variable condenser.
Connecting Up the Parts.--To wire the different parts, start by connecting the sliding contact of the primary coil of the loosely coupled tuning coil (which you’ll remember is the outer one wound with fine wire) to the upper post of the lightning switch, and then connect one terminal of this coil to the water pipe. Next, connect the free end of the secondary coil of the tuning coil (this is the inner coil wound with heavy wire) to one of the binding posts of the variable capacitor, and connect the movable contact arm of the adjustable switch of the primary tuning coil to the other post of the variable capacitor.
Next connect the grid of the vacuum tube to one of the posts of the condenser and then connect the plate of the tube to the carbon terminal of the B or dry cell battery which is the + or positive pole and connect the zinc terminal of the - or negative pole to the binding post a, connect the post b to the other side of the variable condenser and then connect the terminals of the head phones to the binding posts a and b. Whatever you do be careful not to get the plate connections of the battery reversed.
Next, connect the grid of the vacuum tube to one of the posts of the condenser. Then connect the plate of the tube to the carbon terminal of the B or dry cell battery, which is the + or positive pole. Connect the zinc terminal of the - or negative pole to the binding post a. Connect post b to the other side of the variable condenser, and then connect the terminals of the headphones to the binding posts a and b. Whatever you do, be careful not to reverse the plate connections of the battery.
Now connect one of the posts of the rheostat to one terminal of the filament and the other terminal of the filament to the - or negative terminal of the A or storage battery and the + or positive terminal of the A or storage battery to the other post of the rheostat. Finally connect the + or positive terminal of the A or storage battery with the wire that runs from the head phones to the variable condenser, all of which is shown in the wiring diagram at B in Fig. 41.
Now connect one of the posts of the rheostat to one terminal of the filament, and connect the other terminal of the filament to the - or negative terminal of the A or storage battery. Then connect the + or positive terminal of the A or storage battery to the other post of the rheostat. Finally, connect the + or positive terminal of the A or storage battery to the wire that runs from the headphones to the variable condenser, as shown in the wiring diagram at B in Fig. 41.
Adjusting the Vacuum Tube Detector Receiving Set.--A vacuum tube detector is tuned exactly in the same way as the Crystal Detector Set No. 2 described in Chapter III, in-so-far as the tuning coil and variable condenser are concerned. The sensitivity of the vacuum tube detector receiving set and, hence, the distance over which signals and other sounds can be heard depends very largely on the sensitivity of the vacuum tube itself and this in turn depends on: (1) the right amount of heat developed by the filament, or filament brilliancy as it is called, (2) the right amount of voltage applied to the plate, and (3) the extent to which the tube is exhausted where this kind of a tube is used.
Adjusting the Vacuum Tube Detector Receiving Set.--A vacuum tube detector is tuned just like the Crystal Detector Set No. 2 mentioned in Chapter III, in terms of the tuning coil and variable capacitor. The sensitivity of the vacuum tube detector receiving set, and therefore the distance over which signals and other sounds can be received, largely depends on the sensitivity of the vacuum tube itself. This, in turn, is influenced by: (1) the optimal amount of heat generated by the filament, or filament brightness, (2) the correct voltage applied to the plate, and (3) the degree to which the tube is evacuated when this type of tube is used.
To vary the current flowing from the A or storage battery through the filament so that it will be heated to the right degree you adjust the rheostat while you are listening in to the signals or other sounds. By carefully adjusting the rheostat you can easily find the point at which it makes the tube the most sensitive. A rheostat is also useful in that it keeps the filament from burning out when the current from the battery first flows through it. You can very often increase the sensitiveness of a vacuum tube after you have used it for a while by recharging the A or storage battery.
To adjust the flow of current from the A or storage battery through the filament so it heats up to the right level, you tweak the rheostat while you're listening to signals or other sounds. By carefully adjusting the rheostat, you can easily find the point where it makes the tube the most sensitive. A rheostat also helps prevent the filament from burning out when the current from the battery first starts flowing through it. You can often boost the sensitivity of a vacuum tube after using it for a while by recharging the A or storage battery.
The degree to which a vacuum tube has been exhausted has a very pronounced effect on its sensitivity. The longer the tube is used the lower its vacuum gets and generally the less sensitive it becomes. When this takes place (and you can only guess at it) you can very often make it more sensitive by warming it over the flame of a candle. Vacuum tubes having a gas content (in which case they are, of course, no longer vacuum tubes in the strict sense) make better detectors than tubes from which the air has been exhausted and which are sealed off in this evacuated condition because their sensitiveness is not dependent on the degree of vacuum as in the latter tubes. Moreover, a tube that is completely exhausted costs more than one that is filled with gas.
The level of vacuum in a vacuum tube significantly impacts its sensitivity. The longer the tube is used, the lower the vacuum becomes, and generally, it also becomes less sensitive. When this happens (and you can only estimate when), you can often increase its sensitivity by warming it over a candle flame. Vacuum tubes that contain gas (which means they are no longer true vacuum tubes) work better as detectors than those that have had the air completely removed and are sealed in that condition, since their sensitivity isn’t affected by the vacuum level like the latter tubes are. Additionally, a fully exhausted tube is more expensive than one filled with gas.
CHAPTER IX
VACUUM TUBE AMPLIFIER RECEIVING SETS
The reason a vacuum tube detector is more sensitive than a crystal detector is because while the latter merely rectifies the oscillating current that surges in the receiving circuits, the former acts as an amplifier at the same time. The vacuum tube can be used as a separate amplifier in connection with either: (1) a crystal detector or (2) a vacuum tube detector, and (a) it will amplify either the radio frequency currents, that is the high frequency oscillating currents which are set up in the oscillation circuits or (b) it will amplify the audio frequency currents, that is, the low frequency alternating currents that flow through the head phone circuit.
The reason a vacuum tube detector is more sensitive than a crystal detector is that while the latter only rectifies the oscillating current in the receiving circuits, the former also acts as an amplifier. The vacuum tube can be used as a separate amplifier with either: (1) a crystal detector or (2) a vacuum tube detector, and (a) it will amplify either the radio frequency currents, which are the high frequency oscillating currents created in the oscillation circuits, or (b) it will amplify the audio frequency currents, meaning the low frequency alternating currents that flow through the headphone circuit.
To use the amplified radio frequency oscillating currents or amplified audio frequency alternating currents that are set up by an amplifier tube either a high resistance, called a grid leak, or an amplifying transformer, with or without an iron core, must be connected with the plate circuit of the first amplifier tube and the grid circuit of the next amplifier tube or detector tube, or with the wire point of a crystal detector. Where two or more amplifier tubes are coupled together in this way the scheme is known as cascade amplification.
To use the amplified radio frequency oscillating currents or amplified audio frequency alternating currents created by an amplifier tube, either a high resistance component called a grid leak or an amplifying transformer, which can have or lack an iron core, needs to be connected to the plate circuit of the first amplifier tube and the grid circuit of the next amplifier tube or detector tube, or to the wire point of a crystal detector. When two or more amplifier tubes are connected in this manner, it is referred to as cascade amplification.
Where either a radio frequency transformer, that is one without the iron core, or an audio frequency transformer, that is one with the iron core, is used to couple the amplifier tube circuits together better results are obtained than where a high resistance grid leak is used, but the amplifying tubes have to be more carefully shielded from each other or they will react and set up a howling noise in the head phones. On the other hand grid leaks cost less but they are more troublesome to use as you have to find out for yourself the exact resistance value they must have and this you can do only by testing them out.
Where either a radio frequency transformer, which is one without an iron core, or an audio frequency transformer, which has an iron core, is used to connect the amplifier tube circuits, better results are achieved than when using a high resistance grid leak. However, the amplifying tubes need to be more carefully shielded from each other, or they will interfere and create a howling noise in the headphones. On the other hand, grid leaks are cheaper but more of a hassle to use since you have to determine the exact resistance value they need, and the only way to do that is by testing them.
A Grid Leak Amplifier Receiving Set. With Crystal Detector.--The apparatus you need for this set includes: (1) a loose coupled tuning coil, (2) a variable condenser, (3) two fixed condensers, (4) a crystal detector, or better a vacuum tube detector, (5) an A or 6 volt storage battery, (6) a rheostat, (7) a B or 22-1/2 volt dry cell battery, (8) a fixed resistance unit, or leak grid as it is called, and (9) a pair of head-phones. The tuning coil, variable condenser, fixed condensers, crystal detectors and head-phones are exactly the same as those described in Set No. 2 in Chapter III. The A and B batteries are exactly the same as those described in Chapter VIII. The vacuum tube amplifier and the grid leak are the only new pieces of apparatus you need and not described before.
A Grid Leak Amplifier Receiving Set. With Crystal Detector.--The equipment you need for this set includes: (1) a loose coupled tuning coil , (2) a variable capacitor, (3) two fixed capacitors, (4) a crystal detector, or preferably a vacuum tube detector, (5) an A or 6-volt rechargeable battery, (6) a rheostat, (7) a B or 22.5-volt dry cell battery, (8) a fixed resistance unit, or leak grid as it’s called, and (9) a pair of headphones. The tuning coil, variable capacitor, fixed capacitors, crystal detectors, and headphones are exactly the same as those described in Set No. 2 in Chapter III. The A and B batteries are exactly the same as those described in Chapter VIII. The vacuum tube amplifier and the grid leak are the only new pieces of equipment you need that haven’t been described before.
The Vacuum Tube Amplifier.--This consists of a three electrode vacuum tube exactly like the vacuum tube detector described in Chapter VIII and pictured in Fig. 38, except that instead of being filled with a non-combustible gas it is evacuated, that is, the air has been completely pumped out of it. The gas filled tube, however, can be used as an amplifier and either kind of tube can be used for either radio frequency or audio frequency amplification, though with the exhausted tube it is easier to obtain the right plate and filament voltages for good working.
The Vacuum Tube Amplifier.--This consists of a three-electrode vacuum tube just like the vacuum tube detector described in Chapter VIII and shown in Fig. 38, except that instead of being filled with a non-flammable gas, it is evacuated, meaning the air has been completely removed from it. The gas-filled tube can also be used as an amplifier, and either type of tube can be used for radio frequency or audio frequency amplification, although with the evacuated tube it’s easier to get the right plate and filament voltages for optimal performance.
The Fixed Resistance Unit, or Grid Leak.--Grid leaks are made in different ways but all of them have an enormously high resistance. One way of making them consists of depositing a thin film of gold on a sheet of mica and placing another sheet of mica on top to protect it the whole being enclosed in a glass tube as shown at A in Fig. 42. These grid leaks are made in units of from 50,000 ohms (.05 megohm) to 5,000,000 ohms (5 megohms) and cost from $1 to $2.
The Fixed Resistance Unit, or Grid Leak.--Grid leaks are made in various ways, but they all have extremely high resistance. One method involves creating a thin layer of gold on a sheet of mica and placing another mica sheet on top to protect it, all enclosed in a glass tube as shown at A in Fig. 42. These grid leaks are produced in units ranging from 50,000 ohms (0.05 megohm) to 5,000,000 ohms (5 megohms) and are priced between $1 and $2.
As the value of the grid leak you will need depends very largely upon the construction of the different parts of your receiving set and on the kind of aerial wire system you use with it you will have to try out various resistances until you hit the right one. The resistance that will give the best results, however, lies somewhere between 500,000 ohms (1/2 a megohm) and 3,000,000 ohms (3 megohms) and the only way for you to find this out is to buy 1/2, 1 and 2 megohm grid leak resistances and connect them up in different ways, as shown at B, until you find the right value.
As the value of the grid leak you need depends a lot on how the different parts of your receiver are built and on the type of aerial wire system you use with it, you'll need to experiment with various resistances until you find the right one. The resistance that will yield the best results is typically between 500,000 ohms (1/2 a megohm) and 3,000,000 ohms (3 megohms). The only way to determine this is to purchase 1/2, 1, and 2 megohm grid leak resistances and connect them in different ways, as shown at B, until you discover the correct value.
Assembling the Parts for a Crystal Detector Set.--Begin by laying the various parts out on a base or a panel with the loose coupled tuning coil on the left hand side, but with the adjustable switch of the secondary coil on the right hand end or in front according to the way it is made. Then place the variable condenser, the rheostat, the crystal detector and the binding posts for the head phones in front of and in a line with each other. Set the vacuum tube amplifier back of the rheostat and the A and B batteries back of the parts or in any other place that may be convenient. The fixed condensers and the grid leak can be placed anywhere so that it will be easy to connect them in and you are ready to wire up the set.
Assembling the Parts for a Crystal Detector Set.--Start by laying out the various components on a base or panel, placing the loose coupled tuning coil on the left side, and the adjustable switch of the secondary coil on the right side or in front, depending on how it’s designed. Next, position the variable condenser, rheostat, crystal detector, and the binding posts for the headphones in front of each other and in a straight line. Place the vacuum tube amplifier behind the rheostat, and the A and B batteries behind the other parts or in another convenient location. The fixed condensers and the grid leak can be placed anywhere that makes it easy to connect them, and you’re ready to wire up the set.
Connecting Up the Parts for a Crystal Detector.--First connect the sliding contact of the primary of the tuning coil to the leading-in wire and one of the end wires of the primary to the water pipe, as shown in Fig. 43. Now connect the adjustable arm that makes contact with one end of the secondary of the tuning coil to one of the posts of the variable condenser; then connect the other post of the latter with a post of the fixed condenser and the other post of this with the grid of the amplifying tube.
Connecting Up the Parts for a Crystal Detector.--First, connect the sliding contact of the primary of the tuning coil to the leading-in wire and one of the end wires of the primary to the water pipe, as shown in Fig. 43. Now connect the adjustable arm that contacts one end of the secondary of the tuning coil to one of the posts of the variable condenser; then connect the other post of it to a post of the fixed condenser and the other post of this to the grid of the amplifying tube.
Connect the first post of the variable condenser to the + or positive electrode of the A battery and its - or negative electrode with the rotating contact arm of the rheostat. Next connect one end of the resistance coil of the rheostat to one of the posts of the amplifier tube that leads to the filament and the other filament post to the + or positive electrode of the A battery. This done connect the negative, that is, the zinc pole of the B battery to the positive electrode of the A battery and connect the positive, or carbon pole of the former with one end of the grid leak and connect the other end of this to the plate of the amplifier tube.
Connect the first post of the variable condenser to the + or positive electrode of the A battery and its - or negative electrode to the rotating contact arm of the rheostat. Next, connect one end of the resistance coil of the rheostat to one of the posts of the amplifier tube that leads to the filament, and the other filament post to the + or positive electrode of the A battery. After that, connect the negative, which is the zinc pole of the B battery, to the positive electrode of the A battery, and connect the positive, or carbon pole of the former, to one end of the grid leak, then connect the other end of this to the plate of the amplifier tube.
To the end of the grid leak connected with the plate of the amplifier tube connect the metal point of your crystal detector, the crystal of the latter with one post of the head phones and the other post of them with the other end of the grid leak and, finally, connect a fixed condenser in parallel with--that is across the ends of the grid leak, all of which is shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 43.
To the end of the grid leak connected to the plate of the amplifier tube, connect the metal point of your crystal detector. Connect the crystal to one terminal of the headphones and the other terminal to the other end of the grid leak. Finally, connect a fixed capacitor in parallel with the ends of the grid leak, as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 43.
A Grid Leak Amplifying Receiving Set With Vacuum Tube Detector.--A better amplifying receiving set can be made than the one just described by using a vacuum tube detector instead of the crystal detector. This set is built up exactly like the crystal detector described above and shown in Fig. 43 up to and including the grid leak resistance, but shunted across the latter is a vacuum tube detector, which is made and wired up precisely like the one shown at A in Fig. 41 in the chapter ahead of this one. The way a grid leak and vacuum tube detector with a one-step amplifier are connected up is shown at A in Fig. 44. Where you have a vacuum tube detector and one or more amplifying tubes connected up, or in cascade as it is called, you can use an A, or storage battery of 6 volts for all of them as shown at B in Fig. 44, but for every vacuum tube you use you must have a B or 22-1/2 volt dry battery to charge the plate with.
A Grid Leak Amplifying Receiving Set With Vacuum Tube Detector.--You can create a better amplifying receiving set than the one previously described by using a vacuum tube detector instead of the crystal detector. This set is constructed just like the crystal detector explained earlier and illustrated in Fig. 43, up to and including the grid leak resistance, but connected across it is a vacuum tube detector, which is assembled and wired exactly like the one shown at A in Fig. 41 in the chapter that follows. The connection for a grid leak and vacuum tube detector with a one-step amplifier is depicted at A in Fig. 44. When you have a vacuum tube detector and one or more amplifying tubes connected together, or in cascade as it’s called, you can use an A, or a 6-volt storage battery for all of them as shown at B in Fig. 44, but for each vacuum tube you use, you need a B or 22-1/2 volt dry battery to power the plate.
A Radio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set.--Instead of using a grid leak resistance to couple up the amplifier and detector tube circuits you can use a radio frequency transformer, that is, a transformer made like a loose coupled tuning coil, and without an iron core, as shown in the wiring diagram at A in Fig. 45. In this set, which gives better results than where a grid leak is used, the amplifier tube is placed in the first oscillation circuit and the detector tube in the second circuit.
A Radio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set.--Instead of using a grid leak resistor to connect the amplifier and detector tube circuits, you can use a radio frequency transformer, which is a transformer designed like a loosely coupled tuning coil, and without an iron core, as shown in the wiring diagram at A in Fig. 45. In this set, which performs better than when a grid leak is used, the amplifier tube is placed in the first oscillation circuit and the detector tube in the second circuit.
Since the radio frequency transformer has no iron core the high frequency, or radio frequency oscillating currents, as they are called, surge through it and are not changed into low frequency, or audio frequency pulsating currents, until they flow through the detector. Since the diagram shows only one amplifier and one radio frequency transformer, it is consequently a one step amplifier; however, two, three or more, amplifying tubes can be connected up by means of an equal number of radio frequency transformers when you will get wonderful results. Where a six step amplifier, that is, where six amplifying tubes are connected together, or in cascade, the first three are usually coupled up with radio frequency transformers and the last three with audio frequency transformers. A radio frequency transformer is shown at B and costs $6 to $7.
Since the radio frequency transformer has no iron core, the high-frequency, or radio frequency, oscillating currents surge through it and aren’t converted into low-frequency, or audio frequency, pulsating currents until they pass through the detector. The diagram shows only one amplifier and one radio frequency transformer, making it a one-step amplifier; however, you can connect two, three, or more amplifying tubes using the same number of radio frequency transformers to achieve amazing results. In a six-step amplifier, where six amplifying tubes are connected together or in cascade, the first three are typically connected with radio frequency transformers, while the last three are connected with audio frequency transformers. A radio frequency transformer is shown at B and costs between $6 and $7.
An Audio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set.--Where audio frequency transformers are used for stepping up the voltage of the current of the detector and amplifier tubes, the radio frequency current does not get into the plate circuit of the detector at all for the reason that the iron core of the transformer chokes them off, hence, the succeeding amplifiers operate at audio frequencies. An audio frequency transformer is shown at A in Fig. 46 and a wiring diagram showing how the tubes are connected in cascade with the transformers is shown at B; it is therefore a two-step audio frequency receiving set.
An Audio Frequency Transformer Amplifying Receiving Set.--In systems that use audio frequency transformers to increase the voltage from the detector and amplifier tubes, the radio frequency current doesn't enter the plate circuit of the detector at all because the iron core of the transformer blocks it. As a result, the following amplifiers work at audio frequencies. An audio frequency transformer is illustrated at A in Fig. 46, and a wiring diagram showing how the tubes are connected in cascade with the transformers is provided at B; this makes it a two-step audio frequency receiving set.
A Six Step Amplifier Receiving Set With a Loop Aerial.--By using a receiving set having a three step radio frequency and a three step audio frequency, that is, a set in which there are coupled three amplifying tubes with radio frequency transformers and three amplifying tubes with audio frequency transformers as described under the caption A Radio Frequency Transformer Receiving Set, you can use a loop aerial in your room thus getting around the difficulties--if such there be--in erecting an out-door aerial. You can easily make a loop aerial by winding 10 turns of No. 14 or 16 copper wire about 1/16 inch apart on a wooden frame two feet on the side as shown in Fig. 47. With this six step amplifier set and loop aerial you can receive wave lengths of 150 to 600 meters from various high power stations which are at considerable distances away.
A Six Step Amplifier Receiving Set With a Loop Aerial.--By using a receiving set that has three stages of radio frequency and three stages of audio frequency, meaning a setup with three amplifying tubes paired with radio frequency transformers and three amplifying tubes paired with audio frequency transformers as detailed under the caption A Radio Frequency Transformer Receiving Set, you can utilize a loop aerial in your room, thus avoiding the challenges—if there are any—in setting up an outdoor aerial. You can easily create a loop aerial by winding 10 turns of No. 14 or 16 copper wire about 1/16 inch apart on a wooden frame that is two feet on each side, as illustrated in Fig. 47. With this six-step amplifier set and loop aerial, you can receive wavelengths of 150 to 600 meters from various high-power stations that are located at significant distances.
How to Prevent Howling.--Where radio frequency or audio frequency amplifiers are used to couple your amplifier tubes in cascade you must take particular pains to shield them from one another in order to prevent the feed back of the currents through them, which makes the head phones or loud speaker howl. To shield them from each other the tubes should be enclosed in metal boxes and placed at least 6 inches apart while the transformers should be set so that their cores are at right angles to each other and these also should be not less than six inches apart.
How to Prevent Howling.--When using radio frequency or audio frequency amplifiers to connect your amplifier tubes in a series, you need to be especially careful to shield them from one another to avoid the feedback of currents between them, which can cause the headphones or loudspeaker to howl. To protect them from each other, the tubes should be enclosed in metal boxes and positioned at least 6 inches apart, while the transformers should be arranged so that their cores are at right angles to each other, maintaining a distance of no less than six inches between them.
CHAPTER X
REGENERATIVE AMPLIFICATION RECEIVING SETS
While a vacuum tube detector has an amplifying action of its own, and this accounts for its great sensitiveness, its amplifying action can be further increased to an enormous extent by making the radio frequency currents that are set up in the oscillation circuits react on the detector.
While a vacuum tube detector can amplify signals on its own, which is why it's so sensitive, its amplifying ability can be significantly enhanced by allowing the radio frequency currents created in the oscillation circuits to interact with the detector.
Such currents are called feed-back or regenerative currents and when circuits are so arranged as to cause the currents to flow back through the detector tube the amplification keeps on increasing until the capacity of the tube itself is reached. It is like using steam over and over again in a steam turbine until there is no more energy left in it. A system of circuits which will cause this regenerative action to take place is known as the Armstrong circuits and is so called after the young man who discovered it.
Such currents are called feedback or regenerative currents, and when circuits are set up to make the currents flow back through the detector tube, the amplification continues to increase until the tube itself reaches its limit. It's similar to using steam repeatedly in a steam turbine until there's no energy left. A system of circuits that enables this regenerative action is known as the Armstrong circuits, named after the young man who discovered it.
Since the regenerative action of the radio frequency currents is produced by the detector tube itself and which sets up an amplifying effect without the addition of an amplifying tube, this type of receiving set has found great favor with amateurs, while in combination with amplifying tubes it multiplies their power proportionately and it is in consequence used in one form or another in all the better sets.
Since the regenerative action of the radio frequency currents comes from the detector tube itself, creating an amplifying effect without needing an additional amplifying tube, this type of receiving set has become very popular among hobbyists. When combined with amplifying tubes, it enhances their power proportionately, and as a result, it's used in one form or another in all the better sets.
There are many different kinds of circuits which can be used to produce the regenerative amplification effect while the various kinds of tuning coils will serve for coupling them; for instance a two or three slide single tuning coil will answer the purpose but as it does not give good results it is not advisable to spend either time or money on it. A better scheme is to use a loose coupler formed of two or three honeycomb or other compact coils, while a variocoupler or a variometer or two will produce the maximum regenerative action.
There are various types of circuits that can create the regenerative amplification effect, and different tuning coils can be used to connect them. For example, a two or three slide single tuning coil can work, but it doesn’t yield good results, so it’s not worth the time or money. A better approach is to use a loose coupler made of two or three honeycomb or other compact coils, while a variocoupler or a variometer or even a pair of them will achieve the best regenerative action.
The Simplest Type of Regenerative Receiving Set. With Loose Coupled Tuning Coil.--While this regenerative set is the simplest that will give anything like fair results it is here described not on account of its desirability, but because it will serve to give you the fundamental idea of how the feed-back circuit is formed.
The Simplest Type of Regenerative Receiving Set. With Loose Coupled Tuning Coil.--This regenerative set is the simplest one that can provide decent results. It's included here not because it's the best option, but because it will help you understand the basic concept of how the feed-back circuit is created.
For this set you need: (1) a loose-coupled tuning coil such as described in Chapter III, (2) a variable condenser of .001 mfd. (microfarad) capacitance; (3) one fixed condenser of .001 mfd.; (4) one fixed condenser for the grid leak circuit of .00025 mfd.; (5) a grid leak of 1/2 to 2 megohms resistance; (6) a vacuum tube detector; (7) an A 6 volt battery; (8) a rheostat; (9) a B 22 1/2 volt battery; and (10) a pair of 2000 ohm head phones.
For this setup, you will need: (1) a loose-coupled tuning coil like the one described in Chapter III, (2) a variable condenser with .001 mfd. (microfarad) capacitance; (3) one fixed condenser of .001 mfd.; (4) one fixed condenser for the grid leak circuit with .00025 mfd.; (5) a grid leak with a resistance of 1/2 to 2 megohms; (6) a vacuum tube detector; (7) an A 6 volt battery; (8) a rheostat; (9) a B 22 1/2 volt battery; and (10) a pair of 2000 ohm headphones.
Connecting Up the Parts.--Begin by connecting the leading-in wire of the aerial with the binding post end of the primary coil of the loose coupler as shown in the wiring diagram Fig. 48 and then connect the sliding contact with the water pipe or other ground. Connect the binding post end of the primary coil with one post of the variable condenser, connect the other post of this with one of the posts of the .00025 mfd. condenser and the other end of this with the grid of the detector tube; then around this condenser shunt the grid leak resistance.
Connecting Up the Parts.--Start by attaching the lead wire from the aerial to the binding post of the primary coil of the loose coupler, as shown in the wiring diagram Fig. 48. Next, connect the sliding contact to the water pipe or another ground. Connect the binding post of the primary coil to one terminal of the variable condenser, and connect the other terminal to one of the terminals of the .00025 mfd. condenser. Finally, connect the other end of this to the grid of the detector tube, and place the grid leak resistance around this condenser.
Next connect the sliding contact of the primary coil with the other post of the variable condenser and from this lead a wire on over to one of the terminals of the filament of the vacuum tube; to the other terminal of the filament connect one of the posts of the rheostat and connect the other post to the - or negative electrode of the A battery and then connect the + or positive electrode of it to the other terminal of the filament.
Next, connect the sliding contact of the primary coil to the other post of the variable capacitor, and from there, run a wire to one of the terminals of the vacuum tube's filament. Connect one terminal of the filament to one post of the rheostat and connect the other post to the negative electrode of the A battery. Then, connect the positive electrode of the battery to the other terminal of the filament.
Connect the + or positive electrode of the A battery with one post of the .001 mfd. fixed condenser and connect the other post of this to one of the ends of the secondary coil of the tuning coil and which is now known as the tickler coil; then connect the other end of the secondary, or tickler coil to the plate of the vacuum tube. In the wiring diagram the secondary, or tickler coil is shown above and in a line with the primary coil but this is only for the sake of making the connections clear; in reality the secondary, or tickler coil slides to and fro in the primary coil as shown and described in Chapter III. Finally connect the negative, or zinc pole of the B battery to one side of the fixed condenser, the positive, or carbon, pole to one of the terminals of the head phones and the other terminal of this to the other post of the fixed condenser when your regenerative set is complete.
Connect the positive terminal of the A battery to one terminal of the 0.001 mfd fixed condenser and connect the other terminal of the condenser to one end of the secondary coil of the tuning coil, now known as the tickler coil; then connect the other end of the secondary or tickler coil to the plate of the vacuum tube. In the wiring diagram, the secondary, or tickler coil, is shown above and aligned with the primary coil, but this is just for clarity in connections; in reality, the secondary or tickler coil slides back and forth within the primary coil as shown and described in Chapter III. Finally, connect the negative terminal, or zinc pole, of the B battery to one side of the fixed condenser, the positive terminal, or carbon pole, to one of the terminals of the headphones, and the other terminal to the other post of the fixed condenser when your regenerative set is complete.
An Efficient Regenerative Receiving Set. With Three Coil Loose Coupler.--To construct a really good regenerative set you must use a loose coupled tuner that has three coils, namely a primary, a secondary and a tickler coil. A tuner of this kind is made like an ordinary loose coupled tuning coil but it has a third coil as shown at A and B in Fig. 49. The middle coil, which is the secondary, is fixed to the base, and the large outside coil, which is the primary, is movable, that is it slides to and fro over the middle coil, while the small inside coil, which is the tickler, is also movable and can slide in or out of the middle coil. None of these coils is variable; all are wound to receive waves up to 360 meters in length when used with a variable condenser of .001 mfd. capacitance. In other words you slide the coils in and out to get the right amount of coupling and you tune by adjusting the variable condenser to get the exact wave length you want.
An Efficient Regenerative Receiving Set. With Three Coil Loose Coupler.--To build a really effective regenerative set, you need a loose coupled tuner with three coils: a primary, a secondary, and a tickler coil. This type of tuner is designed like a standard loose coupled tuning coil but includes a third coil, as illustrated at A and B in Fig. 49. The middle coil, which is the secondary, is fixed to the base, while the large outer coil, the primary, is movable; it slides back and forth over the middle coil. The small inner coil, the tickler, is also movable and can slide in or out of the middle coil. None of these coils is adjustable; all are wound to pick up waves up to 360 meters long when paired with a variable condenser of .001 mfd capacitance. In other words, you adjust the coils in and out to find the right amount of coupling and tune by adjusting the variable condenser to achieve the exact wavelength you want.
With Compact Coils.--Compact coil tuners are formed of three fixed inductances wound in flat coils, and these are pivoted in a mounting so that the distance between them and, therefore, the coupling, can be varied, as shown at A in Fig. 50. These coils are wound up by the makers for various wave lengths ranging from a small one that will receive waves of any length up to 360 meters to a large one that has a maximum of 24,000 meters. For an amateur set get three of the smallest coils when you can not only hear amateur stations that send on a 200 meter wave but broadcasting stations that send on a 360 meter wave.
With Compact Coils.--Compact coil tuners consist of three fixed inductances wrapped in flat coils. These are mounted in a way that allows the distance between them to be adjusted, which affects their coupling, as illustrated at A in Fig. 50. The manufacturers create these coils for different wavelengths, ranging from a small one that can pick up any waves up to 360 meters to a large one with a maximum of 24,000 meters. For a hobbyist setup, get three of the smallest coils, which will allow you to hear not just amateur stations broadcasting on a 200-meter wavelength but also broadcasting stations on a 360-meter wavelength.
These three coils are mounted with panel plugs which latter fit into a stand, or mounting, so that the middle coil is fixed, that is, stationary, while the two outside coils can be swung to and fro like a door; this scheme permits small variations of coupling to be had between the coils and this can be done either by handles or by means of knobs on a panel board. While I have suggested the use of the smallest size coils, you can get and use those wound for any wave length you want to receive and when those are connected with variometers and variable condensers, and with a proper aerial, you will have a highly efficient receptor that will work over all ranges of wave lengths. The smallest size coils cost about $1.50 apiece and the mounting costs about $6 or $7 each.
These three coils are set up with panel plugs that fit into a stand, so the middle coil is fixed and stays in place, while the two outer coils can swing back and forth like a door. This design allows for small adjustments in coupling between the coils, which can be done either with handles or knobs on a panel board. While I've suggested using the smallest size coils, you can get and use those wound for any wavelength you want to receive. When these are connected with variometers, variable condensers, and a proper aerial, you'll have a highly efficient receiver that works across all wavelength ranges. The smallest size coils cost about $1.50 each, and the mounting costs around $6 or $7 each.
The A Battery Potentiometer.--This device is simply a resistance like the rheostat described in connection with the preceding vacuum tube receiving sets but it is wound to 200 or 300 ohms resistance as against 1-1/2 to 6 ohms of the rheostat. It is, however, used as well as the rheostat. With a vacuum tube detector, and especially with one having a gas-content, a potentiometer is very necessary as it is only by means of it that the potential of the plate of the detector can be accurately regulated. The result of proper regulation is that when the critical potential value is reached there is a marked increase in the loudness of the sounds that are emitted by the head phones.
The A Battery Potentiometer.--This device is basically a resistance similar to the rheostat mentioned in relation to the previous vacuum tube receiving sets, but it's designed to have a resistance of 200 or 300 ohms compared to the 1.5 to 6 ohms of the rheostat. It is used in the same way as the rheostat. With a vacuum tube detector, especially one that contains gas, a potentiometer is essential because it allows for precise regulation of the detector's plate potential. Proper regulation leads to a noticeable increase in the volume of sound coming from the headphones when the critical potential value is reached.
As you will see from A in Fig. 51 it has three taps. The two taps which are connected with the ends of the resistance coil are shunted around the A battery and the third tap, which is attached to the movable contact arm, is connected with the B battery tap, see B, at which this battery gives 18 volts. Since the A battery gives 6 volts you can vary the potential of the plate from 18 to 24 volts. The potentiometer must never be shunted around the B battery or the latter will soon run down. A potentiometer costs a couple of dollars.
As you can see from A in Fig. 51, there are three taps. The two taps connected to the ends of the resistance coil are bypassed around the A battery, and the third tap, which is connected to the movable contact arm, links to the B battery tap, see B, where this battery provides 18 volts. Since the A battery provides 6 volts, you can adjust the plate's potential from 18 to 24 volts. The potentiometer should never be bypassed around the B battery or it will quickly drain. A potentiometer costs a few dollars.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--For this regenerative set you will need: (1) a honeycomb or other compact three-coil tuner, (2) two variable (.001 and .0005 mfd.) condensers; (3) a .00025 mfd. fixed condenser; (4) a 1/2 to 2 megohm grid leak; (5) a tube detector; (6) a 6 volt A battery; (7) a rheostat; (8) a potentiometer; (9) an 18 or 20 volt B battery; (10) a fixed condenser of .001 mfd. fixed condenser; and (11) a pair of 2000 ohm head phones.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--For this regenerative set you will need: (1) a honeycomb or other compact three-coil tuner, (2) two variable (.001 and .0005 mfd.) capacitors; (3) a .00025 mfd. fixed capacitor; (4) a 1/2 to 2 megohm grid leak; (5) a tube detector; (6) a 6 volt A battery; (7) a rheostat; (8) a potentiometer; (9) an 18 or 20 volt B battery; (10) a .001 mfd. fixed capacitor; and (11) a pair of 2000 ohm headphones.
To wire up the parts connect the leading-in wire of the aerial with the primary coil, which is the middle one of the tuner, and connect the other terminal with the ground. Connect the ends of the secondary coil, which is the middle one, with the posts of the variable condenser and connect one of the posts of the latter with one post of the fixed .00025 mfd. condenser and the other post of this with the grid; then shunt the grid leak around it. Next connect the other post of the variable condenser to the - or negative electrode of the A battery; the + or positive electrode of this to one terminal of the detector filament and the other end of the latter to the electrode of the A battery.
To connect the parts, attach the incoming wire from the antenna to the primary coil, which is the middle one of the tuner, and connect the other terminal to the ground. Link the ends of the secondary coil, also the middle one, to the terminals of the variable capacitor, and connect one terminal of this to one terminal of the fixed .00025 mfd. capacitor, then connect the other terminal of this to the grid; after that, shunt the grid leak around it. Next, connect the other terminal of the variable capacitor to the - or negative terminal of the A battery; connect the + or positive terminal of this to one terminal of the detector filament and the other end of the filament to the terminal of the A battery.
Now connect one end of the tickler coil with the detector plate and the other post to the fixed .001 mfd. condenser, then the other end of this to the positive or carbon pole of the B battery.
Now connect one end of the tickler coil to the detector plate and the other post to the fixed .001 mfd. capacitor, then connect the other end of this to the positive or carbon terminal of the B battery.
This done shunt the potentiometer around the A battery and run a wire from the movable contact of it (the potentiometer) over to the 18 volt tap, (see B, Fig. 51), of the B battery. Finally, shunt the head phones and the .001 mfd. fixed condenser and you are ready to try out conclusions.
This completed, connect the potentiometer to the A battery and run a wire from its movable contact (the potentiometer) to the 18-volt tap (see B, Fig. 51) of the B battery. Lastly, connect the headphones and the .001 mfd fixed capacitor, and you are ready to test your conclusions.
A Regenerative Audio Frequency Amplifier Receiving Set.--The use of amateur regenerative cascade audio frequency receiving sets is getting to be quite common. To get the greatest amplification possible with amplifying tubes you have to keep a negative potential on the grids. You can, however, get very good results without any special charging arrangement by simply connecting one post of the rheostat with the negative terminal of the filament and connecting the low potential end of the secondary of the tuning coil with the - or negative electrode of the A battery. This scheme will give the grids a negative bias of about 1 volt. You do not need to bother about these added factors that make for high efficiency until after you have got your receiving set in working order and understand all about it.
A Regenerative Audio Frequency Amplifier Receiving Set.--The use of amateur regenerative cascade audio frequency receiving sets is becoming quite common. To achieve the highest possible amplification with amplifying tubes, you need to maintain a negative potential on the grids. However, you can still get very good results without any special charging setup by simply connecting one post of the rheostat to the negative terminal of the filament and connecting the low potential end of the secondary of the tuning coil to the - or negative electrode of the A battery. This setup will provide the grids with a negative bias of about 1 volt. You don't need to worry about these additional factors that contribute to high efficiency until after you have your receiving set up and running and have a good understanding of it.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--Exactly the same parts are needed for this set as the one described above, but in addition you will want: (1) two more rheostats; (2) two more sets of B 22-1/2 volt batteries; (3) two amplifier tubes, and (4) two audio frequency transformers as described in Chapter IX and pictured at A in Fig. 46.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--You'll need the same parts for this set as the one mentioned earlier, but you'll also need: (1) two additional rheostats; (2) two extra sets of B 22-1/2 volt batteries; (3) two amplifier tubes, and (4) two audio frequency transformers as described in Chapter IX and shown at A in Fig. 46.
To wire up the parts begin by connecting the leading-in wire to one end of the primary of the tuning coil and then connect the other end of the coil with the ground. A variable condenser of .001 mfd. capacitance can be connected in the ground wire, as shown in Fig. 52, to good advantage although it is not absolutely needed. Now connect one end of the secondary coil to one post of a .001 mfd. variable condenser and the other end of the secondary to the other post of the condenser.
To connect the parts, start by attaching the incoming wire to one end of the primary winding of the tuning coil, and then connect the other end of the coil to the ground. A variable capacitor with a capacitance of .001 mfd can be added in the ground wire, as shown in Fig. 52, which is beneficial but not necessary. Next, connect one end of the secondary coil to one terminal of a .001 mfd variable capacitor and the other end of the secondary to the other terminal of the capacitor.
Next bring a lead (wire) from the first post of the variable condenser over to the post of the first fixed condenser and connect the other post of the latter with the grid of the detector tube. Shunt 1/2 to 2 megohm grid leak resistance around the fixed condenser and then connect the second post of the variable condenser to one terminal of the detector tube filament. Run this wire on over and connect it with the first post of the second rheostat, the second post of which is connected with one terminal of the filament of the first amplifying tube; then connect the first post of the rheostat with one end of the secondary coil of the first audio frequency transformer, and the other end of this coil with the grid of the first amplifier tube.
Next, connect a lead (wire) from the first terminal of the variable condenser to the terminal of the first fixed condenser, and then connect the other terminal of that fixed condenser to the grid of the detector tube. Place a 1/2 to 2 megohm grid leak resistance around the fixed condenser, and then connect the second terminal of the variable condenser to one terminal of the detector tube filament. Run this wire over and connect it to the first terminal of the second rheostat, whose second terminal is connected to one terminal of the filament of the first amplifying tube; then connect the first terminal of the rheostat to one end of the secondary coil of the first audio frequency transformer, and connect the other end of this coil to the grid of the first amplifier tube.
Connect the lead that runs from the second post of variable condenser to the first post of the third rheostat, the second post of which is connected with one terminal of the second amplifying tube; then connect the first post of the rheostat with one end of the secondary coil of the second audio frequency transformer and the other end of this coil with the grid of the second amplifier tube.
Connect the wire from the second terminal of the variable condenser to the first terminal of the third rheostat, the second terminal of which is connected to one terminal of the second amplifying tube; then connect the first terminal of the rheostat to one end of the secondary coil of the second audio frequency transformer and the other end of this coil to the grid of the second amplifier tube.
This done connect the - or negative electrode of the A battery with the second post of the variable condenser and connect the + or positive electrode with the free post of the first rheostat, the other post of which connects with the free terminal of the filament of the detector. From this lead tap off a wire and connect it to the free terminal of the filament of the first amplifier tube, and finally connect the end of the lead with the free terminal of the filament of the second amplifier tube.
This done, connect the negative electrode of the A battery to the second terminal of the variable condenser and attach the positive electrode to the free terminal of the first rheostat, the other terminal of which connects to the free end of the filament of the detector. From this lead, tap off a wire and connect it to the free terminal of the filament of the first amplifier tube, and finally connect the end of the lead to the free terminal of the filament of the second amplifier tube.
Next shunt a potentiometer around the A battery and connect the third post, which connects with the sliding contact, to the negative or zinc pole of a B battery, then connect the positive or carbon pole of it to the negative or zinc pole of a second B battery and the positive or carbon pole of the latter with one end of the primary coil of the second audio frequency transformer and the other end of it to the plate of the first amplifying tube. Run the lead on over and connect it to one of the terminals of the second fixed condenser and the other terminal of this with the plate of the second amplifying tube. Then shunt the headphones around the condenser.
Next, connect a potentiometer to the A battery and link the third terminal, which connects to the sliding contact, to the negative or zinc terminal of a B battery. Then connect the positive or carbon terminal of that battery to the negative or zinc terminal of a second B battery, and connect the positive or carbon terminal of the second battery to one end of the primary coil of the second audio frequency transformer, with the other end going to the plate of the first amplifying tube. Extend the lead and connect it to one of the terminals of the second fixed condenser, and connect the other terminal of this condenser to the plate of the second amplifying tube. Finally, connect the headphones around the condenser.
Finally connect one end of the tickler coil of the tuner with the plate of the detector tube and connect the other end of the tickler to one end of the primary coil of the first audio frequency transformer and the other end of it to the wire that connects the two B batteries together.
Finally, connect one end of the tickler coil of the tuner to the plate of the detector tube, and connect the other end of the tickler to one end of the primary coil of the first audio frequency transformer. Connect the other end of it to the wire that links the two B batteries together.
CHAPTER XI
SHORT WAVE REGENERATIVE RECEIVING SETS
A short wave receiving set is one that will receive a range of wave lengths of from 150 to 600 meters while the distance over which the waves can be received as well as the intensity of the sounds reproduced by the headphones depends on: (1) whether it is a regenerative set and (2) whether it is provided with amplifying tubes.
A short wave receiving set is one that can pick up a range of wavelengths from 150 to 600 meters. The distance over which the waves can be received and the volume of the sounds heard through the headphones depend on: (1) whether it is a regenerative set and (2) whether it has amplifying tubes.
High-grade regenerative sets designed especially for receiving amateur sending stations that must use a short wave length are built on the regenerative principle just like those described in the last chapter and further amplification can be had by the use of amplifier tubes as explained in Chapter IX, but the new feature of these sets is the use of the variocoupler and one or more variometers. These tuning devices can be connected up in different ways and are very popular with amateurs at the present time.
High-quality regenerative sets specifically made for picking up amateur transmission stations that need to use short wavelengths operate on the regenerative principle similar to those mentioned in the last chapter. Additional amplification can be achieved through the use of amplifier tubes as explained in Chapter IX, but the standout feature of these sets is the inclusion of the variocoupler and one or more variometers. These tuning devices can be connected in various ways and are currently very popular among amateurs.
Differing from the ordinary loose coupler the variometer has no movable contacts while the variometer is provided with taps so that you can connect it up for the wave length you want to receive. All you have to do is to tune the oscillation circuits to each other is to turn the rotor, which is the secondary coil, around in the stator, as the primary coil is called in order to get a very fine variation of the wave length. It is this construction that makes sharp tuning with these sets possible, by which is meant that all wave lengths are tuned out except the one which the receiving set is tuned for.
Unlike the standard loose coupler, the variometer has no moving contacts, and it's designed with taps so you can connect it to the specific wavelength you want to receive. All you need to do to tune the oscillation circuits to each other is to rotate the rotor, which is the secondary coil, within the stator, the primary coil, to achieve a very precise variation of the wavelength. This design allows for sharp tuning with these sets, which means that all other wavelengths are eliminated except for the one that the receiving set is tuned to.
A Short Wave Regenerative Receiver--With One Variometer and Three Variable Condensers.--This set also includes a variocoupler and a grid coil. The way that the parts are connected together makes it a simple and at the same time a very efficient regenerative receiver for short waves. While this set can be used without shielding the parts from each other the best results are had when shields are used.
A Short Wave Regenerative Receiver--With One Variometer and Three Variable Capacitors.--This set also includes a variocoupler and a grid coil. The way the parts are connected makes it a straightforward yet highly efficient regenerative receiver for short waves. Although this set can operate without shielding the parts from one another, the best results come when shields are used.
The parts you need for this set include: (1) one variocoupler; (2) one .001 microfarad variable condenser; (3) one .0005 microfarad variable condenser; (4) one .0007 microfarad variable condenser; (5) one 2 megohm grid leak; (6) one vacuum tube detector; (7) one 6 volt A battery; (8) one 6 ohm, 1-1/2 ampere rheostat; (9) one 200 ohm potentiometer; (10) one 22-1/2 volt B battery; (11) one .001 microfarad fixed condenser, (12) one pair of 2,000 ohm headphones, and (13) a variometer.
The parts you need for this set include: (1) one variocoupler; (2) one .001 microfarad variable condenser; (3) one .0005 microfarad variable condenser; (4) one .0007 microfarad variable condenser; (5) one 2 megohm grid leak; (6) one vacuum tube detector; (7) one 6 volt A battery; (8) one 6 ohm, 1-1/2 ampere rheostat; (9) one 200 ohm potentiometer; (10) one 22-1/2 volt B battery; (11) one .001 microfarad fixed condenser; (12) one pair of 2,000 ohm headphones; and (13) a variometer.
The Variocoupler.--A variocoupler consists of a primary coil wound on the outside of a tube of insulating material and to certain turns of this taps are connected so that you can fix the wave length which your aerial system is to receive from the shortest wave; i.e., 150 meters on up by steps to the longest wave, i.e., 600 meters, which is the range of most amateur variocouplers that are sold in the open market. This is the part of the variocoupler that is called the stator.
The Variocoupler.--A variocoupler is made up of a primary coil wrapped around the outside of a tube made of insulating material. Certain turns of this coil have taps connected to them, allowing you to set the wavelength that your antenna system will receive, starting from the shortest wavelength, i.e., 150 meters, and going up to the longest wavelength, i.e., 600 meters. This range is typical for most amateur variocouplers available on the market. This part of the variocoupler is called the stator.
The secondary coil is wound on the section of a ball mounted on a shaft and this is swung in bearings on the stator so that it can turn in it. This part of the variocoupler is called the rotor and is arranged so that it can be mounted on a panel and adjusted by means of a knob or a dial. A diagram of a variocoupler is shown at A in Fig. 53, and the coupler itself at B. There are various makes and modifications of variocouplers on the market but all of them are about the same price which is $6.00 or $8.00.
The secondary coil is wrapped around part of a ball that's attached to a shaft, which swings in bearings on the stator, allowing it to rotate. This part of the variocoupler is referred to as the rotor and is designed to be mounted on a panel and adjusted using a knob or dial. A diagram of a variocoupler can be seen at A in Fig. 53, with the coupler itself shown at B. There are different brands and variations of variocouplers available, but they all generally cost around $6.00 to $8.00.
The Variometer.--This device is quite like the variocoupler, but with these differences: (1) the rotor turns in the stator, which is also the section of a ball, and (2) one end of the primary is connected with one end of the secondary coil. To be really efficient a variometer must have a small resistance and a large inductance as well as a small dielectric loss. To secure the first two of these factors the wire should be formed of a number of fine, pure copper wires each of which is insulated and the whole strand then covered with silk. This kind of wire is the best that has yet been devised for the purpose and is sold under the trade name of litzendraht.
The Variometer.--This device is similar to the variocoupler, but there are two main differences: (1) the rotor spins inside the stator, which is also shaped like a ball, and (2) one end of the primary is connected to one end of the secondary coil. For a variometer to be truly effective, it needs to have low resistance and high inductance, as well as minimal dielectric loss. To achieve the first two factors, the wire should consist of several thin, pure copper wires, each insulated, and then wrapped together with silk. This type of wire is the best available for this purpose and is sold under the brand name litzendraht.
A new type of variometer has what is known as a basket weave, or wavy wound stator and rotor. There is no wood, insulating compound or other dielectric materials in large enough quantities to absorb the weak currents that flow between them, hence weaker sounds can be heard when this kind of a variometer is used. With it you can tune sharply to waves under 200 meters in length and up to and including wave lengths of 360 meters. When amateur stations of small power are sending on these short waves this style of variometer keeps the electric oscillations at their greatest strength and, hence, the reproduced sounds will be of maximum intensity. A wiring diagram of a variometer is shown at A in Fig. 54 and a basketball variometer is shown complete at B.
A new type of variometer features what's called a basket weave or wavy wound stator and rotor. There's no wood, insulating compound, or other dielectric materials in large enough amounts to absorb the weak currents that pass between them, so softer sounds can be heard when using this type of variometer. With it, you can tune sharply to waves under 200 meters long and up to wave lengths of 360 meters. When amateur stations with low power are transmitting on these short waves, this style of variometer maintains the electric oscillations at their highest strength, resulting in the sounds being as intense as possible. A wiring diagram of a variometer is shown at A in Fig. 54 and a basketball variometer is shown complete at B.
Connecting Up the Parts.--To hook-up the set connect the leading-in wire to one end of the primary coil, or stator, of the variocoupler and solder a wire to one of the taps that gives the longest wave length you want to receive. Connect the other end of this wire with one post of a .001 microfarad variable condenser and connect the other post with the ground as shown in Fig. 55. Now connect one end of the secondary coil, or rotor, to one post of a .0007 mfd. variable condenser, the other post of this to one end of the grid coil and the other end of this with the remaining end of the rotor of the variocoupler.
Connecting Up the Parts.--To set up the device, connect the leading-in wire to one end of the primary coil, or stator, of the variocoupler, and solder a wire to one of the taps that provides the longest wavelength you want to receive. Connect the other end of this wire to one terminal of a .001 microfarad variable condenser and connect the other terminal to the ground as shown in Fig. 55. Now connect one end of the secondary coil, or rotor, to one terminal of a .0007 mfd. variable condenser, and connect the other terminal of this to one end of the grid coil, with the other end of the grid coil attached to the remaining end of the rotor of the variocoupler.
Next connect one post of the .0007 mfd. condenser with one of the terminals of the detector filament; then connect the other post of this condenser with one post of the .0005 mfd. variable condenser and the other post of this with the grid of the detector, then shunt the megohm grid leak around the latter condenser. This done connect the other terminal of the filament to one post of the rheostat, the other post of this to the - or negative electrode of the 6 volt A battery and the + or positive electrode of the latter to the other terminal of the filament.
Next, connect one terminal of the .0007 mfd. capacitor to one of the terminals of the detector filament. Then connect the other terminal of this capacitor to one terminal of the .0005 mfd. variable capacitor, and connect the other terminal of this to the grid of the detector. After that, place the megohm grid leak around the variable capacitor. Once that's done, connect the other terminal of the filament to one terminal of the rheostat, connect the other terminal of the rheostat to the negative electrode of the 6-volt A battery, and connect the positive electrode of the battery to the other terminal of the filament.
Shunt the potentiometer around the A battery and connect the sliding contact with the - or zinc pole of the B battery and the + or carbon pole with one terminal of the headphone; connect the other terminal to one of the posts of the variometer and the other post of the variometer to the plate of the detector. Finally shunt a .001 mfd. fixed condenser around the headphones. If you want to amplify the current with a vacuum tube amplifier connect in the terminals of the amplifier circuit shown at A in Figs. 44 or 45 at the point where they are connected with the secondary coil of the loose coupled tuning coil, in those diagrams with the binding posts of Fig. 55 where the phones are usually connected in.
Shunt the potentiometer around the A battery and connect the sliding contact to the - or zinc pole of the B battery, and the + or carbon pole to one terminal of the headphones; connect the other terminal to one of the posts of the variometer, and the other post of the variometer to the plate of the detector. Finally, shunt a .001 mfd. fixed capacitor around the headphones. If you want to boost the current with a vacuum tube amplifier, connect to the terminals of the amplifier circuit shown at A in Figs. 44 or 45 at the point where they are connected to the secondary coil of the loosely coupled tuning coil, in those diagrams with the binding posts of Fig. 55 where the headphones are usually connected.
Short Wave Regenerative Receiver. With Two Variometers and Two Variable Condensers.--This type of regenerative receptor is very popular with amateurs who are using high-grade short-wave sets. When you connect up this receptor you must keep the various parts well separated. Screw the variocoupler to the middle of the base board or panel, and secure the variometers on either side of it so that the distance between them will be 9 or 10 inches. By so placing them the coupling will be the same on both sides and besides you can shield them from each other easier.
Short Wave Regenerative Receiver. With Two Variometers and Two Variable Condensers.--This type of regenerative receiver is very popular with hobbyists using high-quality short-wave sets. When you connect this receiver, you need to keep the various parts well spaced apart. Attach the variocoupler to the center of the baseboard or panel, and secure the variometers on either side of it, ensuring there's a gap of 9 or 10 inches between them. By positioning them this way, the coupling will be consistent on both sides, and you'll also find it easier to shield them from each other.
For the shield use a sheet of copper on the back of the panel and place a sheet of copper between the parts, or better, enclose the variometers and detector and amplifying tubes if you use the latter in sheet copper boxes. When you set up the variometers place them so that their stators are at right angles to each other for otherwise the magnetic lines of force set up by the coils of each one will be mutually inductive and this will make the headphones or loud speaker howl. Whatever tendency the receptor has to howl with this arrangement can be overcome by putting in a grid leak of the right resistance and adjusting the condenser.
For the shield, use a sheet of copper on the back of the panel and place a sheet of copper between the parts, or better yet, enclose the variometers, detector, and amplifying tubes in copper boxes if you're using the latter. When setting up the variometers, position them so their stators are at right angles to each other; otherwise, the magnetic lines of force generated by the coils will inductively interact, causing the headphones or loudspeaker to howl. Any tendency for the receptor to howl with this setup can be resolved by adding a grid leak with the right resistance and adjusting the condenser.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--For this set you require: (1) one variocoupler; (2) two variometers; (3) one .001 microfarad variable condenser; (4) one .0005 microfarad variable condenser; (5) one 2 megohm grid leak resistance; (6) one vacuum tube detector; (7) one 6 volt A battery; (8) one 200 ohm potentiometer; (9) one 22-1/2 volt B battery; (10) one .001 microfarad fixed condenser, and (11) one pair of 2,000 ohm headphones.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--For this set, you need: (1) one variocoupler; (2) two variometers; (3) one 0.001 microfarad variable capacitor; (4) one 0.0005 microfarad variable capacitor; (5) one 2 megohm grid leak resistor; (6) one vacuum tube detector; (7) one 6 volt A battery; (8) one 200 ohm potentiometer; (9) one 22.5 volt B battery; (10) one 0.001 microfarad fixed capacitor; and (11) one pair of 2,000 ohm headphones.
To wire up the set begin by connecting the leading-in wire to the fixed end of the primary coil, or stator, of the variocoupler, as shown in Fig. 56, and connect one post of the .001 mfd. variable condenser to the stator by soldering a short length of wire to the tap of the latter that gives the longest wave you want to receive. Now connect one end of the secondary coil, or rotor, of the variocoupler with one post of the .0005 mfd. variable condenser and the other part to the grid of the detector tube. Connect the other end of the rotor of the variocoupler to one of the posts of the first variometer and the other post of this to one of the terminals of the detector filament.
To set up the system, start by connecting the incoming wire to the fixed end of the primary coil, or stator, of the variocoupler, as shown in Fig. 56. Then, solder a short piece of wire to the tap on the stator that provides the longest wave you want to receive, and connect one post of the .001 mfd. variable condenser to the stator. Next, connect one end of the secondary coil, or rotor, of the variocoupler to one post of the .0005 mfd. variable condenser and the other end to the grid of the detector tube. Finally, connect the other end of the rotor of the variocoupler to one of the posts of the first variometer, and connect the other post to one of the terminals of the detector filament.
Connect this filament terminal with the - or negative electrode of the A battery and the + or positive electrode of this with one post of the rheostat and lead a wire from the other post to the free terminal of the filament. This done shunt the potential around the A battery and connect the sliding contact to the - or zinc pole of the B battery and the + or carbon pole of this to one terminal of the headphones, while the other terminal of this leads to one of the posts of the second variometer, the other post of which is connected to the plate of the detector tube. If you want to add an amplifier tube then connect it to the posts instead of the headphones as described in the foregoing set.
Connect this filament terminal to the negative electrode of the A battery and connect the positive electrode of this to one post of the rheostat. Then, run a wire from the other post to the free terminal of the filament. Once that's done, shunt the potential around the A battery and connect the sliding contact to the negative pole (zinc) of the B battery. Connect the positive pole (carbon) of this to one terminal of the headphones, while the other terminal goes to one of the posts of the second variometer. The other post of the variometer is connected to the plate of the detector tube. If you want to add an amplifier tube, connect it to the posts instead of the headphones as described earlier.
CHAPTER XII
INTERMEDIATE AND LONG WAVE REGENERATIVE RECEIVING SETS
All receiving sets that receive over a range of wave lengths of from 150 meters to 3,000 meters are called intermediate wave sets and all sets that receive wave lengths over a range of anything more than 3,000 meters are called long wave sets. The range of intermediate wave receptors is such that they will receive amateur, broadcasting, ship and shore Navy, commercial, Arlington's time and all other stations using spark telegraph damped waves or arc or vacuum tube telephone continuous waves but not continuous wave telegraph signals, unless these have been broken up into groups at the transmitting station. To receive continuous wave telegraph signals requires receiving sets of special kind and these will be described in the next chapter.
All receiving devices that pick up a range of wavelengths from 150 meters to 3,000 meters are called intermediate wave sets, while devices that receive wavelengths over anything more than 3,000 meters are referred to as long wave sets. The range of intermediate wave receivers allows them to access amateur broadcasts, Navy ship and shore communications, commercial stations, Arlington's time broadcasts, and all other stations that use spark telegraph damped waves, arc, or vacuum tube telephone continuous waves, but not continuous wave telegraph signals, unless these have been broken into groups at the transmitting station. To receive continuous wave telegraph signals, specialized receiving devices are needed, and these will be described in the next chapter.
Intermediate Wave Receiving Sets.--There are two chief schemes employed to increase the range of wave lengths that a set can receive and these are by using: (1) loading coils and shunt condensers, and (2) bank-wound coils and variable condensers. If you have a short-wave set and plan to receive intermediate waves with it then loading coils and fixed condensers shunted around them affords you the way to do it, but if you prefer to buy a new receptor then the better way is to get one with bank-wound coils and variable condensers; this latter way preserves the electrical balance of the oscillation circuits better, the electrical losses are less and the tuning easier and sharper.
Intermediate Wave Receiving Sets.--There are two main methods used to expand the range of wavelengths that a set can receive: (1) loading coils and shunt condensers, and (2) bank-wound coils and variable condensers. If you have a short-wave set and want to pick up intermediate waves, using loading coils with fixed condensers connected to them is the way to go. However, if you prefer to buy a new receiver, the better option is to choose one with bank-wound coils and variable condensers; this method maintains the electrical balance of the oscillation circuits more effectively, reduces electrical losses, and makes tuning easier and more precise.
Intermediate Wave Set With Loading Coils.--For this intermediate wave set you can use either of the short-wave sets described in the foregoing chapter. For the loading coils use honeycomb coils, or other good compact inductance coils, as shown in Chapter X and having a range of whatever wave length you wish to receive. The following table shows the range of wave length of the various sized coils when used with a variable condenser having a .001 microfarad capacitance, the approximate inductance of each coil in millihenries and prices at the present writing:
Intermediate Wave Set With Loading Coils.--For this intermediate wave set, you can use either of the short-wave sets mentioned in the previous chapter. For the loading coils, use honeycomb coils or other good compact inductance coils, as shown in Chapter X, with a range suitable for whatever wavelength you want to receive. The following table displays the wavelength range for various sized coils when used with a variable condenser that has a .001 microfarad capacitance, the approximate inductance of each coil in millihenries, and the prices as of this writing:
TABLE OF CHARACTERISTICS OF HONEYCOMB COILS
Approximate Wave Length in Meters in Millihenries Inductance .001 mfd. Variable Mounted Appx. Air Condenser. on Plug .040 130-- 375 $1.40 .075 180-- 515 1.40 .15 240-- 730 1.50 .3 330-- 1030 1.50 .6 450-- 1460 1.55 1.3 660-- 2200 1.60 2.3 930-- 2850 1.65 4.5 1300-- 4000 1.70 6.5 1550-- 4800 1.75 11. 2050-- 6300 1.80 20. 3000-- 8500 2.00 40. 4000--12000 2.15 65. 5000--15000 2.35 100. 6200--19000 2.60 125. 7000--21000 3.00 175. 8200--24000 3.50
Approximate Wave Length in Meters in Millihenries Inductance .001 mfd. Variable Mounted Appx. Air Condenser. on Plug .040 130-- 375 $1.40 .075 180-- 515 1.40 .15 240-- 730 1.50 .3 330-- 1030 1.50 .6 450-- 1460 1.55 1.3 660-- 2200 1.60 2.3 930-- 2850 1.65 4.5 1300-- 4000 1.70 6.5 1550-- 4800 1.75 11. 2050-- 6300 1.80 20. 3000-- 8500 2.00 40. 4000--12000 2.15 65. 5000--15000 2.35 100. 6200--19000 2.60 125. 7000--21000 3.00 175. 8200--24000 3.50
These and other kinds of compact coils can be bought at electrical supply houses that sell wireless goods. If your aerial is not very high or long you can use loading coils, but to get anything like efficient results with them you must have an aerial of large capacitance and the only way to get this is to put up a high and long one with two or more parallel wires spaced a goodly distance apart.
These and other types of compact coils can be purchased at electrical supply stores that sell wireless equipment. If your antenna isn’t very high or long, you can use loading coils, but to achieve anything close to effective results with them, you need an antenna with a large capacitance, and the only way to achieve this is to set up a tall and long one with two or more parallel wires spaced a good distance apart.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--Get (1) two honeycomb or other coils of the greatest wave length you want to receive, for in order to properly balance the aerial, or primary oscillation circuit, and the closed, or secondary oscillation circuit, you have to tune them to the same wave length; (2) two .001 mfd. variable condensers, though fixed condensers will do, and (3) two small single-throw double-pole knife switches mounted on porcelain bases.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--Get (1) two honeycomb or other coils with the longest wavelength you want to receive, because to properly balance the antenna, or primary oscillation circuit, and the closed, or secondary oscillation circuit, you need to tune them to the same wavelength; (2) two .001 mfd. variable capacitors, although fixed capacitors will work too, and (3) two small single-throw double-pole knife switches mounted on porcelain bases.
To use the loading coils all you have to do is to connect one of them in the aerial above the primary coil of the loose coupler, or variocoupler as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 57, then shunt one of the condensers around it and connect one of the switches around this; this switch enables you to cut in or out the loading coil at will. Likewise connect the other loading coil in one side of the closed, or secondary circuit between the variable .0007 mfd. condenser and the secondary coil of the loose coupler or variocoupler as shown in Fig. 53. The other connections are exactly the same as shown in Figs. 44 and 45.
To use the loading coils, just connect one of them in the antenna above the primary coil of the loose coupler or variocoupler, as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 57. Then, shunt one of the capacitors around it and connect one of the switches around this; this switch allows you to toggle the loading coil on or off as needed. Similarly, connect the other loading coil on one side of the closed, or secondary circuit between the variable .0007 mfd. capacitor and the secondary coil of the loose coupler or variocoupler, as shown in Fig. 53. The other connections are exactly the same as shown in Figs. 44 and 45.
An Intermediate Wave Set With Variocoupler Inductance Coils.--By using the coil wound on the rotor of the variocoupler as the tickler the coupling between the detector tube circuits and the aerial wire system increases as the set is tuned for greater wave lengths. This scheme makes the control of the regenerative circuit far more stable than it is where an ordinary loose coupled tuning coil is used.
An Intermediate Wave Set With Variocoupler Inductance Coils.--Using the coil wound on the rotor of the variocoupler as the tickler, the connection between the detector tube circuits and the aerial wire system improves as the set is tuned for longer wavelengths. This approach makes the control of the regenerative circuit much more stable than when a regular loosely coupled tuning coil is used.
When the variocoupler is adjusted for receiving very long waves the rotor sets at right angles to the stator and, since when it is in this position there is no mutual induction between them, the tickler coil serves as a loading coil for the detector plate oscillation circuit. Inductance coils for short wave lengths are usually wound in single layers but bank-wound coils, as they are called are necessary to get compactness where long wave lengths are to be received. By winding inductance coils with two or more layers the highest inductance values can be obtained with the least resistance. A wiring diagram of a multipoint inductance coil is shown in Fig. 58. You can buy this intermediate wave set assembled and ready to use or get the parts and connect them up yourself.
When the variocoupler is set up to receive very long waves, the rotor is positioned at a right angle to the stator. In this position, there’s no mutual induction between them, so the tickler coil acts as a loading coil for the detector plate oscillation circuit. Inductance coils for short wavelengths are typically wound in single layers, but bank-wound coils, as they’re called, are necessary for compactness when receiving long wavelengths. By winding inductance coils with two or more layers, you can achieve the highest inductance values with the least resistance. A wiring diagram of a multipoint inductance coil is shown in Fig. 58. You can purchase this intermediate wave set fully assembled and ready to use, or you can buy the parts and put them together yourself.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--For this regenerative intermediate wave set get: (1) one 12 section triple bank-wound inductance coil, (2) one variometer, and (3) all the other parts shown in the diagram Fig. 58 except the variocoupler. First connect the free end of the condenser in the aerial to one of the terminals of the stator of the variocoupler; then connect the other terminal of the stator with one of the ends of the bank-wound inductance coil and connect the movable contact of this with the ground.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--For this regenerative intermediate wave set, you will need: (1) one 12 section triple bank-wound inductance coil, (2) one variometer, and (3) all the other parts shown in the diagram Fig. 58 except for the variocoupler. First, connect the free end of the condenser in the aerial to one of the terminals of the stator of the variocoupler; then connect the other terminal of the stator to one end of the bank-wound inductance coil, and connect the movable contact of this coil to the ground.
Next connect a wire to the aerial between the variable condenser and the stator and connect this to one post of a .0005 microfarad fixed condenser, then connect the other post of this with the grid of the detector and shunt a 2 megohm grid leak around it. Connect a wire to the ground wire between the bank-wound inductance coil and the ground proper, i.e., the radiator or water pipe, connect the other end of this to the + electrode of the A battery and connect this end also to one of the terminals of the filament. This done connect the other terminal of the filament to one post of the rheostat and the other post of this to the - or negative side of the A battery.
Next, connect a wire to the antenna between the variable capacitor and the stator, and connect this to one terminal of a .0005 microfarad fixed capacitor. Then connect the other terminal of this to the grid of the detector and place a 2 megohm grid leak around it. Connect a wire to the ground wire between the bank-wound inductance coil and the ground itself, i.e., the radiator or water pipe, and connect the other end of this to the + terminal of the A battery. Also, connect this end to one of the terminals of the filament. After this, connect the other terminal of the filament to one terminal of the rheostat and the other terminal of this to the - or negative side of the A battery.
To the + electrode of the A battery connect the - or zinc pole of the B battery and connect the + or carbon pole of the latter with one post of the fixed .001 microfarad condenser. This done connect one terminal of the tickler coil which is on the rotor of the variometer to the plate of the detector and the other terminal of the tickler to the other post of the .001 condenser and around this shunt your headphones. Or if you want to use one or more amplifying tubes connect the circuit of the first one, see Fig. 45, to the posts on either side of the fixed condenser instead of the headphones.
To the + electrode of the A battery, connect the - or zinc terminal of the B battery, and connect the + or carbon terminal of the latter to one terminal of the fixed .001 microfarad capacitor. Once that's done, connect one end of the tickler coil on the rotor of the variometer to the plate of the detector, and the other end of the tickler to the other terminal of the .001 capacitor, and connect your headphones around this setup. Alternatively, if you want to use one or more amplifying tubes, connect the circuit of the first tube (see Fig. 45) to the terminals on either side of the fixed capacitor instead of the headphones.
A Long Wave Receiving Set.--The vivid imagination of Jules Verne never conceived anything so fascinating as the reception of messages without wires sent out by stations half way round the world; and in these days of high power cableless stations on the five continents you can listen-in to the messages and hear what is being sent out by the Lyons, Paris and other French stations, by Great Britain, Italy, Germany and even far off Russia and Japan.
A Long Wave Receiving Set.--Jules Verne's vivid imagination never came up with anything as intriguing as receiving messages wirelessly from stations halfway around the world; and today, with powerful wireless stations on all five continents, you can tune in to messages broadcasted from places like Lyons, Paris, and other French stations, as well as from Great Britain, Italy, Germany, and even distant Russia and Japan.
A long wave set for receiving these stations must be able to tune to wave lengths up to 20,000 meters. Differing from the way in which the regenerative action of the short wave sets described in the preceding chapter is secured and which depends on a tickler coil and the coupling action of the detector in this long wave set, [Footnote: All of the short wave and intermediate wave receivers described, are connected up according to the wiring diagram used by the A. H. Grebe Company, Richmond Hill, Long Island, N. Y.] this action is obtained by the use of a tickler coil in the plate circuit which is inductively coupled to the grid circuit and this feeds back the necessary amount of current. This is a very good way to connect up the circuits for the reason that: (1) the wiring is simplified, and (2) it gives a single variable adjustment for the entire range of wave lengths the receptor is intended to cover.
A long wave set for receiving these stations needs to be able to tune to wavelengths up to 20,000 meters. Unlike the regenerative action of the short wave sets described in the previous chapter, which relies on a tickler coil and the coupling action of the detector, this long wave set achieves its action through a tickler coil in the plate circuit that is inductively coupled to the grid circuit, feeding back the necessary amount of current. This is a very effective way to connect the circuits for two reasons: (1) it simplifies the wiring, and (2) it provides a single variable adjustment for the entire range of wavelengths the receiver is designed to cover.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--The two chief features as far as the parts are concerned of this long wave length receiving set are (1) the variable condensers, and (2) the tuning inductance coils. The variable condenser used in series with the aerial wire system has 26 plates and is equal to a capacitance of .0008 mfd. which is the normal aerial capacitance. The condenser used in the secondary coil circuit has 14 plates and this is equal to a capacitance of .0004 mfd.
The Parts and How to Connect Them Up.--The two main features of this long wavelength receiving set regarding the parts are (1) the variable capacitors, and (2) the tuning inductance coils. The variable capacitor used in series with the aerial wire system has 26 plates and has a capacitance of 0.0008 mfd., which is the standard aerial capacitance. The capacitor used in the secondary coil circuit has 14 plates, and this is equal to a capacitance of 0.0004 mfd.
There are a number of inductance coils and these are arranged so that they can be connected in or cut out and combinations are thus formed which give a high efficiency and yet allow them to be compactly mounted. The inductance coils of the aerial wire system and those of the secondary coil circuit are practically alike. For wave lengths up to 2,200 meters bank litz-wound coils are used and these are wound up in 2, 4 and 6 banks in order to give the proper degree of coupling and inductance values.
There are several inductance coils arranged so they can be connected or removed, creating combinations that provide high efficiency while still being compact. The inductance coils in the aerial wire system and those in the secondary coil circuit are nearly identical. For wavelengths up to 2,200 meters, bank litz-wound coils are used, and these are wound in 2, 4, and 6 banks to achieve the correct degree of coupling and inductance values.
Where wave lengths of more than 2,200 meters are to be received coto-coils are used as these are the "last word" in inductance coil design, and are especially adapted for medium as well as long wave lengths. [Footnote: Can be had of the Coto Coil Co., Providence, R. I.] These various coils are cut in and out by means of two five-point switches which are provided with auxiliary levers and contactors for dead-ending the right amount of the coils. In cutting in coils for increased wave lengths, that is from 10,000 to 20,000 meters, all of the coils of the aerial are connected in series as well as all of the coils of the secondary circuit. The connections for a long wave receptor are shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 59.
Where wavelengths longer than 2,200 meters need to be received, coto-coils are used as they represent the best in inductance coil design and are particularly suited for both medium and long wavelengths. [Footnote: Available from the Coto Coil Co., Providence, R. I.] These coils are switched in and out using two five-point switches equipped with auxiliary levers and contactors for dead-ending the appropriate amount of coils. When connecting coils for increased wavelengths, specifically from 10,000 to 20,000 meters, all aerial coils are connected in series, along with all coils in the secondary circuit. The connections for a long wave receptor are illustrated in the wiring diagram in Fig. 59.
CHAPTER XIII
HETERODYNE OR BEAT LONG WAVE TELEGRAPH RECEIVING SET
Any of the receiving sets described in the foregoing chapters will respond to either: (1) a wireless telegraph transmitter that uses a spark gap and which sends out periodic electric waves, or to (2) a wireless telephone transmitter that uses an arc or a vacuum tube oscillator and which sends out continuous electric waves. To receive wireless telegraph signals, however, from a transmitter that uses an arc or a vacuum tube oscillator and which sends out continuous waves, either the transmitter or the receptor must be so constructed that the continuous waves will be broken up into groups of audio frequency and this is done in several different ways.
Any of the receiving devices mentioned in the previous chapters will respond to either: (1) a wireless telegraph transmitter that uses a spark gap to send out periodic electric waves, or (2) a wireless telephone transmitter that uses an arc or a vacuum tube oscillator to send out continuous electric waves. However, to receive wireless telegraph signals from a transmitter using an arc or a vacuum tube oscillator that sends out continuous waves, either the transmitter or the receiver must be designed to break the continuous waves into groups of audio frequency, and this can be accomplished in several different ways.
There are four different ways employed at the present time to break up the continuous waves of a wireless telegraph transmitter into groups and these are: (a) the heterodyne, or beat, method, in which waves of different lengths are impressed on the received waves and so produces beats; (b) the tikker, or chopper method, in which the high frequency currents are rapidly broken up; (c) the variable condenser method, in which the movable plates are made to rapidly rotate; (d) the tone wheel, or frequency transformer, as it is often called, and which is really a modified form of and an improvement on the tikker. The heterodyne method will be described in this chapter.
There are currently four different methods used to break up the continuous waves of a wireless telegraph transmitter into groups: (a) the heterodyne, or beat, method, where waves of different lengths are added to the received waves to create beats; (b) the tikker, or chopper method, where high frequency currents are quickly broken up; (c) the variable condenser method, in which the movable plates rotate rapidly; (d) the tone wheel, or frequency transformer, which is often considered an improved version of the tikker. The heterodyne method will be explained in this chapter.
What the Heterodyne or Beat Method Is.--The word heterodyne was coined from the Greek words heteros which means other, or different, and dyne which means power; in other words it means when used in connection with a wireless receptor that another and different high frequency current is used besides the one that is received from the sending station. In music a beat means a regularly recurrent swelling caused by the reinforcement of a sound and this is set up by the interference of sound waves which have slightly different periods of vibration as, for instance, when two tones take place that are not quite in tune with each other. This, then, is the principle of the heterodyne, or beat, receptor.
What the Heterodyne or Beat Method Is.--The term heterodyne comes from the Greek words heteros, meaning other or different, and dyne, meaning power; essentially, it refers to a method used with a wireless receiver where a different high-frequency current is mixed with the one received from the transmitting station. In music, a beat refers to a regularly occurring swell caused by the reinforcement of a sound, created by the interference of sound waves that have slightly different vibration periods, such as when two notes are slightly out of tune with each other. This is the basic principle behind the heterodyne, or beat, receiver.
In the heterodyne, or beat method, separate sustained oscillations, that are just about as strong as those of the incoming waves, are set up in the receiving circuits and their frequency is just a little higher or a little lower than those that are set up by the waves received from the distant transmitter. The result is that these oscillations of different frequencies interfere and reinforce each other when beats are produced, the period of which is slow enough to be heard in the headphones, hence the incoming signals can be heard only when waves from the sending station are being received. A fuller explanation of how this is done will be found in Chapter XV.
In the heterodyne, or beat method, separate sustained oscillations, which are about as strong as the incoming waves, are created in the receiving circuits, and their frequency is slightly higher or lower than the frequencies generated by the waves coming from the distant transmitter. The result is that these oscillations of different frequencies interfere and amplify each other, creating beats that occur at a frequency low enough to be heard in the headphones. Thus, the incoming signals are audible only when waves from the sending station are being received. A fuller explanation of how this is done will be found in Chapter XV.
The Autodyne or Self-Heterodyne Long-Wave Receiving Set.--This is the simplest type of heterodyne receptor and it will receive periodic waves from spark telegraph transmitters or continuous waves from an arc or vacuum tube telegraph transmitter. In this type of receptor the detector tube itself is made to set up the heterodyne oscillations which interfere with those that are produced by the incoming waves that are a little out of tune with it.
The Autodyne or Self-Heterodyne Long-Wave Receiving Set.—This is the most basic type of heterodyne receiver, and it can pick up periodic waves from spark telegraph transmitters or continuous waves from arc or vacuum tube telegraph transmitters. In this type of receiver, the detector tube itself creates the heterodyne oscillations that interfere with the incoming waves, which are slightly out of tune with it.
With a long wave autodyne, or self-heterodyne receptor, as this type is called, and a two-step audio-frequency amplifier you can clearly hear many of the cableless stations of Europe and others that send out long waves. For receiving long wave stations, however, you must have a long aerial--a single wire 200 or more feet in length will do--and the higher it is the louder will be the signals. Where it is not possible to put the aerial up a hundred feet or more above the ground, you can use a lower one and still get messages in International Morse fairly strong.
With a long wave autodyne, or self-heterodyne receptor, as this type is known, and a two-step audio-frequency amplifier, you can easily pick up many of the wireless stations from Europe and other places that broadcast on long waves. To receive long wave stations effectively, though, you need a long antenna—a single wire of 200 feet or more will work—and the higher it is, the clearer the signals will be. If you can't set up the antenna at least a hundred feet above ground, you can still use a shorter one and still receive messages in International Morse fairly strongly.
The Parts and Connections of an Autodyne, or Self-Heterodyne, Receiving Set.--For this long wave receiving set you will need: (1) one variocoupler with the primary coil wound on the stator and the secondary coil and tickler coil wound on the rotor, or you can use three honeycomb or other good compact coils of the longest wave you want to receive, a table of which is given in Chapter XII; (2) two .001 mfd. variable condensers; (3) one .0005 mfd. variable condenser; (4) one .5 to 2 megohm grid leak resistance; (5) one vacuum tube detector; (6) one A battery; (7) one rheostat; (8) one B battery; (9) one potentiometer; (10) one .001 mfd. fixed condenser and (11) one pair of headphones. For the two-step amplifier you must, of course, have besides the above parts the amplifier tubes, variable condensers, batteries rheostats, potentiometers and fixed condensers as explained in Chapter IX. The connections for the autodyne, or self-heterodyne, receiving set are shown in Fig. 60.
The Parts and Connections of an Autodyne, or Self-Heterodyne, Receiving Set.--For this long wave receiving set, you will need: (1) one variocoupler with the primary coil wound on the stator and the secondary coil and tickler coil wound on the rotor, or you can use three honeycomb or other good compact coils for the longest wave you want to receive, a table of which is given in Chapter XII; (2) two .001 mfd. variable capacitors; (3) one .0005 mfd. variable capacitor; (4) one .5 to 2 megohm grid leak resistor; (5) one vacuum tube detector; (6) one A battery; (7) one rheostat; (8) one B battery; (9) one potentiometer; (10) one .001 mfd. fixed capacitor and (11) one pair of headphones. For the two-step amplifier, you will also need the amplifier tubes, variable capacitors, batteries, rheostats, potentiometers, and fixed capacitors as explained in Chapter IX. The connections for the autodyne, or self-heterodyne, receiving set are shown in Fig. 60.
The Separate Heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set.--This is a better long wave receptor than the self heterodyne set described above for receiving wireless telegraph signals sent out by a continuous long wave transmitter. The great advantage of using a separate vacuum tube to generate the heterodyne oscillations is that you can make the frequency of the oscillations just what you want it to be and hence you can make it a little higher or a little lower than the oscillations set up by the received waves.
The Separate Heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set.--This is a better long wave receiver than the self-heterodyne set mentioned earlier for picking up wireless telegraph signals transmitted by a continuous long wave transmitter. The major advantage of using a separate vacuum tube to create the heterodyne oscillations is that you can set the frequency of those oscillations exactly as you want it, allowing you to adjust it slightly higher or lower than the frequencies produced by the incoming waves.
The Parts and Connections of a Separate Heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set.--The parts required for this long wave receiving set are: (1) four honeycomb or other good compact inductance coils of the longest wave length that you want to receive; (2) three .001 mfd. variable condensers; (3) one .0005 mfd. variable condenser; (4) one 1 megohm grid leak resistance; (5) one vacuum tube detector; (6) one A battery; (7) two rheostats; (8) two B batteries, one of which is supplied with taps; (9) one potentiometer; (10) one vacuum tube amplifier, for setting up the heterodyne oscillations; (11) a pair of headphones and (12) all of the parts for a two-step amplifier as detailed in Chapter IX, that is if you are going to use amplifiers. The connections are shown in Fig. 61.
The Parts and Connections of a Separate Heterodyne Long Wave Receiving Set.--The parts needed for this long wave receiving set are: (1) four honeycomb or other good compact inductance coils for the longest wavelength you want to receive; (2) three 0.001 mfd. variable capacitors; (3) one 0.0005 mfd. variable capacitor; (4) one 1 megohm grid leak resistor; (5) one vacuum tube detector; (6) one A battery; (7) two rheostats; (8) two B batteries, one of which has taps; (9) one potentiometer; (10) one vacuum tube amplifier for generating the heterodyne oscillations; (11) a pair of headphones; and (12) all the parts for a two-step amplifier as described in Chapter IX, if you plan to use amplifiers. The connections are shown in Fig. 61.
In using either of these heterodyne receivers be sure to carefully adjust the B battery by means of the potentiometer.
In using either of these heterodyne receivers, make sure to carefully adjust the B battery using the potentiometer.
[Footnote: The amplifier tube in this case is used as a generator of oscillations.]
[Footnote: The amplifier tube here works as an oscillator generator.]
CHAPTER XIV
HEADPHONES AND LOUD SPEAKERS
Wireless Headphones.--A telephone receiver for a wireless receiving set is made exactly on the same principle as an ordinary Bell telephone receiver. The only difference between them is that the former is made flat and compact so that a pair of them can be fastened together with a band and worn on the head (when it is called a headset), while the latter is long and cylindrical so that it can be held to the ear. A further difference between them is that the wireless headphone is made as sensitive as possible so that it will respond to very feeble currents, while the ordinary telephone receiver is far from being sensitive and will respond only to comparatively large currents.
Wireless Headphones.--A phone receiver for a wireless setup operates on the same basic principle as a regular Bell phone receiver. The main difference is that the former is designed to be flat and compact, allowing a pair to be connected with a band and worn on the head (which is called a headset), whereas the latter is long and cylindrical, meant to be held to the ear. Another distinction is that wireless headphones are made to be as sensitive as possible so they can pick up very weak signals, while standard phone receivers lack sensitivity and only respond to relatively strong signals.
How a Bell Telephone Receiver Is Made.--An ordinary telephone receiver consists of three chief parts and these are: (1) a hard-rubber, or composition, shell and cap, (2) a permanent steel bar magnet on one end of which is wound a coil of fine insulated copper wire, and (3) a soft iron disk, or diaphragm, all of which are shown in the cross-section in Fig. 62. The bar magnet is securely fixed inside of the handle so that the outside end comes to within about 1/32 of an inch of the diaphragm when this is laid on top of the shell and the cap is screwed on.
How a Bell Telephone Receiver Is Made.--An ordinary telephone receiver consists of three main parts: (1) a hard rubber or composite shell and cap, (2) a permanent steel bar magnet with a coil of fine insulated copper wire wound on one end, and (3) a soft iron disk, or diaphragm. All of these parts are shown in the cross-section in Fig. 62. The bar magnet is securely fixed inside the handle so that the outside end is about 1/32 of an inch away from the diaphragm when it is placed on top of the shell and the cap is screwed on.
Photograph unavailable |
original © Underwood and Underwood. Alexander Graham Bell, Inventor of the Telephone, now an ardent Radio Enthusiast. |
The ends of the coil of wire are connected with two binding posts which are in the end of the shell, but are shown in the picture at the sides for the sake of clearness. This coil usually has a resistance of about 75 ohms and the meaning of the ohmic resistance of a receiver and its bearing on the sensitiveness of it will be explained a little farther along. After the disk, or diaphragm, which is generally made of thin, soft sheet iron that has been tinned or japanned, [Footnote: A disk of photographic tin-type plate is generally used.] is placed over the end of the magnet, the cap, which has a small opening in it, is screwed on and the receiver is ready to use.
The ends of the wire coil are connected to two binding posts located at the end of the shell, but they're shown on the sides in the picture for clarity. This coil typically has a resistance of about 75 ohms, and the meaning of the ohmic resistance of a receiver and its impact on sensitivity will be explained further along. After the disk, or diaphragm, which is usually made of thin, soft sheet iron that's been tinned or japanned, [Footnote: A disk of photographic tin-type plate is generally used.] is placed over the end of the magnet, the cap, which has a small opening, is screwed on, and the receiver is ready to use.
How a Wireless Headphone Is Made.--For wireless work a receiver of the watch-case type is used and nearly always two such receivers are connected with a headband. It consists of a permanent bar magnet bent so that it will fit into the shell of the receiver as shown at A in Fig. 63.
How a Wireless Headphone Is Made.--For wireless operation, a receiver shaped like a watch case is used, and usually, two of these receivers are connected by a headband. It consists of a permanent bar magnet that is bent to fit into the shell of the receiver as shown at A in Fig. 63.
The ends of this magnet, which are called poles, are bent up, and hence this type is called a bipolar receiver. The magnets are wound with fine insulated wire as before and the diaphragm is held securely in place over them by screwing on the cap.
The ends of this magnet, known as poles, are curved upwards, and that's why this type is referred to as a bipolar receiver. The magnets are wrapped with fine insulated wire like before, and the diaphragm is held firmly in place over them by screwing on the cap.
About Resistance, Turns of Wire and Sensitivity of Headphones.--If you are a beginner in wireless you will hear those who are experienced speak of a telephone receiver as having a resistance of 75 ohms, 1,000 ohms, 2,000 or 3,000 ohms, as the case may be; from this you will gather that the higher the resistance of the wire on the magnets the more sensitive the receiver is. In a sense this is true, but it is not the resistance of the magnet coils that makes it sensitive, in fact, it cuts down the current, but it is the number of turns of wire on them that determines its sensitiveness; it is easy to see that this is so, for the larger the number of turns the more often will the same current flow round the cores of the magnet and so magnetize them to a greater extent.
About Resistance, Turns of Wire and Sensitivity of Headphones.--If you’re new to wireless technology, you’ll hear experienced users talk about a telephone receiver having resistances of 75 ohms, 1,000 ohms, 2,000, or 3,000 ohms, depending on the situation. From this, you might assume that higher resistance in the wire around the magnets makes the receiver more sensitive. While there’s some truth to that, it’s actually not the resistance of the magnet coils that increases sensitivity; in fact, it reduces the current. What really determines sensitivity is the number of turns of wire on the coils. It’s easy to understand why: the more turns there are, the more frequently the same current circulates around the magnet cores, which magnetizes them more effectively.
But to wind a large number of turns of wire close enough to the cores to be effective the wire must be very small and so, of course, the higher the resistance will be. Now the wire used for winding good receivers is usually No. 40, and this has a diameter of .0031 inch; consequently, when you know the ohmic resistance you get an idea of the number of turns of wire and from this you gather in a general way what the sensitivity of the receiver is.
But to wrap a lot of wire tightly around the cores to make it work well, the wire has to be really thin, which means it will have higher resistance. Typically, the wire used for winding good receivers is No. 40, with a diameter of .0031 inch. So, when you know the ohmic resistance, you can estimate the number of turns of wire, and from that, you can get a general understanding of how sensitive the receiver is.
A receiver that is sensitive enough for wireless work should be wound to not less than 1,000 ohms (this means each ear phone), while those of a better grade are wound to as high as 3,000 ohms for each one. A high-grade headset is shown in Fig. 64. Each phone of a headset should be wound to the same resistance, and these are connected in series as shown. Where two or more headsets are used with one wireless receiving set they must all be of the same resistance and connected in series, that is, the coils of one head set are connected with the coils of the next head set and so on to form a continuous circuit.
A receiver that's sensitive enough for wireless use should have a resistance of at least 1,000 ohms for each earpiece, while higher-quality ones can go up to 3,000 ohms for each. A high-quality headset is shown in Fig. 64. Each earpiece of a headset should have the same resistance, and they are connected in series as illustrated. When two or more headsets are used with one wireless receiver, they all need to have the same resistance and be connected in series, meaning the coils of one headset are linked to the coils of the next headset, and so on, to create a continuous circuit.
The Impedance of Headphones.--When a current is flowing through a circuit the material of which the wire is made not only opposes its passage--this is called its ohmic resistance--but a counter-electromotive force to the current is set up due to the inductive effects of the current on itself and this is called impedance. Where a wire is wound in a coil the impedance of the circuit is increased and where an alternating current is used the impedance grows greater as the frequency gets higher. The impedance of the magnet coils of a receiver is so great for high frequency oscillations that the latter cannot pass through them; in other words, they are choked off.
The Impedance of Headphones.--When current flows through a circuit, the material of the wire not only resists its flow—this is known as ohmic resistance—but also generates a counter-electromotive force against the current due to the inductive effects of the current on itself, which is referred to as impedance. When a wire is coiled, the impedance of the circuit increases, and when alternating current is used, the impedance becomes higher as the frequency rises. The impedance of the magnet coils in a receiver is so high for high-frequency oscillations that those oscillations cannot pass through them; in other words, they get blocked.
How the Headphones Work.--As you will see from the cross-sections in Figs. 62 and 63 there is no connection, electrical or mechanical, between the diaphragm and the other parts of the receiver. Now when either feeble oscillations, which have been rectified by a detector, or small currents from a B battery, flow through the magnet coils the permanent steel magnet is energized to a greater extent than when no current is flowing through it. This added magnetic energy makes the magnet attract the diaphragm more than it would do by its own force. If, on the other hand, the current is cut off the pull of the magnet is lessened and as its attraction for the diaphragm is decreased the latter springs back to its original position. When varying currents flow through the coils the diaphragm vibrates accordingly and sends out sound waves.
How the Headphones Work.--As you can see from the cross-sections in Figs. 62 and 63, there is no electrical or mechanical connection between the diaphragm and the other parts of the receiver. When either weak oscillations, which have been rectified by a detector, or small currents from a B battery flow through the magnet coils, the permanent steel magnet becomes more energized than when no current is flowing through it. This extra magnetic energy makes the magnet attract the diaphragm more than it could by its own force. Conversely, when the current is cut off, the magnet's pull is reduced, and as its attraction for the diaphragm decreases, the diaphragm returns to its original position. When varying currents pass through the coils, the diaphragm vibrates accordingly and produces sound waves.
About Loud Speakers.--The simplest acoustic instrument ever invented is the megaphone, which latter is a Greek word meaning great sound. It is a very primitive device and our Indians made it out of birch-bark before Columbus discovered America. In its simplest form it consists of a cone-shaped horn and as the speaker talks into the small end the concentrated sound waves pass out of the large end in whatever direction it is held.
About Loud Speakers.--The simplest acoustic instrument ever invented is the megaphone, which is a Greek word meaning great sound. It’s a very basic device that our Native Americans made from birch bark long before Columbus discovered America. In its simplest form, it consists of a cone-shaped horn, and as the speaker talks into the small end, the concentrated sound waves come out of the large end in whatever direction it is pointed.
Now a loud speaker of whatever kind consists of two chief parts and these are: (1) a telephone receiver, and (2) a megaphone, or horn as it is called. A loud speaker when connected with a wireless receiving set makes it possible for a room, or an auditorium, full of people, or an outdoor crowd, to hear what is being sent out by a distant station instead of being limited to a few persons listening-in with headphones. To use a loud speaker you should have a vacuum tube detector receiving set and this must be provided with a one-step amplifier at least.
Now, a loudspeaker consists of two main parts: (1) a telephone receiver, and (2) a megaphone, or horn as it's commonly called. When a loudspeaker is connected to a wireless receiver, it allows an entire room or auditorium full of people, or even an outdoor crowd, to hear what’s being broadcast from a distant station, rather than just a few individuals listening with headphones. To use a loudspeaker, you need a vacuum tube detector receiving set, which must have at least a one-step amplifier.
To get really good results you need a two-step amplifier and then energize the plate of the second vacuum tube amplifier with a 100 volt B battery; or if you have a three-step amplifier then use the high voltage on the plate of the third amplifier tube. Amplifying tubes are made to stand a plate potential of 100 volts and this is the kind you must use. Now it may seem curious, but when the current flows through the coils of the telephone receiver in one direction it gives better results than when it flows through in the other direction; to find out the way the current gives the best results try it out both ways and this you can do by simply reversing the connections.
To get really good results, you need a two-step amplifier and then power the plate of the second vacuum tube amplifier with a 100-volt B battery. If you have a three-step amplifier, use the high voltage on the plate of the third amplifier tube. Amplifying tubes are designed to handle a plate potential of 100 volts, and that's the type you should use. It might seem odd, but when the current flows through the coils of the telephone receiver in one direction, it performs better than when it flows in the opposite direction. To find out which direction gives the best results, try it both ways by simply reversing the connections.
The Simplest Type of Loud Speaker.--This loud speaker, which is called, the Arkay, [Footnote: Made by the Riley-Klotz Mfg. Co., Newark, N. J.] will work on a one- or two-step amplifier. It consists of a brass horn with a curve in it and in the bottom there is an adapter, or frame, with a set screw in it so that you can fit in one of your headphones and this is all there is to it. The construction is rigid enough to prevent overtones, or distortion of speech or music. It is shown in Fig. 65.
The Simplest Type of Loud Speaker.--This loudspeaker, called the Arkay, [Footnote: Made by the Riley-Klotz Mfg. Co., Newark, N. J.] can work with a one- or two-step amplifier. It consists of a curved brass horn, and at the bottom, there is an adapter, or frame, with a set screw that allows you to attach one of your headphones. That's all there is to it. The design is sturdy enough to prevent overtones or distortion in speech or music. It is shown in Fig. 65.
Another Simple Kind of Loud Speaker.--Another loud speaker, see Fig. 66, is known as the Amplitone [Footnote: Made by the American Pattern, Foundry and Machine Co., 82 Church Street, N. Y. C.] and it likewise makes use of the headphones as the sound producer. This device has a cast metal horn which improves the quality of the sound, and all you have to do is to slip the headphones on the inlet tubes of the horn and it is ready for use. The two headphones not only give a longer volume of sound than where a single one is used but there is a certain blended quality which results from one phone smoothing out the imperfections of the other.
Another Simple Kind of Loud Speaker.--Another loud speaker, see Fig. 66, is known as the Amplitone [Footnote: Made by the American Pattern, Foundry and Machine Co., 82 Church Street, N. Y. C.] and it also uses headphones as the sound producer. This device has a cast metal horn that enhances the sound quality, and all you need to do is put the headphones on the inlet tubes of the horn and it's good to go. The two headphones not only produce a louder sound than a single one but also create a certain blend of sound, as one headphone helps to smooth out the flaws of the other.
A Third Kind of Simple Loud Speaker.--The operation of the Amplitron, [Footnote: Made by the Radio Service Co., 110 W. 40th Street, N. Y.] as this loud speaker is called, is slightly different from others used for the same purpose. The sounds set up by the headphone are conveyed to the apex of an inverted copper cone which is 7 inches long and 10 inches in diameter. Here it is reflected by a parabolic mirror which greatly amplifies the sounds. The amplification takes place without distortion, the sounds remaining as clear and crisp as when projected by the transmitting station. By removing the cap from the receiver the shell is screwed into a receptacle on the end of the loud speaker and the instrument is ready for use. It is pictured in Fig. 67.
A Third Kind of Simple Loud Speaker.--The function of the Amplitron, [Footnote: Made by the Radio Service Co., 110 W. 40th Street, N. Y.] as this loudspeaker is called, is slightly different from others used for the same purpose. The sounds produced by the headphone are directed to the tip of an inverted copper cone that is 7 inches long and 10 inches in diameter. Here, they are reflected by a parabolic mirror which significantly amplifies the sounds. The amplification occurs without distortion, so the sounds remain as clear and crisp as when broadcasted by the transmitting station. By removing the cap from the receiver, the shell can be screwed into a socket on the end of the loudspeaker, and the device is ready for use. It is shown in Fig. 67.
A Super Loud Speaker.--This loud speaker, which is known as the Magnavox Telemegafone, was the instrument used by Lt. Herbert E. Metcalf, 3,000 feet in the air, and which startled the City of Washington on April 2, 1919, by repeating President Wilson's Victory Loan Message from an airplane in flight so that it was distinctly heard by 20,000 people below.
A Super Loud Speaker.--This loudspeaker, called the Magnavox Telemegafone, was the device used by Lt. Herbert E. Metcalf, 3,000 feet in the air, which startled the City of Washington on April 2, 1919, by broadcasting President Wilson's Victory Loan Message from an airplane in flight so that it was clearly heard by 20,000 people below.
This wonderful achievement was accomplished through the installation of the Magnavox and amplifiers in front of the Treasury Building. Every word Lt. Metcalf spoke into his wireless telephone transmitter was caught and swelled in volume by the Telemegafones below and persons blocks away could hear the message plainly. Two kinds of these loud speakers are made and these are: (1) a small loud speaker for the use of operators so that headphones need not be worn, and (2) a large loud speaker for auditorium and out-door audiences.
This amazing achievement was made possible by installing the Magnavox and amplifiers in front of the Treasury Building. Every word Lt. Metcalf spoke into his wireless phone transmitter was picked up and amplified by the Telemegafones below, allowing people blocks away to hear the message clearly. There are two types of these loudspeakers: (1) a small loudspeaker for operators so they don’t have to wear headphones, and (2) a large loudspeaker for use in auditoriums and outdoor audiences.
Photograph unavailable |
original © Underwood and Underwood. World's Largest Loud Speaker ever made. Installed in Lytle Park, Cincinnati, Ohio, to permit President Harding's Address at Point Pleasant, Ohio, during the Grant Centenary Celebration to be heard within a radius of one square. |
Either kind may be used with a one- or two-step amplifier or with a cascade of half a dozen amplifiers, according to the degree of loudness desired. The Telemegafone itself is not an amplifier in the true sense inasmuch as it contains no elements which will locally increase the incoming current. It does, however, transform the variable electric currents of the wireless receiving set into sound vibrations in a most wonderful manner.
Either type can be used with a one- or two-step amplifier or with a series of up to six amplifiers, depending on how loud you want it to be. The Telemegafone itself isn’t an amplifier in the strict sense because it doesn’t have any parts that boost the incoming current locally. However, it does turn the fluctuating electric currents from the wireless receiver into sound vibrations in an amazing way.
A telemegafone of either kind is formed of: (1) a telephone receiver of large proportions, (2) a step-down induction coil, and (3) a 6 volt storage battery that energizes a powerful electromagnet which works the diaphragm. An electromagnet is used instead of a permanent magnet and this is energized by a 6-volt storage battery as shown in the wiring diagram at A in Fig. 68. One end of the core of this magnet is fixed to the iron case of the speaker and together these form the equivalent of a horseshoe magnet. A movable coil of wire is supported from the center of the diaphragm the edge of which is rigidly held between the case and the small end of the horn. This coil is placed over the upper end of the magnet and its terminals are connected to the secondary of the induction coil. Now when the coil is energized by the current from the amplifiers it and the core act like a solenoid in that the coil tends to suck the core into it; but since the core is fixed and the coil is movable the core draws the coil down instead. The result is that with every variation of the current that flows through the coil it moves up and down and pulls and pushes the diaphragm down and up with it. The large amplitude of the vibrations of the latter set up powerful sound waves which can be heard several blocks away from the horn. In this way then are the faint incoming signals, speech and music which are received by the amplifying receiving set reproduced and magnified enormously. The Telemegafone is shown complete at B.
A telemegafone of either type consists of: (1) a large telephone receiver, (2) a step-down induction coil, and (3) a 6-volt storage battery that powers a strong electromagnet to operate the diaphragm. An electromagnet is used instead of a permanent magnet, and it is powered by a 6-volt storage battery as illustrated in the wiring diagram at A in Fig. 68. One end of the magnet's core is fixed to the iron casing of the speaker, creating a setup similar to a horseshoe magnet. A movable coil of wire is mounted at the center of the diaphragm, whose edge is securely held between the casing and the narrow end of the horn. This coil sits over the top of the magnet, and its terminals are connected to the secondary side of the induction coil. When the coil is powered by the current from the amplifiers, it and the core function like a solenoid, pulling the core toward it; but since the core is stationary and the coil is movable, the core instead pulls the coil down. As a result, every change in the current flowing through the coil causes it to move up and down, pulling and pushing the diaphragm along with it. The significant movement of the diaphragm creates strong sound waves that can be heard several blocks away from the horn. This is how the faint incoming signals, whether speech or music, received by the amplifying receiving set are reproduced and greatly amplified. The Telemegafone is shown fully assembled at B.
CHAPTER XV
OPERATION OF VACUUM TUBE RECEPTORS
From the foregoing chapters you have seen that the vacuum tube can be used either as a detector or an amplifier or as a generator of electric oscillations, as in the case of the heterodyne receiving set. To understand how a vacuum tube acts as a detector and as an amplifier you must first know what electrons are. The way in which the vacuum tube sets up sustained oscillations will be explained in Chapter XVIII in connection with the Operation of Vacuum Tube Transmitters.
From the previous chapters, you've seen that the vacuum tube can be used as a detector, an amplifier, or even as a generator of electric oscillations, like in the heterodyne receiving set. To grasp how a vacuum tube functions as a detector and an amplifier, you first need to understand what electrons are. The way the vacuum tube creates sustained oscillations will be explained in Chapter XVIII in connection with the Operation of Vacuum Tube Transmitters.
What Electrons Are.--Science teaches us that masses of matter are made up of molecules, that each of these is made up of atoms, and each of these, in turn, is made up of a central core of positive particles of electricity surrounded by negative particles of electricity as shown in the schematic diagram, Fig. 69. The little black circles inside the large circle represent positive particles of electricity and the little white circles outside of the large circle represent negative particles of electricity, or electrons as they are called.
What Electrons Are.--Science teaches us that masses of matter are made up of molecules, which are themselves made up of atoms. Each atom consists of a central core of positive particles of electricity surrounded by negative particles of electricity, as illustrated in the schematic diagram, Fig. 69. The small black circles inside the large circle represent positive particles of electricity, while the small white circles outside of the large circle represent negative particles of electricity, or electrons as they are called.
It is the number of positive particles of electricity an atom has that determines the kind of an element that is formed when enough atoms of the same kind are joined together to build it up. Thus hydrogen, which is the lightest known element, has one positive particle for its nucleus, while uranium, the heaviest element now known, has 92 positive particles. Now before leaving the atom please note that it is as much smaller than the diagram as the latter is smaller than our solar system.
It’s the number of positive electric particles in an atom that decides what kind of element is created when enough atoms of the same type come together to form it. For example, hydrogen, which is the lightest known element, has one positive particle in its nucleus, while uranium, the heaviest element known today, has 92 positive particles. Before we move on from discussing atoms, remember that an atom is much smaller than this diagram, just as that diagram is much smaller than our solar system.
What Is Meant by Ionization.--A hydrogen atom is not only lighter but it is smaller than the atom of any other element while an electron is more than a thousand times smaller than the atom of which it is a part. Now as long as all of the electrons remain attached to the surface of an atom its positive and negative charges are equalized and it will, therefore, be neither positive nor negative, that is, it will be perfectly neutral. When, however, one or more of its electrons are separated from it, and there are several ways by which this can be done, the atom will show a positive charge and it is then called a positive ion.
What Is Meant by Ionization.--A hydrogen atom is not only lighter but also smaller than the atom of any other element, while an electron is over a thousand times smaller than the atom it belongs to. As long as all the electrons are attached to the surface of an atom, its positive and negative charges balance out, making it neither positive nor negative—it will be completely neutral. However, when one or more of its electrons are removed, which can happen in several ways, the atom will have a positive charge and is then referred to as a positive ion.
In other words a positive ion is an atom that has lost some of its negative electrons while a negative ion is one that has acquired some additional negative electrons. When a number of electrons are being constantly given by the atoms of an element, which let us suppose is a metal, and are being attracted to atoms of another element, which we will say is also a metal, a flow of electrons takes place between the two oppositely charged elements and form a current of negative electricity as represented by the arrows at A in Fig. 70.
In other words, a positive ion is an atom that has lost some of its negative electrons, while a negative ion is one that has gained extra negative electrons. When some electrons are continuously given off by the atoms of one element, let’s say a metal, and are drawn to the atoms of another element, which we’ll also call a metal, a flow of electrons occurs between the two oppositely charged elements, creating a current of negative electricity as shown by the arrows at A in Fig. 70.
When a stream of electrons is flowing between two metal elements, as a filament and a plate in a vacuum tube detector, or an amplifier, they act as carriers for more negative electrons and these are supplied by a battery as we shall presently explain. It has always been customary for us to think of a current of electricity as flowing from the positive pole of a battery to the negative pole of it and hence we have called this the direction of the current. Since the electronic theory has been evolved it has been shown that the electrons, or negative charges of electricity, flow from the negative to the positive pole and that the ionized atoms, which are more positive than negative, flow in the opposite direction as shown at B.
When a stream of electrons moves between two metal components, like a filament and a plate in a vacuum tube detector or an amplifier, they serve as carriers for additional negative electrons supplied by a battery, which we will explain shortly. It's always been common for us to think of electric current as flowing from the positive side of a battery to the negative side, which is why we refer to this as the direction of the current. However, with the development of electronic theory, it's been shown that electrons, or negative charges, actually flow from the negative to the positive side, while the ionized atoms, which are more positive than negative, flow in the opposite direction, as shown at B.
How Electrons are Separated from Atoms.--The next question that arises is how to make a metal throw off some of the electrons of the atoms of which it is formed. There are several ways that this can be done but in any event each atom must be given a good, hard blow. A simple way to do this is to heat a metal to incandescence when the atoms will bombard each other with terrific force and many of the electrons will be knocked off and thrown out into the surrounding space.
How Electrons are Separated from Atoms.--The next question that comes up is how to make a metal lose some of the electrons from its atoms. There are several ways to do this, but in any case, each atom needs a strong impact. One straightforward method is to heat a metal until it's glowing; when this happens, the atoms collide with great force, and many of the electrons will be knocked off and pushed into the surrounding space.
But all, or nearly all, of them will return to the atoms from whence they came unless a means of some kind is employed to attract them to the atoms of some other element. This can be done by giving the latter piece of metal a positive charge. If now these two pieces of metal are placed in a bulb from which the air has been exhausted and the first piece of metal is heated to brilliancy while the second piece of metal is kept positively electrified then a stream of electrons will flow between them.
But almost all of them will return to the atoms they came from unless some method is used to attract them to the atoms of a different element. This can be achieved by giving that other piece of metal a positive charge. If these two pieces of metal are put in a bulb that has had the air removed, and the first piece of metal is heated until it glows while the second piece is kept positively charged, then a stream of electrons will flow between them.
Action of the Two Electrode Vacuum Tube.--Now in a vacuum tube detector a wire filament, like that of an incandescent lamp, is connected with a battery and this forms the hot element from which the electrons are thrown off, and a metal plate with a terminal wire secured to it is connected to the positive or carbon tap of a dry battery; now connect the negative or zinc tap of this with one end of a telephone receiver and the other end of this with the terminals of the filament as shown at A in Fig. 71. If now you heat the filament and hold the phone to your ear you can hear the current from the B battery flowing through the circuit.
Action of the Two Electrode Vacuum Tube.--In a vacuum tube detector, a wire filament, similar to that of an incandescent light bulb, is connected to a battery, making it the hot element that emits electrons. A metal plate with a terminal wire attached is connected to the positive or carbon side of a dry battery. Next, connect the negative or zinc side of this battery to one end of a telephone receiver and the other end to the terminals of the filament, as shown at A in Fig. 71. When you heat the filament and hold the phone to your ear, you will be able to hear the current from the B battery flowing through the circuit.
Since the electrons are negative charges of electricity they are not only thrown off by the hot wire but they are attracted by the positive charged metal plate and when enough electrons pass, or flow, from the hot wire to the plate they form a conducting path and so complete the circuit which includes the filament, the plate and the B or plate battery, when the current can then flow through it. As the number of electrons that are thrown off by the filament is not great and the voltage of the plate is not high the current that flows between the filament and the plate is always quite small.
Since electrons are negatively charged, they are not only emitted by the hot wire but are also attracted to the positively charged metal plate. When enough electrons migrate from the hot wire to the plate, they create a conducting pathway, completing the circuit that includes the filament, the plate, and the B or plate battery, allowing the current to flow through it. Since the number of electrons emitted by the filament is limited and the voltage of the plate is low, the current flowing between the filament and the plate is always quite small.
How the Two Electrode Tube Acts as a Detector.--As the action of a two electrode tube as a detector [Footnote: The three electrode vacuum tube has entirely taken the place of the two electrode type.] is simpler than that of the three electrode vacuum tube we shall describe it first. The two electrode vacuum tube was first made by Mr. Edison when he was working on the incandescent lamp but that it would serve as a detector of electric waves was discovered by Prof. Fleming, of Oxford University, London. As a matter of fact, it is not really a detector of electric waves, but it acts as: (1) a rectifier of the oscillations that are set up in the receiving circuits, that is, it changes them into pulsating direct currents so that they will flow through and affect a telephone receiver, and (2) it acts as a relay and the feeble received oscillating current controls the larger direct current from the B battery in very much the same way that a telegraph relay does. This latter relay action will be explained when we come to its operation as an amplifier.
How the Two Electrode Tube Acts as a Detector.--The operation of a two electrode tube as a detector [Footnote: The three electrode vacuum tube has completely replaced the two electrode type.] is simpler than that of the three electrode vacuum tube, so we will describe it first. The two electrode vacuum tube was first created by Mr. Edison while he was developing the incandescent lamp, but its ability to act as a detector of electric waves was discovered by Prof. Fleming from Oxford University, London. In reality, it’s not exactly a detector of electric waves; it functions as: (1) a rectifier for the oscillations generated in the receiving circuits, meaning it converts them into pulsating direct currents that can flow through and influence a telephone receiver, and (2) it operates as a relay where the weak received oscillating current controls the stronger direct current from the B battery, much like a telegraph relay does. This relay action will be explained when we discuss its function as an amplifier.
We have just learned that when the stream of electrons flow from the hot wire to the cold positive plate in the tube they form a conducting path through which the battery current can flow. Now when the electric oscillations surge through the closed oscillation circuit, which includes the secondary of the tuning coil, the variable condenser, the filament and the plate as shown at B in Fig. 71 the positive part of them passes through the tube easily while the negative part cannot get through, that is, the top, or positive, part of the wave-form remains intact while the lower, or negative, part is cut off as shown in the diagram at C. As the received oscillations are either broken up into wave trains of audio frequency by the telegraph transmitter or are modulated by a telephone transmitter they carry the larger impulses of the direct current from the B battery along with them and these flow through the headphones. This is the reason the vacuum tube amplifies as well as detects.
We just learned that when the stream of electrons flows from the hot wire to the cold positive plate in the tube, they create a conductive path that allows the battery current to pass through. Now, when the electric oscillations surge through the closed oscillation circuit, which includes the secondary of the tuning coil, the variable capacitor, the filament, and the plate as shown at B in Fig. 71, the positive part passes through the tube easily, while the negative part cannot get through. This means that the upper, or positive, part of the waveform remains intact, while the lower, or negative, part is cut off, as illustrated in the diagram at C. As the received oscillations are either split into audio frequency wave trains by the telegraph transmitter or are modulated by a telephone transmitter, they carry the larger impulses of the direct current from the B battery along with them, and these flow through the headphones. This is why the vacuum tube amplifies as well as detects.
How the Three Electrode Tube Acts as a Detector.--The vacuum tube as a detector has been made very much more sensitive by the use of a third electrode shown in Fig. 72. In this type of vacuum tube the third electrode, or grid, is placed between the filament and the plate and this controls the number of electrons flowing from the filament to the plate; in passing between these two electrodes they have to go through the holes formed by the grid wires.
How the Three Electrode Tube Acts as a Detector.--The vacuum tube is now much more sensitive as a detector thanks to the addition of a third electrode shown in Fig. 72. In this kind of vacuum tube, the third electrode, or grid, is positioned between the filament and the plate, and it regulates the number of electrons moving from the filament to the plate; as they travel between these two electrodes, they must pass through the openings created by the grid wires.
If now the grid is charged to a higher negative voltage than the filament the electrons will be stopped by the latter, see A, though some of them will go through to the plate because they travel at a high rate of speed. The higher the negative charge on the grid the smaller will be the number of electrons that will reach the plate and, of course, the smaller will be the amount of current that will flow through the tube and the headphones from the B battery.
If the grid is now charged to a higher negative voltage than the filament, the electrons will be blocked by the filament, as shown in A, although some will pass through to the plate because they move at a high speed. The higher the negative charge on the grid, the fewer electrons will reach the plate, resulting in a smaller amount of current flowing through the tube and the headphones from the B battery.
On the other hand if the grid is charged positively, see B, then more electrons will strike the plate than when the grid is not used or when it is negatively charged. But when the three electrode tube is used as a detector the oscillations set up in the circuits change the grid alternately from negative to positive as shown at C and hence the voltage of the B battery current that is allowed to flow through the detector from the plate to the filament rises and falls in unison with the voltage of the oscillating currents. The way the positive and negative voltages of the oscillations which are set up by the incoming waves, energize the grid; how the oscillator tube clips off the negative parts of them, and, finally, how these carry the battery current through the tube are shown graphically by the curves at D.
On the other hand, if the grid is charged positively, as seen at B, more electrons will hit the plate than when the grid is not in use or when it's negatively charged. However, when the three-electrode tube is used as a detector, the oscillations in the circuits change the grid back and forth from negative to positive, as shown at C. This causes the voltage of the B battery current flowing through the detector from the plate to the filament to rise and fall in sync with the voltage of the oscillating currents. The way the positive and negative voltages from the oscillations generated by the incoming waves energize the grid, how the oscillator tube eliminates the negative parts, and finally, how these carry the battery current through the tube is illustrated graphically by the curves at D.
How the Vacuum Tube Acts as an Amplifier.--If you connect up the filament and the plate of a three electrode tube with the batteries and do not connect in the grid, you will find that the electrons which are thrown off by the filament will not get farther than the grid regardless of how high the voltage is that you apply to the plate. This is due to the fact that a large number of electrons which are thrown off by the filament strike the grid and give it a negative charge, and consequently, they cannot get any farther. Since the electrons do not reach the plate the current from the B battery cannot flow between it and the filament.
How the Vacuum Tube Acts as an Amplifier.--If you connect the filament and the plate of a three-electrode tube to the batteries without connecting the grid, you'll find that the electrons emitted by the filament won’t get past the grid, no matter how high the voltage you apply to the plate. This happens because a large number of electrons emitted by the filament hit the grid and give it a negative charge, preventing them from moving further. Since the electrons don’t reach the plate, the current from the B battery can’t flow between it and the filament.
Now with a properly designed amplifier tube a very small negative voltage on the grid will keep a very large positive voltage on the plate from sending a current through the tube, and oppositely, a very small positive voltage on the grid will let a very large plate current flow through the tube; this being true it follows that any small variation of the voltage from positive to negative on the grid and the other way about will vary a large current flowing from the plate to the filament.
Now, with a well-designed amplifier tube, a tiny negative voltage on the grid will prevent a large positive voltage on the plate from passing current through the tube. Conversely, a small positive voltage on the grid will allow a large plate current to flow through the tube. Given this, any slight change in voltage on the grid from positive to negative, and vice versa, will cause a significant variation in the current flowing from the plate to the filament.
In the Morse telegraph the relay permits the small current that is received from the distant sending station to energize a pair of magnets, and these draw an armature toward them and close a second circuit when a large current from a local battery is available for working the sounder. The amplifier tube is a variable relay in that the feeble currents set up by the incoming waves constantly and proportionately vary a large current that flows through the headphones. This then is the principle on which the amplifying tube works.
In the Morse telegraph, the relay allows the small current received from the distant sending station to activate a pair of magnets, which pull an armature toward them and close a second circuit when a larger current from a local battery is ready to power the sounder. The amplifier tube acts as a variable relay in that the weak currents generated by the incoming waves continuously and proportionately adjust a larger current flowing through the headphones. This is how the amplifying tube operates.
The Operation of a Simple Vacuum Tube Receiving Set.--The way a simple vacuum tube detector receiving set works is like this: when the filament is heated to brilliancy it gives off electrons as previously described. Now when the electric waves impinge on the aerial wire they set up oscillations in it and these surge through the primary coil of the loose coupled tuning coil, a diagram of which is shown at B in Fig. 41.
The Operation of a Simple Vacuum Tube Receiving Set.--Here's how a basic vacuum tube detector receiving set works: when the filament is heated to a bright glow, it emits electrons as described earlier. When the electric waves strike the aerial wire, they create oscillations that travel through the primary coil of the loosely coupled tuning coil, as illustrated at B in Fig. 41.
The energy of these oscillations sets up oscillations of the same frequency in the secondary coil and these high frequency currents whose voltage is first positive and then negative, surge in the closed circuit which includes the secondary coil and the variable condenser. At the same time the alternating positive and negative voltage of the oscillating currents is impressed on the grid; at each change from + to - and back again it allows the electrons to strike the plate and then shuts them off; as the electrons form the conducting path between the filament and the plate the larger direct current from the B battery is permitted to flow through the detector tube and the headphones.
The energy from these oscillations creates oscillations of the same frequency in the secondary coil, generating high-frequency currents that first have a positive voltage and then a negative one. These currents surge in the closed circuit, which includes the secondary coil and the variable capacitor. At the same time, the alternating positive and negative voltage from the oscillating currents is applied to the grid; with each switch from + to - and back, it enables the electrons to hit the plate and then cuts them off. As the electrons form a conducting path between the filament and the plate, the larger direct current from the B battery is allowed to flow through the detector tube and the headphones.
Operation of a Regenerative Vacuum Tube Receiving Set.--By feeding back the pulsating direct current from the B battery through the tickler coil it sets up other and stronger oscillations in the secondary of the tuning coil when these act on the detector tube and increase its sensitiveness to a remarkable extent. The regenerative, or feed back, action of the receiving circuits used will be easily understood by referring back to B in Fig. 47.
Operation of a Regenerative Vacuum Tube Receiving Set.--By feeding the pulsing direct current from the B battery through the tickler coil, it creates additional and stronger oscillations in the secondary of the tuning coil. When these oscillations reach the detector tube, they significantly enhance its sensitivity. The regenerative, or feed back, action of the receiving circuits used can be easily understood by referring back to B in Fig. 47.
When the waves set up oscillations in the primary of the tuning coil the energy of them produces like oscillations in the closed circuit which includes the secondary coil and the condenser; the alternating positive and negative voltages of these are impressed on the grid and these, as we have seen before, cause similar variations of the direct current from the B battery which acts on the plate and which flows between the latter and the filament.
When the waves create oscillations in the primary of the tuning coil, their energy generates similar oscillations in the closed circuit that includes the secondary coil and the capacitor. The alternating positive and negative voltages from these are applied to the grid, and as we've discussed before, these cause similar changes in the direct current from the B battery, which affects the plate and flows between it and the filament.
This varying direct current, however, is made to flow back through the third, or tickler coil of the tuning coil and sets up in the secondary coil and circuits other and larger oscillating currents and these augment the action of the oscillations produced by the incoming waves. These extra and larger currents which are the result of the feedback then act on the grid and cause still larger variations of the current in the plate voltage and hence of the current of the B battery that flows through the detector and the headphones. At the same time the tube keeps on responding to the feeble electric oscillations set up in the circuits by the incoming waves. This regenerative action of the battery current augments the original oscillations many times and hence produce sounds in the headphones that are many times greater than where the vacuum tube detector alone is used.
This varying direct current, however, flows back through the third or tickler coil of the tuning coil and creates other, larger oscillating currents in the secondary coil and circuits. These enhance the oscillations produced by the incoming waves. The additional, larger currents, which result from the feedback, then impact the grid and cause even bigger variations in the plate voltage, and thus in the current from the B battery that passes through the detector and the headphones. Meanwhile, the tube continues to respond to the weak electric oscillations generated by the incoming waves. This regenerative action of the battery current significantly boosts the original oscillations, producing sounds in the headphones that are much louder than when just using the vacuum tube detector alone.
Operation of Autodyne and Heterodyne Receiving Sets.--On page 109 [Chapter VII] we discussed and at A in Fig. 36 is shown a picture of two tuning forks mounted on sounding boxes to illustrate the principle of electrical tuning. When a pair of these forks are made to vibrate exactly the same number of times per second there will be a condensation of the air between them and the sound waves that are sent out will be augmented. But if you adjust one of the forks so that it will vibrate 256 times a second and the other fork so that it will vibrate 260 times a second then there will be a phase difference between the two sets of waves and the latter will augment each other 4 times every second and you will hear these rising and falling sounds as beats.
Operation of Autodyne and Heterodyne Receiving Sets.--On page 109 [Chapter VII], we talked about this, and at A in Fig. 36, there’s a picture of two tuning forks mounted on sound boxes to demonstrate the principle of electrical tuning. When a pair of these forks vibrate at the same frequency, the air between them compresses, and the sound waves produced are amplified. However, if you set one fork to vibrate at 256 times per second and the other at 260 times per second, there will be a phase difference between the two sets of waves. This means they will reinforce each other 4 times every second, and you’ll hear these sounds rising and falling as beats.
Now electric oscillations set up in two circuits that are coupled together act in exactly the same way as sound waves produced by two tuning forks that are close to each other. Since this is true if you tune one of the closed circuits so that the oscillations in it will have a frequency of a 1,000,000 and tune the other circuit so that the oscillations in it have a frequency of 1,001,000 a second then the oscillations will augment each other 1,000 times every second.
Now, electric oscillations in two connected circuits behave just like sound waves from two nearby tuning forks. This is true if you set one of the closed circuits to an oscillation frequency of 1,000,000 and the other circuit to a frequency of 1,001,000 per second; then the oscillations will reinforce each other 1,000 times every second.
As these rising and falling currents act on the pulsating currents from the B battery which flow through the detector tube and the headphones you will hear them as beats. A graphic representation of the oscillating currents set up by the incoming waves, those produced by the heterodyne oscillator and the beats they form is shown in Fig. 73. To produce these beats a receptor can use: (1) a single vacuum tube for setting up oscillations of both frequencies when it is called an autodyne, or self-heterodyne receptor, or (2) a separate vacuum tube for setting up the oscillations for the second circuit when it is called a heterodyne receptor.
As these rising and falling currents interact with the pulsating currents from the B battery flowing through the detector tube and the headphones, you will hear them as beats. A visual representation of the oscillating currents created by the incoming waves, those produced by the heterodyne oscillator, and the beats they form is shown in Fig. 73. To generate these beats, a receiver can use: (1) a single vacuum tube to create oscillations of both frequencies, known as an autodyne or self-heterodyne receiver, or (2) a separate vacuum tube for generating oscillations for the second circuit, referred to as a heterodyne receiver.
The Autodyne, or Self-Heterodyne Receiving Set.--Where only one vacuum tube is used for producing both frequencies you need only a regenerative, or feed-back receptor; then you can tune the aerial wire system to the incoming waves and tune the closed circuit of the secondary coil so that it will be out of step with the former by 1,000 oscillations per second, more or less, the exact number does not matter in the least. From this you will see that any regenerative set can be used for autodyne, or self-heterodyne, reception.
The Autodyne, or Self-Heterodyne Receiving Set.--When you’re using just one vacuum tube to generate both frequencies, you only need a regenerative or feedback receiver. Then, you can adjust the aerial wire system to match the incoming waves and set the closed circuit of the secondary coil so it’s out of sync with the former by about 1,000 oscillations per second; the exact number isn’t important at all. This shows that any regenerative set can work for autodyne or self-heterodyne reception.
The Separate Heterodyne Receiving Set.--The better way, however, is to use a separate vacuum tube for setting up the heterodyne oscillations. The latter then act on the oscillations that are produced by the incoming waves and which energize the grid of the detector tube. Note that the vacuum tube used for producing the heterodyne oscillations is a generator of electric oscillations; the latter are impressed on the detector circuits through the variable coupling, the secondary of which is in series with the aerial wire as shown in Fig. 74. The way in which the tube acts as a generator of oscillations will be told in Chapter XVIII.
The Separate Heterodyne Receiving Set.--The better approach is to use a standalone vacuum tube to create the heterodyne oscillations. These oscillations then influence the waves produced by the incoming signals, which power the grid of the detector tube. Keep in mind that the vacuum tube used to generate the heterodyne oscillations acts as a generator of electric oscillations; these are transmitted to the detector circuits through the variable coupling, with the secondary connected in series with the aerial wire as shown in Fig. 74. The method by which the tube functions as a generator of oscillations will be explained in Chapter XVIII.
CHAPTER XVI
CONTINUOUS WAVE TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTING SETS WITH DIRECT CURRENT
In the first part of this book we learned about spark-gap telegraph sets and how the oscillations they set up are damped and the waves they send out are periodic. In this and the next chapter we shall find out how vacuum tube telegraph transmitters are made and how they set up oscillations that are sustained and radiate waves that are continuous.
In the first part of this book, we learned about spark-gap telegraph sets and how the oscillations they create are damped and the waves they emit are periodic. In this chapter and the next, we will explore how vacuum tube telegraph transmitters are built and how they generate oscillations that are sustained and radiate waves that are continuous.
Sending wireless telegraph messages by continuous waves has many features to recommend it as against sending them by periodic waves and among the most important of these are that the transmitter can be: (1) more sharply tuned, (2) it will send signals farther with the same amount of power, and (3) it is noiseless in operation. The disadvantageous features are that: (1) a battery current is not satisfactory, (2) its circuits are somewhat more complicated, and (3) the oscillator tubes burn out occasionally. There is, however, a growing tendency among amateurs to use continuous wave transmitters and they are certainly more up-to-date and interesting than spark gap sets.
Sending wireless telegraph messages using continuous waves has many advantages over using periodic waves. Some of the most important benefits are that the transmitter can be: (1) more precisely tuned, (2) send signals farther with the same power, and (3) operate quietly. The drawbacks include: (1) a battery current isn't ideal, (2) the circuits are a bit more complex, and (3) the oscillator tubes sometimes burn out. However, there’s a growing trend among hobbyists to use continuous wave transmitters, and they are definitely more modern and exciting than spark gap sets.
Now there are two practical ways by which continuous waves can be set up for sending either telegraphic signals or telephonic speech and music and these are with: (a) an oscillation arc lamp, and (b) a vacuum tube oscillator. The oscillation arc was the earliest known way of setting up sustained oscillations, and it is now largely used for commercial high power, long distance work. But since the vacuum tube has been developed to a high degree of efficiency and is the scheme that is now in vogue for amateur stations we shall confine our efforts here to explaining the apparatus necessary and how to wire the various parts together to produce several sizes of vacuum tube telegraph transmitters.
Now there are two practical ways to create continuous waves for sending either telegraphic signals or telephonic speech and music: (a) an oscillation arc lamp, and (b) a vacuum tube oscillator. The oscillation arc was the earliest method of producing sustained oscillations and is still widely used for commercial high-power, long-distance work. However, since the vacuum tube has been developed to be highly efficient and is currently the preferred option for amateur stations, we will focus on explaining the equipment needed and how to connect the various parts to create several sizes of vacuum tube telegraph transmitters.
Sources of Current for Telegraph Transmitting Sets.--Differing from a spark-gap transmitter you cannot get any appreciable results with a low voltage battery current to start with. For a purely experimental vacuum tube telegraph transmitter you can use enough B batteries to operate it but the current strength of these drops so fact when they are in use, that they are not at all satisfactory for the work.
Sources of Current for Telegraph Transmitting Sets.--Unlike a spark-gap transmitter, you won’t see any significant results with a low voltage battery current right from the start. For a basic experimental vacuum tube telegraph transmitter, you can use enough B batteries to power it, but the current strength of these batteries decreases so quickly during use that they're not really effective for this purpose.
You can, however, use 110 volt direct current from a lighting circuit as your initial source of power to energize the plate of the vacuum tube oscillator of your experimental transmitter. Where you have a 110 volt direct current lighting service in your home and you want a higher voltage for your plate, you will then have to use a motor-generator set and this costs money. If you have 110 volt alternating current lighting service at hand your troubles are over so far as cost is concerned for you can step it up to any voltage you want with a power transformer. In this chapter will be shown how to use a direct current for your source of initial power and in the next chapter how to use an alternating current for the initial power.
You can use 110-volt direct current from a lighting circuit as your initial power source to energize the plate of the vacuum tube oscillator in your experimental transmitter. If you have 110-volt direct current lighting in your home and need a higher voltage for your plate, you’ll need to invest in a motor-generator set, which costs money. If you have 110-volt alternating current lighting available, you're in luck, as you can easily step it up to any voltage you need with a power transformer. This chapter will explain how to use direct current as your initial power source, and the next chapter will cover using alternating current for the initial power.
An Experimental Continuous Wave Telegraph Transmitter.--You will remember that in Chapter XV we learned how the heterodyne receiver works and that in the separate heterodyne receiving set the second vacuum tube is used solely to set up oscillations. Now while this extra tube is used as a generator of oscillations these are, of course, very weak and hence a detector tube cannot be used to generate oscillations that are useful for other purposes than heterodyne receptors and measurements.
An Experimental Continuous Wave Telegraph Transmitter.--You will remember that in Chapter XV we learned how the heterodyne receiver works and that in the separate heterodyne receiving set, the second vacuum tube is used only to create oscillations. While this extra tube acts as a generator of oscillations, these are, of course, very weak and therefore a detector tube cannot be used to produce oscillations that are useful for purposes other than heterodyne receivers and measurements.
There is a vacuum tube amplifier [Footnote: This is the radiation UV-201, made by the Radio Corporation of America, Woolworth Bldg., New York City.] made that will stand a plate potential of 100 volts, and this can be used as a generator of oscillations by energizing it with a 110 volt direct current from your lighting service. Or in a pinch you can use five standard B batteries to develop the plate voltage, but these will soon run down. But whatever you do, never use a current from a lighting circuit on a tube of any kind that has a rated plate potential of less than 100 volts.
There is a vacuum tube amplifier [Footnote: This is the radiation UV-201, made by the Radio Corporation of America, Woolworth Bldg., New York City.] that can handle a plate potential of 100 volts, and this can be used to generate oscillations by powering it with a 110-volt direct current from your electrical service. If necessary, you can use five standard B batteries to create the plate voltage, but these will deplete quickly. However, whatever you do, never use power from a lighting circuit on a tube of any kind that has a rated plate potential of less than 100 volts.
The Apparatus You Need.--For this experimental continuous wave telegraph transmitter get the following pieces of apparatus: (1) one single coil tuner with three clips; (2) one .002 mfd. fixed condenser; (3) three .001 mfd. condensers; (4) one adjustable grid leak; (5) one hot-wire ammeter; (6) one buzzer; (7) one dry cell; (8) one telegraph key; (9) one 100 volt plate vacuum tube amplifier; (10) one 6 volt storage battery; (11) one rheostat; (12) one oscillation choke coil; (13) one panel cut-out with a single-throw, double-pole switch, and a pair of fuse sockets on it.
The Equipment You Need.--For this experimental continuous wave telegraph transmitter, gather the following equipment: (1) one single coil tuner with three clips; (2) one .002 mfd. fixed capacitor; (3) three .001 mfd. capacitors; (4) one adjustable grid leak; (5) one hot-wire ammeter; (6) one buzzer; (7) one dry cell; (8) one telegraph key; (9) one 100 volt plate vacuum tube amplifier; (10) one 6 volt storage battery; (11) one rheostat; (12) one oscillation choke coil; (13) one panel cut-out with a single-throw, double-pole switch, and a pair of fuse sockets on it.
The Tuning Coil.--You can either make this tuning coil or buy one. To make it get two disks of wood 3/4-inch thick and 5 inches in diameter and four strips of hard wood, or better, hard rubber or composition strips, such as bakelite, 1/2-inch thick, 1 inch wide and 5-3/4 inches long, and screw them to the disks as shown at A in Fig. 75. Now wrap on this form about 25 turns of No. 8 or 10, Brown and Sharpe gauge, bare copper wire with a space of 1/8-inch between each turn. Get three of the smallest size terminal clips, see B, and clip them on to the different turns, when your tuning coil is ready for use. You can buy a coil of this kind for $4.00 or $5.00.
The Tuning Coil.--You can either make this tuning coil or buy one. To make it, get two wooden disks that are 3/4-inch thick and 5 inches in diameter, along with four strips of hardwood, or preferably hard rubber or material like bakelite, that are 1/2-inch thick, 1 inch wide, and 5-3/4 inches long, and screw them to the disks as shown at A in Fig. 75. Now wrap about 25 turns of No. 8 or 10, Brown and Sharpe gauge, bare copper wire around this form, leaving a space of 1/8-inch between each turn. Get three of the smallest size terminal clips, see B, and attach them to the different turns, and your tuning coil will be ready for use. You can buy a coil like this for $4.00 or $5.00.
The Condensers.--For the aerial series condenser get one that has a capacitance of .002 mfd. and that will stand a potential of 3,000 volts. [Footnote: The U C-1014 Faradon condenser made by the Radio Corporation of America will serve the purpose.] It is shown at C. The other three condensers, see D, are also of the fixed type and may have a capacitance of .001 mfd.; [Footnote: List No. 266; fixed receiving condenser, sold by the Manhattan Electrical Supply Co.] the blocking condenser should preferably have a capacitance of 1/2 a mfd. In these condensers the leaves of the sheet metal are embedded in composition. The aerial condenser will cost you $2.00 and the others 75 cents each.
The Condensers.--For the aerial series condenser, get one with a capacitance of .002 mfd. that can handle a potential of 3,000 volts. [Footnote: The U C-1014 Faradon condenser made by the Radio Corporation of America will work for this purpose.] It is shown at C. The other three condensers, see D, are also of the fixed type and can have a capacitance of .001 mfd.; [Footnote: List No. 266; fixed receiving condenser, sold by the Manhattan Electrical Supply Co.] the blocking condenser should ideally have a capacitance of 1/2 a mfd. In these condensers, the leaves of the sheet metal are embedded in a composition. The aerial condenser will cost you $2.00 and the others are 75 cents each.
The Aerial Ammeter.--This instrument is also called a hot-wire ammeter because the oscillating currents flowing through a piece of wire heat it according to their current strength and as the wire contracts and expands it moves a needle over a scale. The ammeter is connected in the aerial wire system, either in the aerial side or the ground side--the latter place is usually the most convenient. When you tune the transmitter so that the ammeter shows the largest amount of current surging in the aerial wire system you can consider that the oscillation circuits are in tune. A hot-wire ammeter reading to 2.5 amperes will serve your needs, it costs $6.00 and is shown at E in Fig. 75.
The Aerial Ammeter.--This instrument is also known as a hot-wire ammeter because the oscillating currents that pass through a piece of wire heat it based on the current strength. As the wire expands and contracts, it moves a needle across a scale. The ammeter is connected to the aerial wire system, either on the aerial side or the ground side—the ground side is usually more convenient. When you adjust the transmitter so that the ammeter shows the highest amount of current flowing in the aerial wire system, you can be confident that the oscillation circuits are in tune. A hot-wire ammeter that reads up to 2.5 amperes will meet your needs; it costs $6.00 and is shown at E in Fig. 75.
Photograph unavailable |
United States Naval High Power Station, Arlington Va. General view of Power Room. At the left can be seen the Control Switchboards, and overhead, the great 30 K.W. Arc Transmitter with Accessories. |
The Buzzer and Dry Cell.--While a heterodyne, or beat, receptor can receive continuous wave telegraph signals an ordinary crystal or vacuum tube detector receiving set cannot receive them unless they are broken up into trains either at the sending station or at the receiving station, and it is considered the better practice to do this at the former rather than at the latter station. For this small transmitter you can use an ordinary buzzer as shown at F. A dry cell or two must be used to energize the buzzer. You can get one for about 75 cents.
The Buzzer and Dry Cell.--While a heterodyne, or beat, receiver can pick up continuous wave telegraph signals, a regular crystal or vacuum tube detector can’t receive them unless they’re broken into pulses either at the sending station or the receiving station. It's generally better to do this at the sending station. For this small transmitter, you can use a regular buzzer as shown at F. You’ll need one or two dry cells to power the buzzer. You can get one for about 75 cents.
The Telegraph Key.--Any kind of a telegraph key will serve to break up the trains of sustained oscillations into dots and dashes. The key shown at G is mounted on a composition base and is the cheapest key made, costing $1.50.
The Telegraph Key.--Any type of telegraph key can be used to break continuous oscillations into dots and dashes. The key shown at G is mounted on a composite base and is the most affordable key available, costing $1.50.
The Vacuum Tube Oscillator.--As explained before you can use any amplifying tube that is made for a plate potential of 100 volts. The current required for heating the filament is about 1 ampere at 6 volts. A porcelain socket should be used for this tube as it is the best insulating material for the purpose. An amplifier tube of this type is shown at H and costs $6.50.
The Vacuum Tube Oscillator.--As mentioned earlier, you can use any amplifying tube designed for a plate potential of 100 volts. The current needed to heat the filament is about 1 amp at 6 volts. A porcelain socket should be used for this tube because it's the best insulating material for this purpose. An amplifier tube of this type is shown at H and costs $6.50.
The Storage Battery.--A storage battery is used to heat the filament of the tube, just as it is with a detector tube, and it can be of any make or capacity as long as it will develop 6 volts. The cheapest 6 volt storage battery on the market has a 20 to 40 ampere-hour capacity and sells for $13.00.
The Storage Battery.--A storage battery is used to heat the filament of the tube, just like with a detector tube, and it can be of any brand or capacity as long as it produces 6 volts. The most affordable 6-volt storage battery available has a 20 to 40 ampere-hour capacity and costs $13.00.
The Battery Rheostat.--As with the receptors a rheostat is needed to regulate the current that heats the filament. A rheostat of this kind is shown at I and is listed at $1.25.
The Battery Rheostat.--Just like the receivers, you need a rheostat to control the current that heats the filament. A rheostat like this is shown at I and costs $1.25.
The Oscillation Choke Coil.--This coil is connected in between the oscillation circuits and the source of current which feeds the oscillator tube to keep the oscillations set up by the latter from surging back into the service wires where they would break down the insulation. You can make an oscillation choke coil by winding say 100 turns of No. 28 Brown and Sharpe gauge double cotton covered magnet wire on a cardboard cylinder 2 inches in diameter and 2-1/2 inches long.
The Oscillation Choke Coil.--This coil is placed between the oscillation circuits and the power source that supplies the oscillator tube, preventing the oscillations created by the tube from flowing back into the service wires, which could damage the insulation. You can create an oscillation choke coil by wrapping about 100 turns of No. 28 Brown and Sharpe gauge double cotton-covered magnet wire around a cardboard cylinder that's 2 inches in diameter and 2-1/2 inches long.
Transmitter Connectors.--For connecting up the different pieces of apparatus of the transmitter it is a good scheme to use copper braid; this is made of braided copper wire in three sizes and sells for 7,15 and 20 cents a foot respectively. A piece of it is pictured at J.
Transmitter Connectors.--To connect the different parts of the transmitter, it's a good idea to use copper braid; this is made from braided copper wire in three sizes and is priced at 7, 15, and 20 cents per foot, respectively. A piece of it is shown at J.
The Panel Cut-Out.--This is used to connect the cord of the 110-volt lamp socket with the transmitter. It consists of a pair of plug cutouts and a single-throw, double-pole switch mounted on a porcelain base as shown at K. In some localities it is necessary to place these in an iron box to conform to the requirements of the fire underwriters.
The Panel Cut-Out.--This is used to connect the cord of the 110-volt lamp socket to the transmitter. It consists of a pair of plug cutouts and a single-throw, double-pole switch mounted on a porcelain base, as shown at K. In some areas, it's necessary to put these in a metal box to meet the fire underwriters' requirements.
Connecting Up the Transmitting Apparatus.--The way the various pieces of apparatus are connected together is shown in the wiring diagram. Fig. 76. Begin by connecting one post of the ammeter with the wire that leads to the aerial and the other post of it to one end of the tuning coil; connect clip 1 to one terminal of the .002 mfd. 3,000 volt aerial condenser and the other post of this with the ground.
Connecting Up the Transmitting Apparatus.--The wiring diagram shows how the different pieces of equipment are connected together. Fig. 76. Start by connecting one terminal of the ammeter to the wire that goes to the aerial and the other terminal to one end of the tuning coil; connect clip 1 to one terminal of the .002 mfd. 3,000 volt aerial condenser and connect the other terminal to the ground.
Now connect the end of the tuning coil that leads to the ammeter with one end of the .001 mfd. grid condenser and the other end of this with the grid of the vacuum tube. Connect the telegraph key, the buzzer and the dry cell in series and then shunt them around the grid condenser. Next connect the plate of the tube with one end of the .001 mfd. blocking condenser and the other end of this with the clip 2 on the tuning coil.
Now connect the end of the tuning coil that goes to the ammeter with one end of the .001 mfd grid capacitor and the other end of this with the grid of the vacuum tube. Connect the telegraph key, the buzzer, and the dry cell in series, then shunt them around the grid capacitor. Next, connect the plate of the tube with one end of the .001 mfd blocking capacitor and the other end of this with clip 2 on the tuning coil.
Connect one end of the filament with the + or positive electrode of the storage battery, the - or negative electrode of this with one post of the rheostat and the other post of the latter with the other end of the filament; then connect clip 3 with the + or positive side of the storage battery. This done connect one end of the choke coil to the conductor that leads to the plate and connect the other end of the choke coil to one of the taps of the switch on the panel cut-out. Connect the + or positive electrode of the storage battery to the other switch tap and between the switch and the choke coil connect the protective condenser across the 110 volt feed wires. Finally connect the lamp cord from the socket to the plug fuse taps when your experimental continuous wave telegraph transmitter is ready to use.
Connect one end of the filament to the positive (+) terminal of the storage battery, then connect the negative (-) terminal of the battery to one post of the rheostat, and the other post of the rheostat to the other end of the filament. Next, connect clip 3 to the positive (+) side of the storage battery. After that, connect one end of the choke coil to the wire that goes to the plate, and the other end of the choke coil to one of the switch taps on the panel cut-out. Connect the positive (+) terminal of the storage battery to the other switch tap, and place the protective condenser between the switch and the choke coil across the 110-volt feed wires. Finally, connect the lamp cord from the socket to the plug fuse taps when your experimental continuous wave telegraph transmitter is ready for use.
A 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.--Here is a continuous wave telegraph transmitter that will cover distances up to 100 miles that you can rely on. It is built on exactly the same lines as the experimental transmitter just described, but instead of using a 100 volt plate amplifier as a makeshift generator of oscillations it employs a vacuum tube made especially for setting up oscillations and instead of having a low plate voltage it is energized with 350 volts.
A 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.--Here’s a continuous wave telegraph transmitter that can reliably cover distances of up to 100 miles. It’s constructed in the same way as the experimental transmitter mentioned earlier, but instead of using a 100-volt plate amplifier as a temporary generator for oscillations, it uses a vacuum tube specifically designed for generating oscillations, and instead of operating at a low plate voltage, it runs on 350 volts.
The Apparatus You Need.--For this transmitter you require: (1) one oscillation transformer; (2) one hot-wire ammeter; (3) one aerial series condenser; (4) one grid leak resistance; (5) one chopper; (6) one key circuit choke coil; (7) one 5 watt vacuum tube oscillator; (8) one 6 volt storage battery; (9) one battery rheostat; (10) one battery voltmeter; (11) one blocking condenser; (12) one power circuit choke coil, and (13) one motor-generator.
The Equipment You Need.--For this transmitter, you'll need: (1) one oscillation transformer; (2) one hot-wire ammeter; (3) one aerial series capacitor; (4) one grid leak resistor; (5) one chopper; (6) one key circuit choke coil; (7) one 5 watt vacuum tube oscillator; (8) one 6 volt rechargeable battery; (9) one battery rheostat; (10) one battery voltmeter; (11) one blocking capacitor; (12) one power circuit choke coil, and (13) one motor-generator.
The Oscillation Transformer.--The tuning coil, or oscillation transformer as this one is called, is a conductively coupled tuner--that is, the primary and secondary coils form one continuous coil instead of two separate coils. This tuner is made up of 25 turns of thin copper strip, 3/8 inch wide and with its edges rounded, and this is secured to a wood base as shown at A in Fig. 77. It is fitted with one fixed tap and three clips to each of which a length of copper braid is attached. It has a diameter of 6-1/4 inches, a height of 7-7/8 inches and a length of 9-3/8 inches, and it costs $11.00.
The Oscillation Transformer.--The tuning coil, or oscillation transformer as it’s called, is a conductively coupled tuner—meaning the primary and secondary coils form one continuous coil instead of two separate coils. This tuner consists of 25 turns of thin copper strip, 3/8 inch wide with rounded edges, secured to a wooden base as shown at A in Fig. 77. It has one fixed tap and three clips, each attached to a length of copper braid. The dimensions are a diameter of 6-1/4 inches, a height of 7-7/8 inches, and a length of 9-3/8 inches, priced at $11.00.
The Aerial Condenser.--This condenser is made up of three fixed condensers of different capacitances, namely .0003, .0004 and .0005 mfd., and these are made to stand a potential of 7500 volts. The condenser is therefore adjustable and, as you will see from the picture B, it has one terminal wire at one end and three terminal wires at the other end so that one, two or three condensers can be used in series with the aerial. A condenser of this kind costs $5.40.
The Aerial Condenser.--This condenser consists of three fixed condensers with different capacitances: .0003, .0004, and .0005 mfd., and they can handle a potential of 7500 volts. The condenser is adjustable, and as you can see in the picture B, it has one terminal wire on one end and three terminal wires on the other end, allowing for one, two, or three condensers to be connected in series with the aerial. A condenser like this costs $5.40.
The Aerial Ammeter.--This is the same kind of a hot-wire ammeter already described in connection with the experimental set, but it reads to 5 amperes.
The Aerial Ammeter.--This is the same type of hot-wire ammeter previously mentioned with the experimental setup, but it measures up to 5 amperes.
The Grid and Blocking Condensers.--Each of these is a fixed condenser of .002 mfd. capacitance and is rated to stand 3,000 volts. It is made like the aerial condenser but has only two terminals. It costs $2.00.
The Grid and Blocking Condensers.--Each of these is a fixed condenser with a capacitance of .002 mfd and can handle up to 3,000 volts. It’s constructed like the aerial condenser but has just two terminals. It costs $2.00.
The Key Circuit Apparatus.--This consists of: (1) the grid leak; (2) the chopper; (3) the choke coil, and (4) the key. The grid leak is connected in the lead from the grid to the aerial to keep the voltage on the grid at the right potential. It has a resistance of 5000 ohms with a mid-tap at 2500 ohms as shown at C. It costs $2.00.
The Key Circuit Apparatus.--This includes: (1) the grid leak; (2) the chopper; (3) the choke coil, and (4) the key. The grid leak is connected in the wire from the grid to the aerial to maintain the correct voltage on the grid. It has a resistance of 5000 ohms with a mid-tap at 2500 ohms as indicated at C. It costs $2.00.
The chopper is simply a rotary interrupter driven by a small motor. It comprises a wheel of insulating material in which 30 or more metal segments are set in an insulating disk as shown at D. A metal contact called a brush is fixed on either side of the wheel. It costs about $7.00 and the motor to drive it is extra. The choke coil is wound up of about 250 turns of No. 30 Brown and Sharpe gauge cotton covered magnet wire on a spool which has a diameter of 2 inches and a length of 3-1/4 inches.
The chopper is essentially a rotary interrupter powered by a small motor. It consists of a wheel made of insulating material that has 30 or more metal segments embedded in an insulating disk as shown at D. A metal contact, known as a brush, is attached on either side of the wheel. It costs about $7.00, and the motor to operate it is sold separately. The choke coil is made up of approximately 250 turns of No. 30 Brown and Sharpe gauge cotton-covered magnet wire on a spool that has a diameter of 2 inches and a length of 3-1/4 inches.
The 5 Watt Oscillator Vacuum Tube.--This tube is made like the amplifier tube described for use with the preceding experimental transmitter, but it is larger, has a more perfect vacuum, and will stand a plate potential of 350 volts while the plate current is .045 ampere. The filament takes a current of a little more than 2 amperes at 7.5 volts. A standard 4-tap base is used with it. The tube costs $8.00 and the porcelain base is $1.00 extra. It is shown at E.
The 5 Watt Oscillator Vacuum Tube.--This tube is built similarly to the amplifier tube mentioned for the previous experimental transmitter, but it’s larger, has a better vacuum, and can handle a plate potential of 350 volts while the plate current is .045 ampere. The filament draws a bit more than 2 amperes at 7.5 volts. It uses a standard 4-tap base. The tube costs $8.00, and the porcelain base is an additional $1.00. It is shown at E.
The Storage Battery and Rheostat.--This must be a 5-cell battery so that it will develop 10 volts. A storage battery of any capacity can be used but the lowest priced one costs about $22.00. The rheostat for regulating the battery current is the same as that used in the preceding experimental transmitter.
The Storage Battery and Rheostat.--This needs to be a 5-cell battery to produce 10 volts. You can use any storage battery with sufficient capacity, but the cheapest option is around $22.00. The rheostat used to control the battery current is the same as the one used in the previous experimental transmitter.
The Filament Voltmeter.--To get the best results it is necessary that the voltage of the current which heats the filament be kept at the same value all of the time. For this transmitter a direct current voltmeter reading from 0 to 15 volts is used. It is shown at F and costs $7.50.
The Filament Voltmeter.--To achieve the best results, it's essential to maintain a consistent voltage for the current that heats the filament. This transmitter uses a direct current voltmeter that reads from 0 to 15 volts. It's labeled F and costs $7.50.
The Oscillation Choke Coil.--This is made exactly like the one described in connection with the experimental transmitter.
The Oscillation Choke Coil.--This is made just like the one described in relation to the experimental transmitter.
The Motor-Generator Set.--Where you have only a 110 or a 220 volt direct current available as a source of power you need a motor-generator to change it to 350 volts, and this is an expensive piece of apparatus. It consists of a single armature core with a motor winding and a generator winding on it and each of these has its own commutator. Where the low voltage current flows into one of the windings it drives its as a motor and this in turn generates the higher voltage current in the other winding. Get a 100 watt 350 volt motor-generator; it is shown at F and costs about $75.00.
The Motor-Generator Set.--If you only have a 110 or 220 volt direct current as a power source, you'll need a motor-generator to convert it to 350 volts, and this can be quite costly. It consists of a single armature core equipped with a motor winding and a generator winding, each having its own commutator. When the low voltage current enters one of the windings, it operates as a motor, which in turn produces the higher voltage current in the other winding. You can get a 100 watt 350 volt motor-generator; it’s shown at F and costs about $75.00.
The Panel Cut-Out.--This switch and fuse block is the same as that used in the experimental set.
The Panel Cut-Out.--This switch and fuse block is the same as the one used in the experimental set.
The Protective Condenser.--This is a fixed condenser having a capacitance of 1 mfd. and will stand 750 volts. It costs $2.00.
The Protective Condenser.--This is a fixed condenser with a capacitance of 1 mfd and can handle 750 volts. It costs $2.00.
Connecting Up the Transmitting Apparatus.--From all that has gone before you have seen that each piece of apparatus is fitted with terminal, wires, taps or binding posts. To connect up the parts of this transmitter it is only necessary to make the connections as shown in the wiring diagram Fig. 78.
Connecting Up the Transmitting Apparatus.--From everything mentioned earlier, you have noticed that each piece of equipment is equipped with terminals, wires, taps, or binding posts. To connect the components of this transmitter, you just need to make the connections as illustrated in the wiring diagram Fig. 78.
A 200 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.--To make a continuous wave telegraph transmitter that will cover distances up to 200 miles all you have to do is to use two 5 watt vacuum tubes in parallel, all of the rest of the apparatus being exactly the same. Connecting the oscillator tubes up in parallel means that the two filaments are connected across the leads of the storage battery, the two grids on the same lead that goes to the aerial and the two plates on the same lead that goes to the positive pole of the generator. Where two or more oscillator tubes are used only one storage battery is needed, but each filament must have its own rheostat. The wiring diagram Fig. 79 shows how the two tubes are connected up in parallel.
A 200 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.--To build a continuous wave telegraph transmitter that can cover distances up to 200 miles, you just need to use two 5-watt vacuum tubes in parallel, while keeping the rest of the equipment exactly the same. Connecting the oscillator tubes in parallel means that both filaments connect across the leads of the storage battery, both grids connect to the same lead going to the aerial, and both plates connect to the same lead going to the positive pole of the generator. When using two or more oscillator tubes, only one storage battery is required, but each filament must have its own rheostat. The wiring diagram Fig. 79 shows how to connect the two tubes in parallel.
A 500 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.--For sending to distances of over 200 miles and up to 500 miles you can use either: (1) three or four 5 watt oscillator tubes in parallel as described above, or (2) one 50 watt oscillator tube. Much of the apparatus for a 50 watt tube set is exactly the same as that used for the 5 watt sets. Some of the parts, however, must be proportionately larger though the design all the way through remains the same.
A 500 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.--To send signals over distances greater than 200 miles and up to 500 miles, you can use either: (1) three or four 5-watt oscillator tubes connected in parallel as mentioned earlier, or (2) one 50-watt oscillator tube. Most of the equipment for a 50-watt tube setup is very similar to what you use for the 5-watt setups. However, some components need to be proportionately larger, though the overall design stays the same.
The Apparatus and Connections.--The aerial series condenser, the blocking condenser, the grid condenser, the telegraph key, the chopper, the choke coil in the key circuit, the filament voltmeter and the protective condenser in the power circuit are identical with those described for the 5 watt transmitting set.
The Apparatus and Connections.--The aerial series condenser, the blocking condenser, the grid condenser, the telegraph key, the chopper, the choke coil in the key circuit, the filament voltmeter, and the protective condenser in the power circuit are the same as those mentioned for the 5 watt transmitting set.
The 50 Watt Vacuum Tube Oscillator.--This is the size of tube generally used by amateurs for long distance continuous wave telegraphy. A single tube will develop 2 to 3 amperes in your aerial. The filament takes a 10 volt current and a plate potential of 1,000 volts is needed. One of these tubes is shown in Fig. 80 and the cost is $30.00. A tube socket to fit it costs $2.50 extra.
The 50 Watt Vacuum Tube Oscillator.--This is the typical size of tube used by hobbyists for long-distance continuous wave telegraphy. A single tube can generate 2 to 3 amperes in your antenna. The filament requires a 10-volt current, and a plate potential of 1,000 volts is necessary. One of these tubes is shown in Fig. 80 and it costs $30.00. A socket to fit it costs an additional $2.50.
The Aerial Ammeter.--This should read to 5 amperes and the cost is $6.25.
The Aerial Ammeter.--This should indicate 5 amperes and costs $6.25.
The Grid Leak Resistance.--It has the same resistance, namely 5,000 ohms as the one used with the 5 watt tube transmitter, but it is a little larger. It is listed at $1.65.
The Grid Leak Resistance.--It has the same resistance, which is 5,000 ohms, as the one used with the 5-watt tube transmitter, but it's slightly larger. It's listed at $1.65.
The Oscillation Choke Coil.--The choke coil in the power circuit is made of about 260 turns of No. 30 B. & S. cotton covered magnet wire wound on a spool 2-1/4 inches in diameter and 3-1/4 inches long.
The Oscillation Choke Coil.--The choke coil in the power circuit consists of around 260 turns of No. 30 B. & S. cotton-covered magnet wire wrapped around a spool that is 2-1/4 inches in diameter and 3-1/4 inches long.
The Filament Rheostat.--This is made to take care of a 10 volt current and it costs $10.00.
The Filament Rheostat.--This is designed to handle a 10 volt current and it costs $10.00.
The Filament Storage Battery.--This must develop 12 volts and one having an output of 40 ampere-hours costs about $25.00.
The Filament Storage Battery.--This needs to produce 12 volts, and one with an output of 40 ampere-hours costs around $25.00.
The Protective Condenser.--This condenser has a capacitance of 1 mfd. and costs $2.00.
The Protective Condenser -- This condenser has a capacitance of 1 mfd. and costs $2.00.
The Motor-Generator.--Where you use one 50 watt oscillator tube you will need a motor-generator that develops a plate potential of 1000 volts and has an output of 200 watts. This machine will stand you about $100.00.
The Motor-Generator.--If you're using a 50 watt oscillator tube, you'll need a motor-generator that provides a plate potential of 1000 volts and has an output of 200 watts. This machine will cost you around $100.00.
The different pieces of apparatus for this set are connected up exactly the same as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 78.
The various pieces of equipment for this set are connected exactly as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 78.
A 1000 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.--All of the parts of this transmitting set are the same as for the 500 mile transmitter just described except the motor generator and while this develops the same plate potential, i.e., 1,000 volts, it must have an output of 500 watts; it will cost you in the neighborhood of $175.00. For this long distance transmitter you use two 50 watt oscillator tubes in parallel and all of the parts are connected together exactly the same as for the 200 mile transmitter shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 79.
A 1000 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter.--All the parts of this transmitting set are the same as those for the 500-mile transmitter just described, except for the motor generator. While this generator produces the same plate potential, i.e., 1,000 volts, it needs to have an output of 500 watts; it will cost around $175.00. For this long-distance transmitter, you use two 50-watt oscillator tubes in parallel, and all the parts are connected exactly the same as for the 200-mile transmitter shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 79.
CHAPTER XVII
CONTINUOUS WAVE TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTING SETS WITH ALTERNATING CURRENT
Within the last few years alternating current has largely taken the place of direct current for light, heat and power purposes in and around towns and cities and if you have alternating current service in your home you can install a long distance continuous wave telegraph transmitter with very little trouble and at a comparatively small expense.
In recent years, alternating current has mostly replaced direct current for lighting, heating, and powering homes in towns and cities. If you have alternating current service in your home, you can easily set up a long-distance continuous wave telegraph transmitter with minimal hassle and at a relatively low cost.
A 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set.--The principal pieces of apparatus for this transmitter are the same as those used for the 100 Mile Continuous Wave Telegraph Transmitting Set described and pictured in the preceding chapter which used direct current, except that an alternating current power transformer is employed instead of the more costly motor-generator.
A 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set.--The main components of this transmitter are the same as those used for the 100 Mile Continuous Wave Telegraph Transmitting Set described and shown in the previous chapter, which used direct current, except that an alternating current power transformer is used instead of the more expensive motor-generator.
The Apparatus Required.--The various pieces of apparatus you will need for this transmitting set are: (1) one hot-wire ammeter for the aerial as shown at E in Fig. 75, but which reads to 5 amperes instead of to 2.5 amperes; (2) one tuning coil as shown at A in Fig. 77; (3) one aerial condenser as shown at B in Fig. 77; (4) one grid leak as shown at C in Fig. 77; (5) one telegraph key as shown at G in Fig. 75; (6) one grid condenser, made like the aerial condenser but having only two terminals; (7) one 5 watt oscillator tube as shown at E in Fig. 77; (8) one .002 mfd. 3,000 volt by-pass condenser, made like the aerial and grid condensers; (9) one pair of choke coils for the high voltage secondary circuit; (10) one milli-ammeter; (11) one A. C. power transformer; (12) one rheostat as shown at I in Fig. 75, and (13) one panel cut-out as shown at K in Fig. 75.
The Apparatus Required.--The various pieces of equipment you will need for this transmitting set are: (1) one hot-wire ammeter for the aerial as shown at E in Fig. 75, but which reads up to 5 amperes instead of 2.5 amperes; (2) one tuning coil as shown at A in Fig. 77; (3) one aerial condenser as shown at B in Fig. 77; (4) one grid leak as shown at C in Fig. 77; (5) one telegraph key as shown at G in Fig. 75; (6) one grid condenser, made like the aerial condenser but having only two terminals; (7) one 5 watt oscillator tube as shown at E in Fig. 77; (8) one .002 mfd. 3,000 volt by-pass condenser, made like the aerial and grid condensers; (9) one pair of choke coils for the high voltage secondary circuit; (10) one milli-ammeter; (11) one A. C. power transformer; (12) one rheostat as shown at I in Fig. 75, and (13) one panel cut-out as shown at K in Fig. 75.
The Choke Coils.--Each of these is made by winding about 100 turns of No. 28, Brown and Sharpe gauge, cotton covered magnet wire on a spool 2 inches in diameter and 2-1/2 inches long, when it will have an inductance of about 0.5 millihenry [Footnote: A millihenry is 1/1000th part of a henry.] at 1,000 cycles.
The Choke Coils.--Each of these is created by wrapping approximately 100 turns of No. 28, Brown and Sharpe gauge, cotton-covered magnet wire around a spool that is 2 inches in diameter and 2-1/2 inches long. This will result in an inductance of about 0.5 millihenry [Footnote: A millihenry is 1/1000th of a henry.] at 1,000 cycles.
The Milli-ammeter.--This is an alternating current ammeter and reads from 0 to 250 milliamperes; [Footnote: A milliampere is the 1/1000th part of an ampere.] and is used for measuring the secondary current that energizes the plate of the oscillator tube. It looks like the aerial ammeter and costs about $7.50.
The Milli-ammeter.--This is an alternating current ammeter that measures from 0 to 250 milliamperes; [Footnote: A milliampere is one-thousandth of an ampere.] and is used to measure the secondary current that powers the plate of the oscillator tube. It resembles the aerial ammeter and costs around $7.50.
The A. C. Power Transformer.--Differing from the motor generator set the power transformer has no moving parts. For this transmitting set you need a transformer that has an input of 325 volts. It is made to work on a 50 to 60 cycle current at 102.5 to 115 volts, which is the range of voltage of the ordinary alternating lighting current. This adjustment for voltage is made by means of taps brought out from the primary coil to a rotary switch.
The A. C. Power Transformer.--Unlike the motor generator set, the power transformer has no moving parts. For this transmitting set, you need a transformer that has an input of 325 volts. It is designed to operate on a 50 to 60 cycle current at 102.5 to 115 volts, which is the typical voltage range for standard alternating current lighting. This voltage adjustment is made through taps connected from the primary coil to a rotary switch.
The high voltage secondary coil which energizes the plate has an output of 175 watts and develops a potential of from 350 to 1,100 volts. The low voltage secondary coil which heats the filament has an output of 175 watts and develops 7.5 volts. This transformer, which is shown in Fig. 81, is large enough to take care of from one to four 5 watt oscillator tubes. It weighs about 15 pounds and sells for $25.00.
The high voltage secondary coil that powers the plate has an output of 175 watts and generates a voltage between 350 and 1,100 volts. The low voltage secondary coil that heats the filament also has an output of 175 watts and produces 7.5 volts. This transformer, shown in Fig. 81, is capable of supporting one to four 5-watt oscillator tubes. It weighs around 15 pounds and is priced at $25.00.
Photograph unavailable |
The Transformer and Tuner of the World's Largest Radio Station. Owned by the Radio Corporation of America at Rocky Point near Port Jefferson L.I. |
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--The wiring diagram Fig. 82 shows clearly how all of the connections are made. It will be observed that a storage battery is not needed as the secondary coil of the transformer supplies the current to heat the filament of the oscillator. The filament voltmeter is connected across the filament secondary coil terminals, while the plate milli-ammeter is connected to the mid-taps of the plate secondary coil and the filament secondary coil.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--The wiring diagram Fig. 82 clearly shows how all the connections are made. You'll notice that a storage battery isn't necessary because the secondary coil of the transformer provides the current to heat the filament of the oscillator. The filament voltmeter is connected across the terminals of the filament secondary coil, while the plate milli-ammeter is connected to the mid-taps of both the plate secondary coil and the filament secondary coil.
A 200 to 500 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set.--Distances of from 200 to 500 miles can be successfully covered with a telegraph transmitter using two, three or four 5 watt oscillator tubes in parallel. The apparatus needed is identical with that used for the 100 mile transmitter just described. The tubes are connected in parallel as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 83.
A 200 to 500 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set.--You can effectively cover distances from 200 to 500 miles with a telegraph transmitter that uses two, three, or four 5-watt oscillator tubes connected in parallel. The equipment required is the same as that for the 100-mile transmitter mentioned earlier. The tubes are wired in parallel, as illustrated in the wiring diagram in Fig. 83.
A 500 to 1,000 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set.--With the apparatus described for the above set and a single 50 watt oscillator tube a distance of upwards of 500 miles can be covered, while with two 50 watt oscillator tubes in parallel you can cover a distance of 1,000 miles without difficulty, and nearly 2,000 miles have been covered with this set.
A 500 to 1,000 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set.--Using the equipment outlined for this set and a single 50-watt oscillator tube, you can transmit signals over a distance of more than 500 miles. If you use two 50-watt oscillator tubes in parallel, you can easily cover a distance of 1,000 miles, and it's been recorded that nearly 2,000 miles have been achieved with this setup.
The Apparatus Required.--All of the apparatus for this C. W. telegraph transmitting set is the same as that described for the 100 and 200 mile sets but you will need: (1) one or two 50 watt oscillator tubes with sockets; (2) one key condenser that has a capacitance of 1 mfd., and a rated potential of 1,750 volts; (3) one 0 to 500 milli-ammeter; (4) one aerial ammeter reading to 5 amperes, and (5) an A. C. power transformer for one or two 50 watt tubes.
The Apparatus Required.--All of the equipment for this C. W. telegraph transmitting set is the same as what was described for the 100 and 200 mile sets, but you'll need: (1) one or two 50 watt oscillator tubes with sockets; (2) one key condenser that has a capacitance of 1 mfd. and a rated potential of 1,750 volts; (3) one 0 to 500 milli-ammeter; (4) one aerial ammeter that reads up to 5 amperes; and (5) an A. C. power transformer for one or two 50 watt tubes.
Photograph unavailable |
Broadcasting Government Reports by Wireless from Washington. This shows Mr. Gale at work with his set in the Post Office Department. |
The Alternating Current Power Transformer.--This power transformer is made exactly like the one described in connection with the preceding 100 mile transmitter and pictured in Fig. 81, but it is considerably larger. Like the smaller one, however, it is made to work with a 50 to 60 cycle current at 102.5 to 115 volts and, hence, can be used with any A. C. lighting current.
The Alternating Current Power Transformer.--This power transformer is constructed just like the one described with the previous 100-mile transmitter and shown in Fig. 81, but it is significantly larger. However, like the smaller version, it operates with a 50 to 60 cycle current at 102.5 to 115 volts and can therefore be used with any A.C. lighting current.
It has an input of 750 volts and the high voltage secondary coil which energizes the plate has an output of 450 watts and develops 1,500 to 3,000 volts. The low voltage secondary coil which heats the filament develops 10.5 volts. This transformer will supply current for one or two 50-watt oscillator tubes and it costs about $40.00.
It has an input of 750 volts, and the high voltage secondary coil that powers the plate has an output of 450 watts, generating between 1,500 and 3,000 volts. The low voltage secondary coil that heats the filament produces 10.5 volts. This transformer will supply current for one or two 50-watt oscillator tubes and costs about $40.00.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--Where a single oscillator tube is used the parts are connected as shown in Fig. 82, and where two tubes are connected in parallel the various pieces of apparatus are wired together as shown in Fig. 83. The only difference between the 5 watt tube transmitter and the 50 watt tube transmitter is in the size of the apparatus with one exception; where one or two 50 watt tubes are used a second condenser of large capacitance (1 mfd.) is placed in the grid circuit and the telegraph key is shunted around it as shown in the diagram Fig. 83.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--When using a single oscillator tube, the components are connected as shown in Fig. 82. For setups with two tubes connected in parallel, the equipment is wired together as illustrated in Fig. 83. The only difference between the 5 watt tube transmitter and the 50 watt tube transmitter is the size of the equipment, with one exception: if one or two 50 watt tubes are used, a second condenser with large capacitance (1 mfd.) is added to the grid circuit, and the telegraph key is connected around it as shown in the diagram Fig. 83.
CHAPTER XVIII
WIRELESS TELEPHONE TRANSMITTING SETS WITH DIRECT AND ALTERNATING CURRENTS
In time past the most difficult of all electrical apparatus for the amateur to make, install and work was the wireless telephone. This was because it required a direct current of not less than 500 volts to set up the sustained oscillations and all ordinary direct current for lighting purposes is usually generated at a potential of 110 volts.
In the past, the toughest electrical device for hobbyists to build, set up, and operate was the wireless telephone. This was because it needed a direct current of at least 500 volts to create sustained oscillations, while regular direct current for lighting is typically generated at 110 volts.
Now as you know it is easy to step-up a 110 volt alternating current to any voltage you wish with a power transformer but until within comparatively recent years an alternating current could not be used for the production of sustained oscillations for the very good reason that the state of the art had not advanced that far. In the new order of things these difficulties have all but vanished and while a wireless telephone transmitter still requires a high voltage direct current to operate it this is easily obtained from 110 volt source of alternating current by means of vacuum tube rectifiers.
Now, as you know, it’s easy to step up a 110-volt alternating current to any voltage you want with a power transformer, but until relatively recently, you couldn't use alternating current to produce sustained oscillations because the technology just hadn’t advanced that far. Nowadays, those difficulties have almost disappeared, and while a wireless telephone transmitter still needs a high-voltage direct current to function, you can easily get that from a 110-volt source of alternating current using vacuum tube rectifiers.
The pulsating direct currents are then passed through a filtering reactance coil, called a reactor, and one or more condensers, and these smooth them out until they approximate a continuous direct current. The latter is then made to flow through a vacuum tube oscillator when it is converted into high frequency oscillations and these are varied, or modulated, as it is called, by a microphone transmitter such as is used for ordinary wire telephony. The energy of these sustained modulated oscillations is then radiated into space from the aerial in the form of electric waves.
The pulsating direct currents are then passed through a filtering reactance coil, known as a reactor, along with one or more capacitors, which smooth them out until they resemble a continuous direct current. This current is then directed through a vacuum tube oscillator, where it is transformed into high-frequency oscillations. These are varied, or modulated, as it's called, by a microphone transmitter like those used in regular telephone systems. The energy from these continuous modulated oscillations is then transmitted into space from the antenna as electric waves.
The distance that can be covered with a wireless telephone transmitter is about one-fourth as great as that of a wireless telegraph transmitter having the same input of initial current, but it is long enough to satisfy the most enthusiastic amateur. For instance with a wireless telephone transmitter where an amplifier tube is used to set up the oscillations and which is made for a plate potential of 100 volts, distances up to 10 or 15 miles can be covered.
The range of a wireless phone transmitter is about a quarter of that of a wireless telegraph transmitter with the same amount of starting current, but it's enough to please even the most passionate hobbyist. For example, with a wireless phone transmitter that uses an amplifier tube to create oscillations and is designed for a plate potential of 100 volts, you can cover distances of up to 10 or 15 miles.
With a single 5 watt oscillator tube energized by a direct current of 350 volts from either a motor-generator or from a power transformer (after it has been rectified and smoothed out) speech and music can be transmitted to upwards of 25 miles. Where two 5 watt tubes connected in parallel are used wireless telephone messages can be transmitted to distances of 40 or 50 miles. Further, a single 50 watt oscillator tube will send to distances of 50 to 100 miles while two of these tubes in parallel will send from 100 to 200 miles. Finally, where four or five oscillator tubes are connected in parallel proportionately greater distances can be covered.
With a single 5-watt oscillator tube powered by a direct current of 350 volts from either a motor-generator or a power transformer (after it’s been rectified and smoothed out), speech and music can be transmitted over distances of more than 25 miles. When two 5-watt tubes are connected in parallel, wireless phone messages can be sent up to 40 or 50 miles. Additionally, a single 50-watt oscillator tube can transmit over distances of 50 to 100 miles, while two of these tubes in parallel can cover 100 to 200 miles. Finally, if four or five oscillator tubes are connected in parallel, even greater distances can be achieved.
A Short Distance Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set-With 110 Volt Direct Lighting Current.--For this very simple, short distance wireless telephone transmitting set you need the same apparatus as that described and pictured in the beginning of Chapter XVI for a Short Distance C. W. Telegraph Transmitter, except that you use a microphone transmitter instead of a telegraph key. If you have a 110 volt direct lighting current in your home you can put up this short distance set for very little money and it will be well worth your while to do so.
A Short Distance Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set-With 110 Volt Direct Lighting Current.--For this straightforward, short-distance wireless telephone transmitting set, you need the same equipment as described and shown at the beginning of Chapter XVI for a Short Distance C. W. Telegraph Transmitter, but you'll use a microphone transmitter instead of a telegraph key. If you have a 110-volt direct lighting current in your home, you can set up this short-distance system for very little money, and it will definitely be worth your time to do so.
The Apparatus You Need.--For this set you require: (1) one tuning coil as shown at A and B in Fig. 75; (2) one aerial ammeter as shown at C in Fig. 75; (3) one aerial condenser as shown at C in Fig. 75; (4) one grid, blocking and protective condenser as shown at D in Fig. 75; (5) one grid leak as shown at C in Fig. 77; (6) one vacuum tube amplifier which is used as an oscillator; (7) one 6 volt storage battery; (8) one rheostat as shown at I in Fig. 75; (9) one oscillation choke coil; (10) one panel cut-out as shown at K in Fig. 75 and an ordinary microphone transmitter.
The Equipment You Need.--For this setup, you need: (1) one tuning coil as shown at A and B in Fig. 75; (2) one aerial ammeter as shown at C in Fig. 75; (3) one aerial condenser as shown at C in Fig. 75; (4) one grid, blocking and protective condenser as shown at D in Fig. 75; (5) one grid leak as shown at C in Fig. 77; (6) one vacuum tube amplifier that functions as an oscillator; (7) one 6 volt storage battery; (8) one rheostat as shown at I in Fig. 75; (9) one oscillation choke coil; (10) one panel cut-out as shown at K in Fig. 75 and a standard microphone transmitter.
The Microphone Transmitter.--The best kind of a microphone to use with this and other telephone transmitting sets is a Western Electric No. 284-W. [Footnote: Made by the Western Electric Company, Chicago, Ill.] This is known as a solid back transmitter and is the standard commercial type used on all long distance Bell telephone lines. It articulates sharply and distinctly and there are no current variations to distort the wave form of the voice and it will not buzz or sizzle. It is shown in Fig. 84 and costs $2.00. Any other good microphone transmitter can be used if desired.
The Microphone Transmitter.--The best type of microphone to use with this and other telephone transmitting sets is a Western Electric No. 284-W. [Footnote: Made by the Western Electric Company, Chicago, Ill.] This is known as a solid back transmitter and is the standard commercial type used on all long-distance Bell telephone lines. It articulates clearly and distinctly, with no current variations that could distort the waveform of the voice, and it won’t buzz or sizzle. It’s shown in Fig. 84 and costs $2.00. Any other high-quality microphone transmitter can be used if preferred.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--Begin by connecting the leading-in wire with one of the terminals of the microphone transmitter, as shown in the wiring diagram Fig. 85, and the other terminal of this to one end of the tuning coil. Now connect clip 1 of the tuning coil to one of the posts of the hot-wire ammeter, the other post of this to one end of aerial condenser and, finally, the other end of the latter with the water pipe or other ground. The microphone can be connected in the ground wire and the ammeter in the aerial wire and the results will be practically the same.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--Start by connecting the leading-in wire to one of the terminals of the microphone transmitter, as shown in the wiring diagram Fig. 85, and connect the other terminal to one end of the tuning coil. Now attach clip 1 of the tuning coil to one of the posts of the hot-wire ammeter, connect the other post to one end of the aerial condenser, and finally, connect the other end of that to the water pipe or another ground point. You can also connect the microphone in the ground wire and the ammeter in the aerial wire, and the results will be almost the same.
Next connect one end of the grid condenser to the post of the tuning coil that makes connection with the microphone and the other end to the grid of the tube, and then shunt the grid leak around the condenser. Connect the + or positive electrode of the storage battery with one terminal of the filament of the vacuum tube, the other terminal of the filament with one post of the rheostat and the other post of this with the - or negative electrode of the battery. This done, connect clip 2 of the tuning coil to the + or positive electrode of the battery and bring a lead from it to one of the switch taps of the panel cut-out.
Next, connect one end of the grid condenser to the terminal of the tuning coil that connects with the microphone, and the other end to the grid of the tube, then place the grid leak around the condenser. Connect the + or positive electrode of the storage battery to one terminal of the filament of the vacuum tube, the other terminal of the filament to one post of the rheostat, and the remaining post to the - or negative electrode of the battery. Once that's done, connect clip 2 of the tuning coil to the + or positive electrode of the battery and run a lead from it to one of the switch taps of the panel cut-out.
Now connect clip 3 of the tuning coil with one end of the blocking condenser, the other end of this with one terminal of the choke coil and the other terminal of the latter with the other switch tap of the cut-out. Connect the protective condenser across the direct current feed wires between the panel cut-out and the choke coil. Finally connect the ends of a lamp cord to the fuse socket taps of the cut-out, and connect the other ends to a lamp plug and screw it into the lamp socket of the feed wires. Screw in a pair of 5 ampere fuse plugs, close the switch and you are ready to tune the transmitter and talk to your friends.
Now connect clip 3 of the tuning coil to one end of the blocking condenser, and connect the other end of this to one terminal of the choke coil. Connect the other terminal of the choke coil to the other switch tap of the cut-out. Attach the protective condenser across the direct current feed wires between the panel cut-out and the choke coil. Lastly, connect the ends of a lamp cord to the fuse socket taps of the cut-out, and attach the other ends to a lamp plug and screw it into the lamp socket for the feed wires. Screw in a pair of 5 ampere fuse plugs, close the switch, and you’re all set to tune the transmitter and chat with your friends.
A 25 to 50 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator.--Where you have to start with 110 or 220 volt direct current and you want to transmit to a distance of 25 miles or more you will have to install a motor-generator. To make this transmitter you will need exactly the same apparatus as that described and pictured for the 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set in Chapter XVI, except that you must substitute a microphone transmitter and a telephone induction coil, or a microphone transformer, or still better, a magnetic modulator, for the telegraph key and chopper.
A 25 to 50 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator.--If you're starting with 110 or 220 volt direct current and want to transmit over a distance of 25 miles or more, you need to install a motor-generator. To build this transmitter, you'll need the same equipment as described and shown for the 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set in Chapter XVI, but you must replace the telegraph key and chopper with a microphone transmitter and a telephone induction coil, or a microphone transformer, or even better, a magnetic modulator.
The Apparatus You Need.--To reiterate; the pieces of apparatus you need are: (1) one aerial ammeter as shown at E in Fig. 75; (2) one tuning coil as shown at A in Fig. 77; (3) one aerial condenser as shown at B in Fig. 77; (4) one grid leak as shown at C in Fig. 77; (5) one grid, blocking and protective condenser; (6) one 5 watt oscillator tube as shown at E in Fig. 77; (7) one rheostat as shown at I in Fig. 75; (8) one 10 volt (5 cell) storage battery; (9) one choke coil; (10) one panel cut-out as shown at K in Fig. 75, and (11) a motor-generator having an input of 110 or 220 volts and an output of 350 volts.
The Equipment You Need.--To summarize, the equipment you need includes: (1) one aerial ammeter as shown at E in Fig. 75; (2) one tuning coil as shown at A in Fig. 77; (3) one aerial condenser as shown at B in Fig. 77; (4) one grid leak as shown at C in Fig. 77; (5) one grid, blocking and protective condenser; (6) one 5 watt oscillator tube as shown at E in Fig. 77; (7) one rheostat as shown at I in Fig. 75; (8) one 10 volt (5 cell) storage battery; (9) one choke coil; (10) one panel cut-out as shown at K in Fig. 75, and (11) a motor-generator with an input of 110 or 220 volts and an output of 350 volts.
In addition to the above apparatus you will need: (12) a microphone transmitter as shown in Fig. 84; (13) a battery of four dry cells or a 6 volt storage battery, and either (14) a telephone induction coil as shown in Fig. 86; (15) a microphone transformer as shown in Fig. 87; or a magnetic modulator as shown in Fig. 88. All of these parts have been described, as said above, in Chapter XVI, except the microphone modulators.
In addition to the above equipment, you'll need: (12) a microphone transmitter as shown in Fig. 84; (13) a battery of four dry cells or a 6-volt rechargeable battery, and either (14) a telephone induction coil as shown in Fig. 86; (15) a microphone transformer as shown in Fig. 87; or a magnetic modulator as shown in Fig. 88. All of these parts have been described earlier in Chapter XVI, except for the microphone modulators.
The Telephone Induction Coil.--This is a little induction coil that transforms the 6-volt battery current after it has flowed through and been modulated by the microphone transmitter into alternating currents that have a potential of 1,000 volts of more. It consists of a primary coil of No. 20 B. and S. gauge cotton covered magnet wire wound on a core of soft iron wires while around the primary coil is wound a secondary coil of No. 30 magnet wire. Get a standard telephone induction coil that has a resistance of 500 or 750 ohms and this will cost you a couple of dollars.
The Telephone Induction Coil.--This is a small induction coil that converts the 6-volt battery current after it has passed through and been modulated by the microphone transmitter into alternating currents with a voltage of 1,000 volts or more. It has a primary coil made of No. 20 B. and S. gauge cotton-covered magnet wire wound on a core of soft iron wires, and around the primary coil, there is a secondary coil made of No. 30 magnet wire. You can get a standard telephone induction coil with a resistance of 500 or 750 ohms, which will cost you a couple of dollars.
The Microphone Transformer.--This device is built on exactly the same principle as the telephone induction coil just described but it is more effective because it is designed especially for modulating the oscillations set up by vacuum tube transmitters. As with the telephone induction coil, the microphone transmitter is connected in series with the primary coil and a 6 volt dry or storage battery.
The Microphone Transformer.--This device works on the same principle as the telephone induction coil mentioned earlier, but it’s more effective because it’s specifically designed for modulating the oscillations created by vacuum tube transmitters. Like the telephone induction coil, the microphone transmitter is connected in series with the primary coil and a 6 volt dry or storage battery.
In the better makes of microphone transformer, there is a third winding, called a side tone coil, to which a headphone can be connected so that the operator who is speaking into the microphone can listen-in and so learn if his transmitter is working up to standard.
In the better models of microphone transformers, there’s a third winding, known as a side tone coil, which allows for a headphone connection. This way, the operator speaking into the microphone can listen in and check if their transmitter is functioning properly.
The Magnetic Modulator.--This is a small closed iron core transformer of peculiar design and having a primary and a secondary coil wound on it. This device is used to control the variations of the oscillating currents that are set up by the oscillator tube. It is made in three sizes and for the transmitter here described you want the smallest size, which has an output of 1/2 to 1-1/2 amperes. It costs about $10.00.
The Magnetic Modulator.--This is a compact closed iron core transformer with a unique design, featuring a primary and a secondary coil wound around it. This device is used to manage the fluctuations of the oscillating currents generated by the oscillator tube. It comes in three sizes, and for the transmitter being discussed, you'll need the smallest size, which has an output of 1/2 to 1-1/2 amperes. It costs around $10.00.
How the Apparatus Is Connected Up.--The different pieces of apparatus are connected together in exactly the same way as the 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Set in Chapter XVI except that the microphone transmitter and microphone modulator (whichever kind you use) is substituted for the telegraph key and chopper.
How the Apparatus Is Connected Up.--The various pieces of equipment are connected in exactly the same way as the 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Set in Chapter XVI except that the microphone transmitter and microphone modulator (whichever type you use) replace the telegraph key and chopper.
Now there are three different ways that the microphone and its modulator can be connected in circuit. Two of the best ways are shown at A and B in Fig. 89. In the first way the secondary terminals of the modulator are shunted around the grid leak in the grid circuit as at A, and in the second the secondary terminals are connected in the aerial as at B. Where an induction coil or a microphone transformer is used they are shunted around a condenser, but this is not necessary with the magnetic modulator. Where a second tube is used as in Fig. 90 then the microphone and its modulator are connected with the grid circuit and clip 3 of the tuning coil.
Now there are three different ways to connect the microphone and its modulator in a circuit. Two of the best methods are shown at A and B in Fig. 89. In the first method, the secondary terminals of the modulator are bypassed around the grid leak in the grid circuit as shown at A, while in the second method, the secondary terminals are connected to the aerial as seen at B. When using an induction coil or a microphone transformer, they are bypassed around a capacitor, but this isn’t necessary with the magnetic modulator. If a second tube is used, as in Fig. 90, then the microphone and its modulator are connected to the grid circuit and clip 3 of the tuning coil.
A 50 to 100 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator.--As the initial source of current available is taken to be a 110 or 220 volt direct current a motor-generator having an output of 350 volts must be used as before. The only difference between this transmitter and the preceding one is that: (1) two 5 watt tubes are used, the first serving as an oscillator and the second as a modulator; (2) an oscillation choke coil is used in the plate circuit; (3) a reactance coil or reactor, is used in the plate circuit; and (4) a reactor is used in the grid circuit.
A 50 to 100 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator.--The initial power source is set at either 110 or 220 volts direct current, so a motor-generator with an output of 350 volts needs to be used as before. The only difference between this transmitter and the previous one is that: (1) it uses two 5-watt tubes, with the first acting as an oscillator and the second as a modulator; (2) an oscillation choke coil is included in the plate circuit; (3) a reactance coil or reactor is also employed in the plate circuit; and (4) a reactor is used in the grid circuit.
The Oscillation Choke Coil.--You can make this choke coil by winding about 275 turns of No. 28 B. and S. gauge cotton covered magnet wire on a spool 2 inches in diameter and 4 inches long. Give it a good coat of shellac varnish and let it dry thoroughly.
The Oscillation Choke Coil.--You can create this choke coil by wrapping around 275 turns of No. 28 B. and S. gauge cotton-covered magnet wire around a spool that is 2 inches in diameter and 4 inches long. Apply a nice layer of shellac varnish and allow it to dry completely.
The Plate and Grid Circuit Reactance Coils.--Where a single tube is used as an oscillator and a second tube is employed as a modulator, a reactor, which is a coil of wire wound on an iron core, is used in the plate circuit to keep the high voltage direct current of the motor-generator the same at all times. Likewise the grid circuit reactor is used to keep the voltage of the grid at a constant value. These reactors are made alike and a picture of one of them is shown in Fig. 91 and each one will cost you $5.75.
The Plate and Grid Circuit Reactance Coils.--When a single tube is used as an oscillator and another tube acts as a modulator, a reactor—a coil of wire wrapped around an iron core—is used in the plate circuit to maintain a steady high voltage direct current from the motor-generator. Similarly, the grid circuit reactor keeps the grid voltage at a constant level. These reactors are built the same way, and you can see a picture of one in Fig. 91, with each costing $5.75.
Connecting up the Apparatus.--All of the different pieces of apparatus are connected up as shown in Fig. 89. One of the ends of the secondary of the induction coil, or the microphone transformer, or the magnetic modulator is connected to the grid circuit and the other end to clip 3 of the tuning coil.
Connecting up the Apparatus.--All the different pieces of equipment are connected as shown in Fig. 89. One end of the secondary of the induction coil, or the microphone transformer, or the magnetic modulator is connected to the grid circuit, and the other end is connected to clip 3 of the tuning coil.
A 100 to 200 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator.--By using the same connections shown in the wiring diagrams in Fig. 89 and a single 50 watt oscillator tube your transmitter will then have a range of 100 miles or so, while if you connect up the apparatus as shown in Fig. 90 and use two 50 watt tubes you can work up to 200 miles. Much of the apparatus for a 50 watt oscillator set where either one or two tubes are used is of the same size and design as that just described for the 5 watt oscillator sets, but, as in the C. W. telegraph sets, some of the parts must be proportionately larger. The required parts are (1) the 50 watt tube; (2) the grid leak resistance; (3) the filament rheostat; (4) the filament storage battery; and (5) the magnetic modulator. All of these parts, except the latter, are described in detail under the heading of a 500 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set in Chapter XVI, and are also pictured in that chapter.
A 100 to 200 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitter--With Direct Current Motor Generator.--By using the same connections shown in the wiring diagrams in Fig. 89 and a single 50-watt oscillator tube, your transmitter will have a range of around 100 miles. If you connect the equipment as seen in Fig. 90 and use two 50-watt tubes, you can extend your range to 200 miles. Most of the equipment for a 50-watt oscillator setup, whether one or two tubes are used, is similar in size and design to that described for the 5-watt oscillator setups, but, like in the C. W. telegraph sets, some components need to be proportionately larger. The required parts are (1) the 50-watt tube; (2) the grid leak resistance; (3) the filament rheostat; (4) the filament storage battery; and (5) the magnetic modulator. All of these parts, except the last one, are detailed under the section for a 500 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Set in Chapter XVI, and are also illustrated in that chapter.
It is not advisable to use an induction coil for the modulator for this set, but use, instead, either a telephone transformer, or better, a magnetic modulator of the second size which has an output of from 1-1/2 to 3-1/2 amperes. The magnetic modulator is described and pictured in this chapter.
It is not a good idea to use an induction coil for the modulator in this set; instead, use either a telephone transformer or, preferably, a second-sized magnetic modulator that has an output of 1.5 to 3.5 amperes. The magnetic modulator is described and shown in this chapter.
A 50 to 100 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 110 Volt Alternating Current.--If you have a 110 volt [Footnote: Alternating current for lighting purposes ranges from 102.5 volts to 115 volts, so we take the median and call it 110 volts.] alternating current available you can use it for the initial source of energy for your wireless telephone transmitter. The chief difference between a wireless telephone transmitting set that uses an alternating current and one that uses a direct current is that: (1) a power transformer is used for stepping up the voltage instead of a motor-generator, and (2) a vacuum tube rectifier must be used to convert the alternating current into direct current.
A 50 to 100 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 110 Volt Alternating Current.--If you have 110 volts [Footnote: Alternating current for lighting purposes ranges from 102.5 volts to 115 volts, so we take the median and call it 110 volts.] of alternating current available, you can use it as the initial energy source for your wireless telephone transmitter. The main difference between a wireless telephone transmitting set that uses alternating current and one that uses direct current is that: (1) a power transformer is used to step up the voltage instead of a motor-generator, and (2) a vacuum tube rectifier must be used to change the alternating current into direct current.
The Apparatus You Need.--For this telephone transmitting set you need: (1) one aerial ammeter; (2) one tuning coil; (3) one telephone modulator; (4) one aerial series condenser; (5) one 4 cell dry battery or a 6 volt storage battery; (6) one microphone transmitter; (7) one battery switch; (8) one grid condenser; (9) one grid leak; (10) two 5 watt oscillator tubes with sockets; (11) one blocking condenser; (12) one oscillation choke coil; (13) two filter condensers; (14) one filter reactance coil; (15) an alternating current power transformer, and (16) two 20 watt rectifier vacuum tubes.
The Equipment You Need.--For this telephone transmitting set, you'll need: (1) one aerial ammeter; (2) one tuning coil; (3) one telephone modulator; (4) one aerial series condenser; (5) one 4-cell dry battery or a 6-volt rechargeable battery; (6) one microphone transmitter; (7) one battery switch; (8) one grid condenser; (9) one grid leak; (10) two 5-watt oscillator tubes with sockets; (11) one blocking condenser; (12) one oscillation choke coil; (13) two filter condensers; (14) one filter reactance coil; (15) an alternating current power transformer; and (16) two 20-watt rectifier vacuum tubes.
All of the above pieces of apparatus are the same as those described for the 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter in Chapter XVII, except: (a) the microphone modulator; (b) the microphone transmitter and (c) the dry or storage battery, all of which are described in this chapter; and the new parts which are: (d) the rectifier vacuum tubes; (e) the filter condensers; and (f) the filter reactance coil; further and finally, the power transformer has a third secondary coil on it and it is this that feeds the alternating current to the rectifier tubes, which in turn converts it into a pulsating direct current.
All of the equipment mentioned above is the same as what’s described for the 100 Mile C. W. Telegraph Transmitter in Chapter XVII, except for: (a) the microphone modulator; (b) the microphone transmitter; and (c) the dry or storage battery, all of which are detailed in this chapter. The new components are: (d) the rectifier vacuum tubes; (e) the filter condensers; and (f) the filter reactance coil. Lastly, the power transformer has a third secondary coil, which supplies alternating current to the rectifier tubes, converting it into a pulsating direct current.
The Vacuum Tube Rectifier.--This rectifier has two electrodes, that is, it has a filament and a plate like the original vacuum tube detector, The smallest size rectifier tube requires a plate potential of 550 volts which is developed by one of the secondary coils of the power transformer. The filament terminal takes a current of 7.5 volts and this is supplied by another secondary coil of the transformer. This rectifier tube delivers a direct current of 20 watts at 350 volts. It looks exactly like the 5 watt oscillator tube which is pictured at E in Fig. 77. The price is $7.50.
The Vacuum Tube Rectifier.--This rectifier has two electrodes; it has a filament and a plate, similar to the original vacuum tube detector. The smallest rectifier tube needs a plate potential of 550 volts, which is generated by one of the secondary coils of the power transformer. The filament terminal requires a current of 7.5 volts, provided by another secondary coil of the transformer. This rectifier tube outputs a direct current of 20 watts at 350 volts. It looks exactly like the 5 watt oscillator tube shown at E in Fig. 77. The price is $7.50.
The Filter Condensers.--These condensers are used in connection with the reactance coil to smooth out the pulsating direct current after it has passed through the rectifier tube. They have a capacitance of 1 mfd. and will stand 750 volts. These condensers cost about $2.00 each.
The Filter Condensers.--These condensers are used with the reactance coil to smooth out the fluctuating direct current after it goes through the rectifier tube. They have a capacitance of 1 mfd. and can handle 750 volts. These condensers cost around $2.00 each.
The Filter Reactance Coil.--This reactor which is shown in Fig. 92, has about the same appearance as the power transformer but it is somewhat smaller. It consists of a coil of wire wound on a soft iron core and has a large inductance, hence the capacitance of the filter condensers are proportionately smaller than where a small inductance is used which has been the general practice. The size you require for this set has an output of 160 milliamperes and it will supply current for one to four 5 watt oscillator tubes. This size of reactor costs $11.50.
The Filter Reactance Coil.--This reactor, shown in Fig. 92, looks similar to a power transformer but is a bit smaller. It consists of a wire coil wound around a soft iron core, providing a high inductance, which means the capacitance of the filter capacitors is relatively smaller compared to setups that use a lower inductance, which has typically been the standard practice. The size you need for this setup has an output of 160 milliamperes and can supply current for one to four 5-watt oscillator tubes. This type of reactor costs $11.50.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--The wiring diagram in Fig. 93 shows how the various pieces of apparatus for this telephone transmitter are connected up. You will observe: (1) that the terminals of the power transformer secondary coil which develops 10 volts are connected to the filaments of the oscillator tubes; (2) that the terminals of the other secondary coil which develops 10 volts are connected with the filaments of the rectifier tubes; (3) that the terminals of the third secondary coil which develops 550 volts are connected with the plates of the rectifier tubes; (4) that the pair of filter condensers are connected in parallel and these are connected to the mid-taps of the two filament secondary coils; (5) that the reactance coil and the third filter condenser are connected together in series and these are shunted across the filter condensers, which are in parallel; and, finally, (6) a lead connects the mid-tap of the 550-volt secondary coil of the power transformer with the connection between the reactor and the third filter condenser.
Connecting Up the Apparatus.--The wiring diagram in Fig. 93 shows how the different components of this telephone transmitter are connected. You will notice: (1) the terminals of the power transformer’s secondary coil that produces 10 volts are connected to the filaments of the oscillator tubes; (2) the terminals of the other secondary coil that generates 10 volts are linked to the filaments of the rectifier tubes; (3) the terminals of the third secondary coil that produces 550 volts are attached to the plates of the rectifier tubes; (4) the pair of filter capacitors is connected in parallel and linked to the mid-taps of the two filament secondary coils; (5) the reactance coil and the third filter capacitor are connected together in series and shunted across the filter capacitors that are in parallel; and finally, (6) a lead connects the mid-tap of the 550-volt secondary coil of the power transformer with the junction between the reactor and the third filter capacitor.
A 100 to 200 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 110 Volt Alternating Current.--This telephone transmitter is built up of exactly the same pieces of apparatus and connected up in precisely the same way as the one just described and shown in Fig. 93.
A 100 to 200 Mile Wireless Telephone Transmitting Set--With 110 Volt Alternating Current.--This telephone transmitter is made up of the same components and is connected in exactly the same way as the one described and shown in Fig. 93.
Apparatus Required.--The only differences between this and the preceding transmitter are: (1) the magnetic modulator, if you use one, should have an output of 3-1/2 to 5 amperes; (2) you will need two 50 watt oscillator tubes with sockets; (3) two 150 watt rectifier tubes with sockets; (4) an aerial ammeter that reads to 5 amperes; (5) three 1 mfd. filter condensers in parallel; (6) two filter condensers of 1 mfd. capacitance that will stand 1750 volts; and (6) a 300 milliampere filter reactor.
Equipment Needed.--The only differences between this and the previous transmitter are: (1) the magnetic modulator, if you use one, should have an output of 3.5 to 5 amps; (2) you’ll need two 50 watt oscillator tubes with sockets; (3) two 150 watt rectifier tubes with sockets; (4) an aerial ammeter that reads up to 5 amps; (5) three 1 mfd. filter capacitors connected in parallel; (6) two filter capacitors with 1 mfd. capacitance that can handle 1750 volts; and (7) a 300 milliampere filter reactor.
The apparatus is wired up as shown in Fig. 93.
The equipment is connected as shown in Fig. 93.
CHAPTER XIX
THE OPERATION OF VACUUM TUBE TRANSMITTERS
The three foregoing chapters explained in detail the design and construction of (1) two kinds of C. W. telegraph transmitters, and (2) two kinds of wireless telephone transmitters, the difference between them being whether they used (A) a direct current, or (B) an alternating current as the initial source of energy. Of course there are other differences between those of like types as, for instance, the apparatus and connections used (a) in the key circuits, and (b) in the microphone circuits. But in all of the transmitters described of whatever type or kind the same fundamental device is used for setting up sustained oscillations and this is the vacuum tube.
The three previous chapters provided a detailed explanation of the design and construction of (1) two types of C.W. telegraph transmitters, and (2) two types of wireless telephone transmitters, with the main difference being whether they used (A) direct current or (B) alternating current as the primary energy source. Of course, there are other differences between similar types, such as the equipment and connections used (a) in the key circuits and (b) in the microphone circuits. However, in all the transmitters described, regardless of type or kind, the same fundamental device is employed to create sustained oscillations, and that device is the vacuum tube.
The Operation of the Vacuum Tube Oscillator.--The operation of the vacuum tube in producing sustained oscillations depends on (1) the action of the tube as a valve in setting up the oscillations in the first place and (2) the action of the grid in amplifying the oscillations thus set up, both of which we explained in Chapter XIV. In that chapter it was also pointed out that a very small change in the grid potential causes a corresponding and larger change in the amount of current flowing from the plate to the filament; and that if a vacuum tube is used for the production of oscillations the initial source of current must have a high voltage, in fact the higher the plate voltage the more powerful will be the oscillations.
The Operation of the Vacuum Tube Oscillator.--The way a vacuum tube generates sustained oscillations relies on (1) how the tube acts as a valve to initiate the oscillations and (2) how the grid boosts the oscillations that have been created, both of which we covered in Chapter XIV. In that chapter, we also noted that even a tiny change in the grid voltage leads to a larger change in the current flowing from the plate to the filament; and that when using a vacuum tube to produce oscillations, the initial current source needs to have a high voltage—generally, the higher the plate voltage, the stronger the oscillations will be.
To understand how oscillations are set up by a vacuum tube when a direct current is applied to it, take a look at the simple circuits shown in Fig. 94. Now when you close the switch the voltage from the battery charges the condenser and keeps it charged until you open it again; the instant you do this the condenser discharges through the circuit which includes it and the inductance coil, and the discharge of a condenser is always oscillatory.
To grasp how a vacuum tube creates oscillations when a direct current is applied, check out the simple circuits shown in Fig. 94. When you close the switch, the voltage from the battery charges the capacitor and keeps it charged until you open the switch again; the moment you do this, the capacitor discharges through the circuit that includes it and the inductor, and the discharge of a capacitor is always oscillatory.
Where an oscillator tube is included in the circuits as shown at A and B in Fig. 94, the grid takes the place of the switch and any slight change in the voltage of either the grid or the plate is sufficient to start a train of oscillations going. As these oscillations surge through the tube the positive parts of them flow from the plate to the filament and these carry more of the direct current with them.
Where an oscillator tube is part of the circuits like shown at A and B in Fig. 94, the grid acts like a switch, and any minor change in the voltage of either the grid or the plate is enough to trigger a series of oscillations. As these oscillations move through the tube, the positive portions flow from the plate to the filament, and they carry along more of the direct current with them.
To make a tube set up powerful oscillations then, it is only necessary that an oscillation circuit shall be provided which will feed part of the oscillations set up by the tube back to the grid circuit and when this is done the oscillations will keep on being amplified until the tube reaches the limit of its output.
To make a tube generate strong oscillations, you just need to create an oscillation circuit that feeds some of the oscillations produced by the tube back into the grid circuit. Once that’s done, the oscillations will continue to be amplified until the tube hits its output limit.
The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters With Direct Current--Short Distance C. W. Transmitter.--In the transmitter shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 76 the positive part of the 110 volt direct current is carried down from the lamp socket through one side of the panel cut-out, thence through the choke coil and to the plate of the oscillator tube, when the latter is charged to the positive sign. The negative part of the 110 volt direct current then flows down the other wire to the filament so that there is a difference of potential between the plate and the filament of 110 volts. Now when the 6-volt battery current is switched on the filament is heated to brilliancy, and the electrons thrown off by it form a conducting path between it and the plate; the 110 volt current then flows from the latter to the former.
The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters With Direct Current--Short Distance C. W. Transmitter.--In the transmitter shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 76, the positive side of the 110-volt direct current comes down from the lamp socket through one side of the panel cut-out, then through the choke coil and to the plate of the oscillator tube, when the latter is charged to the positive side. The negative side of the 110-volt direct current then flows down the other wire to the filament, creating a difference in potential between the plate and the filament of 110 volts. Now, when the 6-volt battery current is turned on, the filament heats up to brilliance, and the electrons it emits create a conducting path between it and the plate; then the 110-volt current flows from the plate to the filament.
Now follow the wiring from the plate over to the blocking condenser, thence to clip 3 of the tuning coil, through the turns of the latter to clip 2 and over to the filament and, when the latter is heated, you have a closed oscillation circuit. The oscillations surging in the latter set up other and like oscillations in the tuning coil between the end of which is connected with the grid, the aerial and the clip 2, and these surge through the circuit formed by this portion of the coil, the grid condenser and the filament; this is the amplifying circuit and it corresponds to the regenerative circuit of a receiving set.
Now, trace the wiring from the plate to the blocking condenser, then to clip 3 of the tuning coil, through its turns to clip 2, and over to the filament. Once the filament is heated, you have a closed oscillation circuit. The oscillations generated in this circuit create similar oscillations in the tuning coil, connecting its end to the grid, the aerial, and clip 2. These oscillations flow through the circuit formed by this part of the coil, the grid condenser, and the filament; this is the amplifying circuit, which is similar to the regenerative circuit of a receiving set.
When oscillations are set up in it the grid is alternately charged to the positive and negative signs. These reversals of voltage set up stronger and ever stronger oscillations in the plate circuit as before explained. Not only do the oscillations surge in the closed circuits but they run to and fro on the aerial wire when their energy is radiated in the form of electric waves. The oscillations are varied by means of the telegraph key which is placed in the grid circuit as shown in Fig. 76.
When oscillations are created in it, the grid is alternately charged with positive and negative voltages. These reversals of voltage create stronger and stronger oscillations in the plate circuit, as explained before. Not only do the oscillations surge in the closed circuits, but they also move back and forth on the aerial wire when their energy is radiated as electric waves. The oscillations are varied using the telegraph key, which is located in the grid circuit as shown in Fig. 76.
The Operation of the Key Circuit.--The effect in a C. W. transmitter when a telegraph key is connected in series with a buzzer and a battery and these are shunted around the condenser in the grid circuit, is to rapidly change the wave form of the sustained oscillations, and hence, the length of the waves that are sent out. While no sound can be heard in the headphones at the receiving station so long as the points of the key are not in contact, when they are in contact the oscillations are modulated and sounds are heard in the headphones that correspond to the frequency of the buzzer in the key circuit.
The Operation of the Key Circuit.--In a C.W. transmitter, when a telegraph key is connected in series with a buzzer and a battery, and these are bypassed around the capacitor in the grid circuit, it rapidly changes the wave form of the continuous oscillations, affecting the length of the waves being transmitted. While no sound is heard in the headphones at the receiving station when the key points are not touching, once they come into contact, the oscillations are modulated, and sounds are heard in the headphones that match the frequency of the buzzer in the key circuit.
The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Direct Current.--The chief differences between the long distance sets which use a direct current, i.e., those described in Chapter XVI, and the short distance transmitting sets are that the former use: (1) a motor-generator set for changing the low voltage direct current into high voltage direct current, and (2) a chopper in the key circuit. The way the motor-generator changes the low- into high-voltage current has been explained in Chapter XVI.
The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Direct Current.--The main differences between the long-distance sets that use direct current, like those described in Chapter XVI, and the short-distance transmitting sets are that the former use: (1) a motor-generator system to convert low voltage direct current into high voltage direct current, and (2) a chopper in the key circuit. The process by which the motor-generator converts low-voltage current to high-voltage current has been explained in Chapter XVI.
The chopper interrupts the oscillations surging through the grid circuit at a frequency that the ear can hear, that is to say, about 800 to 1,000 times per second. When the key is open, of course, the sustained oscillations set up in the circuits will send out continuous waves but when the key is closed these oscillations are broken up and then they send out discontinuous waves. If a heterodyne receiving set, see Chapter XV, is being used at the other end you can dispense with the chopper and the key circuit needed is very much simplified. The operation of key circuits of the latter kind will be described presently.
The chopper interrupts the oscillations flowing through the grid circuit at a frequency audible to the ear, roughly 800 to 1,000 times per second. When the key is open, the sustained oscillations in the circuits produce continuous waves, but when the key is closed, these oscillations are disrupted, resulting in discontinuous waves. If a heterodyne receiving set, see Chapter XV, is being used on the other end, you can skip the chopper, and the key circuit required is considerably simplified. The operation of these types of key circuits will be explained shortly.
The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Alternating Current--With a Single Oscillator Tube.--Where an oscillator tube telegraph transmitter is operated by a 110 volt alternating current as the initial source of energy, a buzzer, chopper or other interruptor is not needed in the key circuit. This is because oscillations are set up only when the plate is energized with the positive part of the alternating current and this produces an intermittent musical tone in the headphones. Hence this kind of a sending set is called a tone transmitter.
The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Alternating Current--With a Single Oscillator Tube.--When an oscillator tube telegraph transmitter is powered by a 110-volt alternating current as the main energy source, there’s no need for a buzzer, chopper, or any other interrupter in the key circuit. This is because oscillations occur only when the plate receives the positive part of the alternating current, resulting in an intermittent musical tone in the headphones. Therefore, this type of sending set is referred to as a tone transmitter.
Since oscillations are set up only by the positive part or voltage of an alternating current it is clear that, as a matter of fact, this kind of a transmitter does not send out continuous waves and therefore it is not a C. W. transmitter. This is graphically shown by the curve of the wave form of the alternating current and the oscillations that are set up by the positive part of it in Fig. 95. Whenever the positive half of the alternating current energizes the plate then oscillations are set up by the tube and, conversely, when the negative half of the current charges the plate no oscillations are produced.
Since oscillations are created only by the positive part or voltage of an alternating current, it's clear that this type of transmitter doesn’t emit continuous waves, and therefore, it isn't a C.W. transmitter. This is clearly illustrated by the wave form curve of the alternating current and the oscillations generated by its positive part in Fig. 95. Whenever the positive half of the alternating current powers the plate, oscillations are generated by the tube; conversely, when the negative half of the current charges the plate, no oscillations occur.
You will also observe that the oscillations set up by the positive part of the current are not of constant amplitude but start at zero the instant the positive part begins to energize the plate and they keep on increasing in amplitude as the current rises in voltage until the latter reaches its maximum; then as it gradually drops again to zero the oscillations decrease proportionately in amplitude with it.
You’ll also notice that the oscillations created by the positive part of the current don’t have a constant amplitude. They begin at zero the moment the positive part starts energizing the plate, and they keep increasing in amplitude as the current rises in voltage until it reaches its peak. Then, as it gradually decreases back to zero, the oscillations decrease proportionately in amplitude as well.
Heating the Filament with Alternating Current.--Where an alternating current power transformer is used to develop the necessary plate voltage a second secondary coil is generally provided for heating the filament of the oscillation tube. This is better than a direct current for it adds to the life of the filament. When you use an alternating current to heat the filament keep it at the same voltage rather than at the same amperage (current strength). To do this you need only to use a voltmeter across the filament terminals instead of an ammeter in series with it; then regulate the voltage of the filament with a rheostat.
Heating the Filament with Alternating Current.--When an alternating current power transformer is used to create the needed plate voltage, a second secondary coil is usually included to heat the filament of the oscillation tube. This method is preferable to direct current because it extends the filament's lifespan. When using alternating current to heat the filament, keep the voltage constant instead of the amperage (current strength). To achieve this, just use a voltmeter across the filament terminals instead of an ammeter in series with it; then adjust the filament voltage with a rheostat.
The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Alternating Current--With Two Oscillator Tubes.--By using two oscillator tubes and connecting them up with the power transformer and oscillating circuits as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 83 the plates are positively energized alternately with every reversal of the current and, consequently, there is no time period between the ending of the oscillations set up by one tube and the beginning of the oscillations set up by the other tube. In other words these oscillations are sustained but as in the case of those of a single tube, their amplitude rises and falls. This kind of a set is called a full wave rectification transmitter.
The Operation of C. W. Telegraph Transmitters with Alternating Current--With Two Oscillator Tubes.--By using two oscillator tubes and connecting them to the power transformer and oscillating circuits as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 83, the plates are alternately energized positively with each reversal of the current. As a result, there is no delay between the end of the oscillations produced by one tube and the start of the oscillations from the other tube. In other words, these oscillations are continuous, but similar to those of a single tube, their amplitude goes up and down. This type of system is called a full wave rectification transmitter.
The waves radiated by this transmitter can be received by either a crystal detector or a plain vacuum-tube detector but the heterodyne receptor will give you better results than either of the foregoing types.
The waves sent out by this transmitter can be picked up by either a crystal detector or a standard vacuum-tube detector, but the heterodyne receiver will give you better results than either of those.
The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Direct Current--Short Distance Transmitter.--The operation of this short distance wireless telephone transmitter, a wiring diagram of which is shown in Fig. 85 is exactly the same as that of the Direct Current Short Distance C. W. Telegraph Transmitter already explained in this chapter. The only difference in the operation of these sets is the substitution of the microphone transmitter for the telegraph key.
The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Direct Current--Short Distance Transmitter.--The way this short distance wireless telephone transmitter works, as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 85, is exactly the same as the Direct Current Short Distance C. W. Telegraph Transmitter discussed earlier in this chapter. The only difference in the operation of these units is that the microphone transmitter replaces the telegraph key.
The Microphone Transmitter.--The microphone transmitter that is used to vary, or modulate, the sustained oscillations set up by the oscillator tube and circuits is shown in Fig. 84. By referring to the diagram at A in this figure you will readily understand how it operates. When you speak into the mouthpiece the sound waves, which are waves in the air, impinge upon the diaphragm and these set it into vibration--that is, they make it move to and fro.
The Microphone Transmitter.--The microphone transmitter used to change or modulate the continuous oscillations created by the oscillator tube and circuits is shown in Fig. 84. By looking at the diagram at A in this figure, you can easily see how it works. When you talk into the mouthpiece, the sound waves, which are waves traveling through the air, hit the diaphragm and make it vibrate—that is, they cause it to move back and forth.
When the diaphragm moves toward the back of the transmitter it forces the carbon granules that are in the cup closer together; this lowers their resistance and allows more current from the battery to flow through them; when the pressure of the air waves is removed from the diaphragm it springs back toward the mouth-piece and the carbon granules loosen up when the resistance offered by them is increased and less current can flow through them. Where the oscillation current in the aerial wire is small the transmitter can be connected directly in series with the latter when the former will surge through it. As you speak into the microphone transmitter its resistance is varied and the current strength of the oscillations is varied accordingly.
When the diaphragm moves back in the transmitter, it pushes the carbon granules in the cup closer together; this reduces their resistance and lets more current from the battery flow through them. When the air pressure on the diaphragm is released, it snaps back toward the mouthpiece, causing the carbon granules to loosen as their resistance increases, which reduces the current that can flow through them. If the oscillation current in the aerial wire is low, the transmitter can be connected directly in series with it, allowing the current to surge through. As you talk into the microphone transmitter, its resistance changes, and the strength of the oscillations varies accordingly.
The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Direct Current--Long Distance Transmitters.--In the wireless telephone transmitters for long distance work which were shown and described in the preceding chapter a battery is used to energize the microphone transmitter, and these two elements are connected in series with a microphone modulator. This latter device may be either (1) a telephone induction coil, (2) a microphone transformer, or (3) a magnetic modulator; the first two of these devices step-up the voltage of the battery current and the amplified voltage thus developed is impressed on the oscillations that surge through the closed oscillation circuit or the aerial wire system according to the place where you connect it. The third device works on a different principle and this will be described a little farther along.
The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Direct Current--Long Distance Transmitters.--In the wireless telephone transmitters for long-distance work discussed in the previous chapter, a battery powers the microphone transmitter, and these two components are connected in series with a microphone modulator. This can be either (1) a telephone induction coil, (2) a microphone transformer, or (3) a magnetic modulator; the first two devices increase the voltage of the battery current, and the boosted voltage is applied to the oscillations that flow through the closed oscillation circuit or the aerial wire system, depending on where you connect it. The third device operates on a different principle, which will be explained a bit later.
The Operation of Microphone Modulators--The Induction Coil.--This device is really a miniature transformer, see A in Fig. 86, and its purpose is to change the 6 volt direct current that flows through the microphone into 100 volts alternating current; in turn, this is impressed on the oscillations that are surging in either (1) the grid circuit as shown at A in Fig. 89, and in Fig. 90, (2) the aerial wire system, as shown at B in Fig. 89 and Fig. 93. When the current from the battery flows through the primary coil it magnetizes the soft iron core and as the microphone varies the strength of the current the high voltage alternating currents set up in the secondary coil of the induction coil are likewise varied, when they are impressed upon and modulate the oscillating currents.
The Operation of Microphone Modulators--The Induction Coil.--This device is essentially a small transformer, see A in Fig. 86, and its function is to convert the 6-volt direct current that flows through the microphone into 100 volts alternating current; this is then applied to the oscillations that are moving through either (1) the grid circuit as shown at A in Fig. 89, and in Fig. 90, or (2) the aerial wire system, as shown at B in Fig. 89 and Fig. 93. When the current from the battery passes through the primary coil, it magnetizes the soft iron core, and as the microphone changes the strength of the current, the high voltage alternating currents generated in the secondary coil of the induction coil are also varied, which then modulate the oscillating currents.
The Microphone Transformer.--This is an induction coil that is designed especially for wireless telephone modulation. The iron core of this transformer is also of the open magnetic circuit type, see A in Fig. 87, and the ratio of the turns [Footnote: See Chapter VI] of the primary and the secondary coil is such that when the secondary current is impressed upon either the grid circuit or the aerial wire system it controls the oscillations flowing through it with the greatest efficiency.
The Microphone Transformer.--This is an induction coil specifically made for wireless telephone modulation. The iron core of this transformer is of the open magnetic circuit type, see A in Fig. 87, and the ratio of the turns [Footnote: See Chapter VI] of the primary and secondary coil is set up so that when the secondary current is applied to either the grid circuit or the aerial wire system, it effectively controls the oscillations flowing through it.
The Magnetic Modulator.--This piece of apparatus is also called a magnetic amplifier. The iron core is formed of very thin plates, or laminations as they are called, and this permits high-frequency oscillations to surge in a coil wound on it. In this transformer, see A in Fig. 88, the current flowing through the microphone varies the magnetic permeability of the soft iron core by the magnetic saturation of the latter. Since the microphone current is absolutely distinct from the oscillating currents surging through the coil of the transformer a very small direct current flowing through a coil on the latter will vary or modulate very large oscillating currents surging through the former. It is shown connected in the aerial wire system at A in Fig. 88, and in Fig. 93.
The Magnetic Modulator.--This device is also known as a magnetic amplifier. The iron core is made of very thin plates, or laminations, which allows high-frequency oscillations to flow through a coil wrapped around it. In this transformer, see A in Fig. 88, the current that goes through the microphone changes the magnetic permeability of the soft iron core due to the magnetic saturation of the core. Since the microphone current is completely separate from the oscillating currents flowing through the coil of the transformer, a very small direct current flowing through one coil will modulate very large oscillating currents running through the other. It is shown connected in the aerial wire system at A in Fig. 88, and in Fig. 93.
Operation of the Vacuum Tube as a Modulator.--Where a microphone modulator of the induction coil or microphone transformer type is connected in the grid circuit or aerial wire system the modulation is not very effective, but by using a second tube as a modulator, as shown in Fig. 90, an efficient degree of modulation can be had. Now there are two methods by which a vacuum tube can be used as a modulator and these are: (1) by the absorption of the energy of the current set up by the oscillator tube, and (2) by varying the direct current that energizes the plate of the oscillator tube.
Operation of the Vacuum Tube as a Modulator.--When a microphone modulator, like an induction coil or microphone transformer, is connected in the grid circuit or aerial wire system, the modulation isn't very effective. However, by using a second tube as a modulator, as shown in Fig. 90, you can achieve a more effective level of modulation. There are two ways to use a vacuum tube as a modulator: (1) by absorbing the energy from the current generated by the oscillator tube, and (2) by varying the direct current that powers the plate of the oscillator tube.
The first of these two methods is not used because it absorbs the energy of the oscillating current produced by the tube and it is therefore wasteful. The second method is an efficient one, as the direct current is varied before it passes into the oscillator tube. This is sufficient reason for describing only the second method. The voltage of the grid of the modulator tube is varied by the secondary coil of the induction coil or microphone transformer, above described. In this way the modulator tube acts like a variable resistance but it amplifies the variations impressed on the oscillations set up by the oscillator tube. As the magnetic modulator does the same thing a vacuum tube used as a modulator is not needed where the former is employed. For this reason a magnetic modulator is the cheapest in the long run.
The first of these two methods isn't used because it takes in the energy from the oscillating current produced by the tube, making it wasteful. The second method is more efficient because the direct current is adjusted before it enters the oscillator tube. This is why we’ll only focus on the second method. The voltage of the grid in the modulator tube is changed by the secondary coil of the induction coil or microphone transformer mentioned earlier. This allows the modulator tube to function like a variable resistor while also amplifying the changes made to the oscillations created by the oscillator tube. Since the magnetic modulator performs the same function, a vacuum tube as a modulator isn't necessary where the magnetic modulator is used. Therefore, a magnetic modulator is the most cost-effective option in the long run.
The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Alternating Current.--Where an initial alternating current is used for wireless telephony, the current must be rectified first and then smoothed out before passing into the oscillator tube to be converted into oscillations. Further so that the oscillations will be sustained, two oscillator tubes must be used, and, finally, in order that the oscillations may not vary in amplitude the alternating current must be first changed into direct current by a pair of rectifier vacuum tubes, as shown in Fig. 93. When this is done the plates will be positively charged alternately with every reversal of the current in which case there will be no break in the continuity of the oscillations set up and therefore in the waves that are sent out.
The Operation of Wireless Telephone Transmitters with Alternating Current.--When using an initial alternating current for wireless telephony, the current needs to be rectified first and then smoothed out before it goes into the oscillator tube to be converted into oscillations. To sustain these oscillations, two oscillator tubes are required, and to ensure that the oscillations maintain a consistent amplitude, the alternating current must be converted to direct current using a pair of rectifier vacuum tubes, as shown in Fig. 93. Once this is done, the plates will alternate between being positively charged with each reversal of the current, ensuring there is no interruption in the continuity of the oscillations generated and, consequently, in the waves that are transmitted.
The Operation of Rectifier Vacuum Tubes.--The vacuum tube rectifier is simply a two electrode vacuum tube. The way in which it changes a commercial alternating current into pulsating direct current is the same as that in which a two electrode vacuum tube detector changes an oscillating current into pulsating direct currents and this has been explained in detail under the heading of The Operation of a Two Electrode Vacuum Tube Detector in Chapter XII. In the C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Sets described in Chapter XVII, the oscillator tubes act as rectifiers as well as oscillators but for wireless telephony the alternating current must be rectified first so that a continuous direct current will result.
The Operation of Rectifier Vacuum Tubes.--The vacuum tube rectifier is essentially a two-electrode vacuum tube. It converts commercial alternating current into pulsating direct current in the same way that a two-electrode vacuum tube detector transforms an oscillating current into pulsating direct currents, which has been detailed under the section The Operation of a Two Electrode Vacuum Tube Detector in Chapter XII. In the C. W. Telegraph Transmitting Sets described in Chapter XVII, the oscillator tubes function as both rectifiers and oscillators, but for wireless telephony, the alternating current must be rectified first to produce a continuous direct current.
The Operation of Reactors and Condensers.--A reactor is a single coil of wire wound on an iron core, see Fig. 90 and A in Fig. 91, and it should preferably have a large inductance. The reactor for the plate and grid circuit of a wireless telephone transmitter where one or more tubes are used as modulators as shown in the wiring diagram in Fig. 90, and the filter reactor shown in Fig. 92, operate in the same way.
The Operation of Reactors and Condensers.--A reactor is a single coil of wire wrapped around an iron core, see Fig. 90 and A in Fig. 91, and it should ideally have high inductance. The reactor for the plate and grid circuit of a wireless telephone transmitter, where one or more tubes function as modulators, is illustrated in the wiring diagram in Fig. 90; the filter reactor shown in Fig. 92 operates similarly.
When an alternating current flows through a coil of wire the reversals of the current set up a counter electromotive force in it which opposes, that is reacts, on the current, and the higher the frequency of the current the greater will be the reactance. When the positive half of an alternating current is made to flow through a large resistance the current is smoothed out but at the same time a large amount of its energy is used up in producing heat.
When an alternating current passes through a coil of wire, the reversals in the current create a counter electromotive force within it that opposes, or reacts, against the current. The higher the frequency of the current, the greater the reactance will be. When the positive phase of an alternating current flows through a high resistance, the current becomes smoother, but at the same time, a significant amount of its energy is consumed in generating heat.
But when the positive half of an alternating current is made to flow through a large inductance it acts like a large resistance as before and likewise smooths out the current, but none of its energy is wasted in heat and so a coil having a large inductance, which is called an inductive reactance, or just reactor for short, is used to smooth out, or filter, the alternating current after it has been changed into a pulsating direct current by the rectifier tubes.
But when the positive half of an alternating current flows through a large inductor, it behaves like a high resistance and smooths out the current. However, none of its energy is lost as heat, so a coil with a large inductance, referred to as an inductive reactance, or just reactor for short, is used to smooth out or filter the alternating current after it’s been converted into a pulsating direct current by the rectifier tubes.
A condenser also has a reactance effect on an alternating current but different from an induction coil the lower the frequency the greater will be the reactance. For this reason both a filter reactor and filter condensers are used to smooth out the pulsating direct currents.
A condenser also has a reactance effect on alternating current, but unlike an induction coil, the lower the frequency, the greater the reactance. Because of this, both a filter reactor and filter condensers are used to smooth out the pulsating direct currents.
CHAPTER XX
HOW TO MAKE A RECEIVING SET FOR $5.00 OR LESS
In the chapters on Receptors you have been told how to build up high-grade sets. But there are thousands of boys, and, probably, not a few men, who cannot afford to invest $25.00, more or less, in a receiving set and would like to experiment in a small way.
In the chapters on Receptors, you've learned how to put together quality sets. However, there are thousands of boys, and likely some men too, who can’t afford to spend $25.00 or so on a receiving set and would like to try experimenting on a smaller scale.
The following set is inexpensive, and with this cheap, little portable receptor you can get the Morse code from stations a hundred miles distant and messages and music from broadcasting stations if you do not live too far away from them. All you need for this set are: (1) a crystal detector, (2) a tuning coil and (3) an earphone. You can make a crystal detector out of a couple of binding posts, a bit of galena and a piece of brass wire, or, better, you can buy one all ready to use for 50 cents.
The following setup is affordable, and with this cheap little portable receiver, you can pick up Morse code from stations a hundred miles away, as well as messages and music from broadcasting stations, as long as you’re not too far from them. To put this set together, you’ll need: (1) a crystal detector, (2) a tuning coil, and (3) an earphone. You can make a crystal detector using a couple of binding posts, a piece of galena, and a bit of brass wire, or, even better, you can buy a pre-made one for 50 cents.
Photograph unavailable |
Wireless Receptor, the size of a Safety Match Box. A Youthful Genius in the person of Kenneth R. Hinman, Who is only twelve years old, has made a Wireless Receiving Set that fits neatly into a Safety Match Box. With this Instrument and a Pair of Ordinary Receivers, He is able to catch not only Code Messages but the regular Broadcasting Programs from Stations Twenty and Thirty Miles Distant. |
The Crystal Detector.--This is known as the Rasco baby detector and it is made and sold by the Radio Specialty Company, 96 Park Place, New York City. It is shown in Fig. 96. The base is made of black composition and on it is mounted a standard in which a rod slides and on one end of this there is fixed a hard rubber adjusting knob while the other end carries a thin piece of phosphor-bronze wire, called a cat-whisker To secure the galena crystal in the cup you simply unscrew the knurled cap, place it in the cavity of the post and screw the cap back on again. The free end of the cat-whisker wire is then adjusted so that it will rest lightly on the exposed part of the galena.
The Crystal Detector.--This is known as the Rasco baby detector, which is manufactured and sold by the Radio Specialty Company, 96 Park Place, New York City. It is illustrated in Fig. 96. The base is made of black material and features a standard with a sliding rod; one end has a hard rubber adjustment knob, while the other end holds a thin piece of phosphor-bronze wire, referred to as a cat-whisker. To secure the galena crystal in the cup, you simply unscrew the knurled cap, place it in the cavity of the post, and screw the cap back on. The free end of the cat-whisker wire is then adjusted to rest lightly on the exposed part of the galena.
The Tuning Coil.--You will have to make this tuning coil, which you can do at a cost of less than $1.00, as the cheapest tuning coil you can buy costs at least $3.00, and we need the rest of our $5.00 to invest in the earphone. Get a cardboard tube, such as is used for mailing purposes, 2 inches in diameter and 3 inches long, see A in Fig. 97. Now wind on 250 turns of No. 40 Brown and Sharpe gauge plain enameled magnet wire. You can use No. 40 double cotton covered magnet wire, in which case you will have to shellac the tube and the wire after you get it on.
The Tuning Coil.--You need to make this tuning coil, which you can do for under $1.00, since the cheapest one you can buy costs at least $3.00, and we need the remaining $5.00 to spend on the earphone. Get a cardboard tube, like the ones used for mailing, that is 2 inches in diameter and 3 inches long, as shown in A in Fig. 97. Now wrap 250 turns of No. 40 Brown and Sharpe gauge plain enameled magnet wire. You can also use No. 40 double cotton covered magnet wire, but in that case, you'll need to shellac the tube and the wire after winding it on.
As you wind on the wire take off a tap at every 15th turn, that is, scrape the wire and solder on a piece about 7 inches long, as shown in Fig. 99; and do this until you have 6 taps taken off. Instead of leaving the wires outside of the tube bring them to the inside of it and then out through one of the open ends. Now buy a round wood-base switch with 7 contact points on it as shown at B in Fig. 97. This will cost you 25 or 50 cents.
As you wrap the wire, take off a tap at every 15th turn, meaning you should scrape the wire and solder on a piece about 7 inches long, as shown in Fig. 99; do this until you have 6 taps removed. Instead of leaving the wires outside the tube, bring them to the inside and then out through one of the open ends. Now purchase a round wood-base switch with 7 contact points on it, as shown at B in Fig. 97. This will cost you 25 or 50 cents.
The Headphone.--An ordinary Bell telephone receiver is of small use for wireless work as it is wound to too low a resistance and the diaphragm is much too thick. If you happen to have a Bell phone you can rewind it with No. 40 single covered silk magnet wire, or enameled wire of the same size, when its sensitivity will be very greatly improved. Then you must get a thin diaphragm and this should not be enameled, as this tends to dampen the vibrations of it. You can get a diaphragm of the right kind for 5 cents.
The Headphone.--A regular Bell telephone receiver isn't very useful for wireless work because it has too low a resistance and the diaphragm is too thick. If you have a Bell phone, you can rewind it using No. 40 single-covered silk magnet wire, or enameled wire of the same size, which will significantly improve its sensitivity. Then you need to get a thin diaphragm that should not be enameled, as that can dampen its vibrations. You can find the right kind of diaphragm for 5 cents.
The better way, though, is to buy an earphone made especially for wireless work. You can get one wound to 1000 ohms resistance for $1.75 and this price includes a cord. [Footnote: This is Mesco, No. 470 wireless phone. Sold by the Manhattan Electrical Supply Co., Park Place, N.Y.C.] For $1.00 extra you can get a head-band for it, and then your phone will look like the one pictured in Fig. 98.
The better option, however, is to buy headphones designed specifically for wireless use. You can find one with 1000 ohms resistance for $1.75, which includes a cord. [Footnote: This is Mesco, No. 470 wireless phone. Sold by the Manhattan Electrical Supply Co., Park Place, N.Y.C.] For an additional $1.00, you can get a headband for it, and then your headphones will look like the one shown in Fig. 98.
How to Mount the Parts.--Now mount the coil on a wood base, 1/2 or 1 inch thick, 3-1/2 inches wide and 5-1/2 inches long, and then connect one end of the coil to one of the end points on the switch, and connect each succeeding tap to one of the switch points, as shown schematically in Fig. 99 and diagrammatically in Fig. 100. This done, screw the switch down to the base. Finally screw the detector to the base and screw two binding posts in front of the coil. These are for the earphone.
How to Mount the Parts.--Now attach the coil to a wooden base that is 1/2 or 1 inch thick, 3-1/2 inches wide, and 5-1/2 inches long. Connect one end of the coil to one of the end points on the switch, and connect each additional tap to one of the switch points, as illustrated in Fig. 99 and Fig. 100. Once that’s done, secure the switch to the base. Finally, attach the detector to the base and install two binding posts in front of the coil. These are for the earphone.
The Condenser.--You do not have to connect a condenser across the earphone but if you do you will improve the receiving qualities of the receptor.
The Condenser.--You don't have to connect a condenser to the earphone, but if you do, it'll enhance the receiving qualities of the receiver.
How to Connect Up the Receptor.--Now connect up all the parts as shown in Figs. 99 and 100, then connect the leading-in wire of the aerial with the lever of the switch; and connect the free end of the tuning coil with the ground. If you have no aerial wire try hooking it up to a rain pipe that is not grounded or the steel frame of an umbrella. For a ground you can use a water pipe, an iron pipe driven into the ground, or a hydrant. Put on your headphone, adjust the detector and move the lever over the switch contacts until it is in adjustment and then, if all your connections are properly made, you should be able to pick up messages.
How to Connect Up the Receptor.--Now connect all the parts as shown in Figs. 99 and 100, then attach the lead-in wire from the aerial to the lever of the switch; and connect the free end of the tuning coil to the ground. If you don’t have an aerial wire, you can try connecting it to a rain pipe that is not grounded or the steel frame of an umbrella. For a ground, you can use a water pipe, an iron pipe driven into the ground, or a hydrant. Put on your headphones, adjust the detector, and move the lever across the switch contacts until it’s set correctly. If all your connections are made properly, you should be able to pick up messages.
Photograph unavailable |
Wireless Set made into a Ring, designed by Alfred G. Rinehart, of Elizabeth, New Jersey. This little Receptor is a Practical Set; it will receive Messages, Concerts, etc., Measures 1" by 5/8" by 7/8". An ordinary Umbrella is used as an Aerial. |
APPENDIX
USEFUL INFORMATION
ABBREVIATIONS OF UNITS
Unit Abbreviation ampere amp. ampere-hours amp.-hr. centimeter cm. centimeter-gram-second c.g.s. cubic centimeters cm.^3 cubic inches cu. in. cycles per second ~ degrees Centigrade °C. degrees Fahrenheit °F. feet ft. foot-pounds ft.-lb. grams g. henries h. inches in. kilograms kg. kilometers km. kilowatts kw. kilowatt-hours kw.-hr. kilovolt-amperes kv.-a. meters m. microfarads [Greek: mu]f. micromicrofarads [Greek: mu mu]f. millihenries mh. millimeters mm. pounds lb. seconds sec. square centimeters cm.^2 square inches sq. in. volts v. watts w.
Unit Abbreviation ampere amp. ampere-hours amp.-hr. centimeter cm. centimeter-gram-second c.g.s. cubic centimeters cm³ cubic inches cu. in. cycles per second ~ degrees Celsius °C. degrees Fahrenheit °F. feet ft. foot-pounds ft.-lb. grams g. henries h. inches in. kilograms kg. kilometers km. kilowatts kW. kilowatt-hours kW-hr. kilovolt-amperes kVA. meters m. microfarads μF. micromicrofarads μμF. millihenries mH. millimeters mm. pounds lb. seconds sec. square centimeters cm² square inches sq. in. volts V. watts W.
PREFIXES USED WITH METRIC SYSTEM UNITS
Prefix Abbreviation Meaning micro [Greek: mu]. 1 millionth milli m. 1 thousandth centi c. 1 hundredth deci d. 1 tenth deka dk. 10 hekto h. 1 hundred kilo k. 1 thousand mega m. 1 million
Prefix Abbreviation Meaning micro [Greek: mu]. 1 millionth milli m. 1 thousandth centi c. 1 hundredth deci d. 1 tenth deka dk. 10 hekto h. 1 hundred kilo k. 1 thousand mega m. 1 million
SYMBOLS USED FOR VARIOUS QUANTITIES

Quantity Symbol capacitance C conductance g coupling co-efficient k current, instantaneous i current, effective value I decrement [Greek: delta] dielectric constant [Greek: alpha] electric field intensity [Greek: epsilon] electromotive force,
instantaneous value E electromotive force,
effective value F energy W force F frequency f frequency x 2[Greek: pi] [Greek: omega] impedance Z inductance, self L inductance, mutual M magnetic field intensity A magnetic flux [Greek: Phi] magnetic induction B period of a complete
oscillation T potential difference V quantity of electricity Q ratio of the
circumference of a
circle to its diameter
=3.1416 [Greek: pi] reactance X resistance R time t velocity v velocity of light c wave length [Greek: lambda] wave length in meters [Greek: lambda]m work W permeability [Greek: mu] Square root [Math: square root]
Quantity Symbol capacitance C conductance g coupling coefficient k instantaneous current i effective current value I decrement [Greek: delta] dielectric constant [Greek: alpha] electric field intensity [Greek: epsilon] electromotive force,
instantaneous value E electromotive force,
effective value F energy W force F frequency f frequency x 2[Greek: pi] [Greek: omega] impedance Z self inductance L mutual inductance M magnetic field intensity A magnetic flux [Greek: Phi] magnetic induction B period of a complete
oscillation T potential difference V quantity of electricity Q ratio of the
circumference of a
circle to its diameter
=3.1416 [Greek: pi] reactance X resistance R time t velocity v speed of light c wavelength [Greek: lambda] wavelength in meters [Greek: lambda]m work W permeability [Greek: mu] Square root [Math: square root]
TABLE OF ENAMELED WIRE
No. of Turns Turns Ohms per Wire, per per Cubic Inch B.& S. Linear Square of Gauge Inch Inch Winding 20 30 885 .748 22 37 1400 1.88 24 46 2160 4.61 26 58 3460 11.80 28 73 5400 29.20 30 91 8260 70.90 32 116 21,000 7547.00 34 145 13,430 2968.00 36 178 31,820 1098.00 38 232 54,080 456.00 40 294 86,500 183.00
No. of Turns Turns Ohms per Wire, per per Cubic Inch B.& S. Linear Square of Gauge Inch Inch Winding 20 30 885 .748 22 37 1400 1.88 24 46 2160 4.61 26 58 3460 11.80 28 73 5400 29.20 30 91 8260 70.90 32 116 21,000 7547.00 34 145 13,430 2968.00 36 178 31,820 1098.00 38 232 54,080 456.00 40 294 86,500 183.00
TABLE OF FREQUENCY AND WAVE LENGTHS
W. L.--Wave Lengths in Meters. F.--Number of Oscillations per Second. O. or square root L. C. is called Oscillation Constant. C.--Capacity in Microfarads. L.--Inductance in Centimeters. 1000 Centimeters = 1 Microhenry.
W. L.--Wave Lengths in Meters. F.--Number of Oscillations per Second. O. or √L. C. is referred to as Oscillation Constant. C.--Capacity in Microfarads. L.--Inductance in Centimeters. 1000 Centimeters = 1 Microhenry.
W.L. F O L.C. 50 6,000,000 .839 .7039 100 3,000,000 1.68 2.82 150 2,000,000 2.52 6.35 200 1,500,000 3.36 11.29 250 1,200,000 4.19 17.55 300 1,000,000 5.05 25.30 350 857,100 5.87 34.46 400 750,000 6.71 45.03 450 666,700 7.55 57.00 500 600,000 8.39 70.39 550 545,400 9.23 85.19 600 500,000 10.07 101.41 700 428,600 11.74 137.83 800 375,000 13.42 180.10 900 333,300 15.10 228.01 1,000 300,000 16.78 281.57 1,100 272,730 18.45 340.40 1,200 250,000 20.13 405.20 1,300 230,760 21.81 475.70 1,400 214,380 23.49 551.80 1,500 200,000 25.17 633.50 1,600 187,500 26.84 720.40 1,700 176,460 28.52 813.40 1,800 166,670 30.20 912.00 1,900 157,800 31.88 1,016.40 2,000 150,000 33.55 1,125.60 2,100 142,850 35.23 1,241.20 2,200 136,360 36.91 1,362.40 2,300 130,430 38.59 1,489.30 2,400 125,000 40.27 1,621.80 2,500 120,000 41.95 1,759.70 2,600 115,380 43.62 1,902.60 2,700 111,110 45.30 2,052.00 2,800 107,140 46.89 2,207.00 2,900 103,450 48.66 2,366.30 3,000 100,000 50.33 2,533.20 4,000 75,000 67.11 4,504.00 5,000 60,000 83.89 7,038.00 6,000 50,000 100.7 10,130.00 7,000 41,800 117.3 13,630.00 8,000 37,500 134.1 18,000.00 9,000 33,300 151.0 22,820.00 10,000 30,000 167.9 28,150.00 11,000 27,300 184.8 34,150.00 12,000 25,000 201.5 40,600.00 13,000 23,100 218.3 47,600.00 14,000 21,400 235.0 55,200.00 15,000 20,000 252.0 63,500.00 16,000 18,750 269.0 72,300.00
W.L. F O L.C. 50 6,000,000 .839 .7039 100 3,000,000 1.68 2.82 150 2,000,000 2.52 6.35 200 1,500,000 3.36 11.29 250 1,200,000 4.19 17.55 300 1,000,000 5.05 25.30 350 857,100 5.87 34.46 400 750,000 6.71 45.03 450 666,700 7.55 57.00 500 600,000 8.39 70.39 550 545,400 9.23 85.19 600 500,000 10.07 101.41 700 428,600 11.74 137.83 800 375,000 13.42 180.10 900 333,300 15.10 228.01 1,000 300,000 16.78 281.57 1,100 272,730 18.45 340.40 1,200 250,000 20.13 405.20 1,300 230,760 21.81 475.70 1,400 214,380 23.49 551.80 1,500 200,000 25.17 633.50 1,600 187,500 26.84 720.40 1,700 176,460 28.52 813.40 1,800 166,670 30.20 912.00 1,900 157,800 31.88 1,016.40 2,000 150,000 33.55 1,125.60 2,100 142,850 35.23 1,241.20 2,200 136,360 36.91 1,362.40 2,300 130,430 38.59 1,489.30 2,400 125,000 40.27 1,621.80 2,500 120,000 41.95 1,759.70 2,600 115,380 43.62 1,902.60 2,700 111,110 45.30 2,052.00 2,800 107,140 46.89 2,207.00 2,900 103,450 48.66 2,366.30 3,000 100,000 50.33 2,533.20 4,000 75,000 67.11 4,504.00 5,000 60,000 83.89 7,038.00 6,000 50,000 100.7 10,130.00 7,000 41,800 117.3 13,630.00 8,000 37,500 134.1 18,000.00 9,000 33,300 151.0 22,820.00 10,000 30,000 167.9 28,150.00 11,000 27,300 184.8 34,150.00 12,000 25,000 201.5 40,600.00 13,000 23,100 218.3 47,600.00 14,000 21,400 235.0 55,200.00 15,000 20,000 252.0 63,500.00 16,000 18,750 269.0 72,300.00
PRONUNCIATION OF GREEK LETTERS
Many of the physical quantities use Greek letters for symbols. The
following is the Greek alphabet with the way the letters are
pronounced:
Many physical quantities use Greek letters as symbols. Below is the Greek alphabet along with the pronunciation of the letters:
a alpha b beta g gamma d delta e epsilon z zeta ae eta th theta i iota k kappa l lambda m mu n nu x Xi(Zi) o omicron p pi r rho s sigma t tau u upsilon ph phi ch chi ps psi o omega
a alpha b beta g gamma d delta e epsilon z zeta ae eta th theta i iota k kappa l lambda m mu n nu x Xi(Zi) o omicron p pi r rho s sigma t tau u upsilon ph phi ch chi ps psi o omega
TABLE OF SPARKING DISTANCES
In Air for Various Voltages between Needle Points
In Air for Different Voltages between Needle Points
Volts Distance Inches Centimeter 5,000 .225 .57 10,000 .470 1.19 15,000 .725 1.84 20,000 1.000 2.54 25,000 1.300 3.30 30,000 1.625 4.10 35,000 2.000 5.10 40,000 2.450 6.20 45,000 2.95 7.50 50,000 3.55 9.90 60,000 4.65 11.8 70,000 5.85 14.9 80,000 7.10 18.0 90,000 8.35 21.2 100,000 9.60 24.4 110,000 10.75 27.3 120,000 11.85 30.1 130,000 12.95 32.9 140,000 13.95 35.4 150,000 15.00 38.1
Volts Distance Inches Centimeter 5,000 .225 .57 10,000 .470 1.19 15,000 .725 1.84 20,000 1.000 2.54 25,000 1.300 3.30 30,000 1.625 4.10 35,000 2.000 5.10 40,000 2.450 6.20 45,000 2.95 7.50 50,000 3.55 9.90 60,000 4.65 11.8 70,000 5.85 14.9 80,000 7.10 18.0 90,000 8.35 21.2 100,000 9.60 24.4 110,000 10.75 27.3 120,000 11.85 30.1 130,000 12.95 32.9 140,000 13.95 35.4 150,000 15.00 38.1
FEET PER POUND OF INSULATED MAGNET WIRE
No. of Single Double Single Double B.& S. Cotton, Cotton, Silk, Silk, Enamel Gauge 4-Mils 8-Mils 1-3/4-Mils 4-Mils 20 311 298 319 312 320 21 389 370 408 389 404 22 488 461 503 498 509 23 612 584 636 631 642 24 762 745 800 779 810 25 957 903 1,005 966 1,019 26 1,192 1,118 1,265 1,202 1,286 27 1,488 1,422 1,590 1,543 1,620 28 1,852 1,759 1,972 1,917 2,042 29 2,375 2,207 2,570 2,435 2,570 30 2,860 2,534 3,145 2,900 3,240 31 3,800 2,768 3,943 3,683 4,082 32 4,375 3,737 4,950 4,654 5,132 33 5,590 4,697 6,180 5,689 6,445 34 6,500 6,168 7,740 7,111 8,093 35 8,050 6,737 9,600 8,584 10,197 36 9,820 7,877 12,000 10,039 12,813 37 11,860 9,309 15,000 10,666 16,110 38 14,300 10,636 18,660 14,222 20,274 39 17,130 11,907 23,150 16,516 25,519 40 21,590 14,222 28,700 21,333 32,107
No. of Single Double Single Double B.& S. Cotton, Cotton, Silk, Silk, Enamel Gauge 4-Mils 8-Mils 1-3/4-Mils 4-Mils 20 311 298 319 312 320 21 389 370 408 389 404 22 488 461 503 498 509 23 612 584 636 631 642 24 762 745 800 779 810 25 957 903 1,005 966 1,019 26 1,192 1,118 1,265 1,202 1,286 27 1,488 1,422 1,590 1,543 1,620 28 1,852 1,759 1,972 1,917 2,042 29 2,375 2,207 2,570 2,435 2,570 30 2,860 2,534 3,145 2,900 3,240 31 3,800 2,768 3,943 3,683 4,082 32 4,375 3,737 4,950 4,654 5,132 33 5,590 4,697 6,180 5,689 6,445 34 6,500 6,168 7,740 7,111 8,093 35 8,050 6,737 9,600 8,584 10,197 36 9,820 7,877 12,000 10,039 12,813 37 11,860 9,309 15,000 10,666 16,110 38 14,300 10,636 18,660 14,222 20,274 39 17,130 11,907 23,150 16,516 25,519 40 21,590 14,222 28,700 21,333 32,107
INTERNATIONAL MORSE CODE AND CONVENTIONAL SIGNALS
- A dash is equal to three dots.
- The space between parts of the same letter is equal to one dot.
- The space between two letters is equal to three dots.
- The space between two words is equal to five dots.
[Note: period denotes Morse dot, hyphen denotes Morse dash]
[Note: period denotes Morse dot, hyphen denotes Morse dash]
A .- B -... C -.-. D -.. E . F ..-. G --. H .... I .. J .--- K -.- L .-.. M -- N -. O --- P .--. Q --.- R .-. S ... T - U ..- V ...- W .-- X -..- Y -.-- Z --.. Ä (German) .-.- Á or Å (Spanish-Scandinavian) .--.- CH (German-Spanish) ---- É (French) ..-.. Ñ (Spanish) --.-- Ö (German) ---. Ü (German) ..-- 1 .---- 2 ..--- 3 ...-- 4 ....- 5 ..... 6 -.... 7 --... 8 ---.. 9 ----. 0 ----- Period .. .. .. Semicolon -.-.-. Comma -.-.-. Colon ---... Interrogation ..--.. Exclamation point --..-- Apostrophe .----. Hyphen -....- Bar indicating fraction -..-. Parenthesis -.--.- Inverted commas .-..-. Underline ..--.- Double dash -...- Distress Call ...---... Attention call to precede every transmission -.-.- General inquiry call -.-. --.- From (de) -.. . Invitation to transmit (go ahead) -.- Warning--high power --..-- Question (please repeat after ...)--interrupting long messages ..--.. Wait .-... Break (Bk.) (double dash) -...- Understand ...-. Error ........ Received (O.K.) .-. Position report (to precede all position messages) - .-. End of each message (cross) .-.-. Transmission finished (end of work) (conclusion of correspondence) ...-.-
A .- B -... C -.-. D -.. E . F ..-. G --. H .... I .. J .--- K -.- L .-.. M -- N -. O --- P .--. Q --.- R .-. S ... T - U ..- V ...- W .-- X -..- Y -.-- Z --.. Ä (German) .-.- Á or Å (Spanish-Scandinavian) .--.- CH (German-Spanish) ---- É (French) ..-.. Ñ (Spanish) --.-- Ö (German) ---. Ü (German) ..-- 1 .---- 2 ..--- 3 ...-- 4 ....- 5 ..... 6 -.... 7 --... 8 ---.. 9 ----. 0 ----- Period .. .. .. Semicolon -.-.-. Comma -.-.-. Colon ---... Question ..--.. Exclamation point --..-- Apostrophe .----. Hyphen -....- Bar indicating fraction -..-. Parenthesis -.--.- Inverted commas .-..-. Underline ..--.- Double dash -...- Distress Call ...---... Attention call to precede every transmission -.-.- General inquiry call -.-. --.- From (de) -.. . Invitation to transmit (go ahead) -.- Warning--high power --..-- Question (please repeat after ...)--interrupting long messages ..--.. Wait .-... Break (Bk.) (double dash) -...- Understand ...-. Error ........ Received (O.K.) .-. Position report (to precede all position messages) - .-. End of each message (cross) .-.-. Transmission finished (end of work) (conclusion of correspondence) ...-.-
INTERNATIONAL RADIOTELEGRAPHIC CONVENTION
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS TO BE USED IN RADIO COMMUNICATION
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION
ABBREVIATION QUESTION ANSWER OR REPLY PRB Do you wish to communicate I wish to communicate by means by means of the International of the International Signal Code. Signal Code? QRA What ship or coast station is This is.... that? QRB What is your distance? My distance is.... QRC What is your true bearing? My true bearing is.... QRD Where are you bound for? I am bound for.... QRF Where are you bound from? I am bound from.... QRG What line do you belong to? I belong to the ... Line. QRH What is your wave length in My wave length is ... meters. meters? QRJ How many words have you to send? I have ... words to send. QRK How do you receive me? I am receiving well. QRL Are you receiving badly? I am receiving badly. Please Shall I send 20? send 20. ...-. ...-. for adjustment? for adjustment. QRM Are you being interfered with? I am being interfered with. QRN Are the atmospherics strong? Atmospherics are very strong. QRO Shall I increase power? Increase power. QRP Shall I decrease power? Decrease power. QRQ Shall I send faster? Send faster. QRS Shall I send slower? Send slower. QRT Shall I stop sending? Stop sending. QRU Have you anything for me? I have nothing for you. QRV Are you ready? I am ready. All right now. QRW Are you busy? I am busy (or: I am busy with...). Please do not interfere. QRX Shall I stand by? Stand by. I will call you when required. QRY When will be my turn? Your turn will be No.... QRZ Are my signals weak? You signals are weak. QSA Are my signals strong? You signals are strong. QSB Is my tone bad? The tone is bad. Is my spark bad? The spark is bad. QSC Is my spacing bad? Your spacing is bad. QSD What is your time? My time is.... QSF Is transmission to be in Transmission will be in alternate order or in series? alternate order. QSG Transmission will be in a series of 5 messages. QSH Transmission will be in a series of 10 messages. QSJ What rate shall I collect for...? Collect.... QSK Is the last radiogram canceled? The last radiogram is canceled. QSL Did you get my receipt? Please acknowledge. QSM What is your true course? My true course is...degrees. QSN Are you in communication with land? I am not in communication with land. QSO Are you in communication with I am in communication with... any ship or station (through...). (or: with...)? QSP Shall I inform...that you are Inform...that I am calling him. calling him? QSQ Is...calling me? You are being called by.... QSR Will you forward the radiogram? I will forward the radiogram. QST Have you received the general General call to all stations. call? QSU Please call me when you have Will call when I have finished. finished (or: at...o'clock)? QSV Is public correspondence being Public correspondence is being handled? handled. Please do not interfere.
ABBREVIATION QUESTION ANSWER OR REPLY PRB Do you want to communicate I want to communicate using via the International Signal the International Signal Code. Code? QRA Which ship or coast station is This is.... that? QRB How far away are you? I am ... away. QRC What is your true bearing? My true bearing is.... QRD Where are you headed? I'm headed for.... QRF Where are you coming from? I'm coming from.... QRG Which line are you with? I'm with the ... Line. QRH What is your wave length in My wave length is ... meters. meters? QRJ How many words do you need to send? I have ... words to send. QRK How do you hear me? I can hear you well. QRL Are you hearing poorly? I'm hearing poorly. Should I Can I send 20? send 20? ...-. ...-. for adjustment? for adjustment. QRM Are you experiencing interference? I'm experiencing interference. QRN Are the atmospheric conditions strong? Conditions are very strong. QRO Should I increase power? Increase power. QRP Should I decrease power? Decrease power. QRQ Should I send faster? Send faster. QRS Should I send slower? Send slower. QRT Should I stop sending? Stop sending. QRU Do you have anything for me? I have nothing for you. QRV Are you ready? I'm ready. All set now. QRW Are you busy? I'm busy (or: I'm busy with...). Please do not interrupt. QRX Should I stand by? Stand by. I'll call you when needed. QRY When will it be my turn? Your turn will be No.... QRZ Are my signals weak? Your signals are weak. QSA Are my signals strong? Your signals are strong. QSB Is my tone bad? The tone is bad. Is my spark bad? The spark is bad. QSC Is my spacing bad? Your spacing is bad. QSD What time is it? My time is.... QSF Should transmission be in Transmission will be in alternate order or in series? alternate order. QSG Transmission will be in a series of 5 messages. QSH Transmission will be in a series of 10 messages. QSJ What rate should I collect for...? Collect.... QSK Is the last radiogram canceled? The last radiogram is canceled. QSL Did you receive my receipt? Please acknowledge. QSM What is your true course? My true course is...degrees. QSN Are you in touch with land? I'm not in touch with land. QSO Are you in touch with I'm in touch with... any ship or station (through...). (or: with...)? QSP Should I let...know that you are Let...know that I'm calling him. calling him? QSQ Is...calling me? You are being called by.... QSR Will you pass on the radiogram? I'll pass on the radiogram. QST Did you receive the general call? General call to all stations. QSU Please call me when you're done Will call when I'm finished. (or: at...o'clock)? QSV Is public correspondence being Public correspondence is being handled? handled. Please do not interrupt.
[Footnote: Public correspondence is any radio work, official or private, handled on commercial wave lengths.]
[Footnote: Public correspondence is any radio communication, whether official or private, managed on commercial frequencies.]
QSW Shall I increase my spark Increase your spark frequency. frequency? QSX Shall I decrease my spark Decrease your spark frequency. frequency? QSY Shall I send on a wavelength Let us change to the wave length of ... meters? of ... meters. QSZ Send each word twice. I have difficulty in receiving you. QTA Repeat the last radiogram.
QSW Should I boost my spark Boost your spark frequency. frequency? QSX Should I lower my spark Lower your spark frequency. frequency? QSY Should I switch to a wavelength Let’s change to the wavelength of ... meters? of ... meters. QSZ Send each word twice. I’m having trouble receiving you. QTA Repeat the last message.
When an abbreviation is followed by a mark of interrogation, it refers to the question indicated for that abbreviation.
When an abbreviation is followed by a question mark, it refers to the question indicated for that abbreviation.
Useful Information
Helpful Info
Symbols Used For Apparatus

alternator
ammeter
aerial
arc
battery
buzzer
condenser
variable condenser
connection of wires
no connection
coupled coils
variable coupling
detector
gap, plain
gap, quenched
ground
hot wire ammeter
inductor
variable inductor
key
resistor
variable resistor
switch s.p.s.t.
" s.p.d.t.
" d.p.s.t.
" d.p.d.t.
" reversing
phone receiver
" transmitter
thermoelement
transformer
vacuum tube
voltmeter
choke coil
alternator
ammeter
antenna
arc
battery
buzzer
capacitor
variable capacitor
wire connections
no connection
coupled coils
variable coupling
detector
plain gap
quenched gap
ground
hot wire ammeter
inductor
variable inductor
key
resistor
variable resistor
single pole single throw switch (s.p.s.t.)
single pole double throw switch (s.p.d.t.)
double pole single throw switch (d.p.s.t.)
double pole double throw switch (d.p.d.t.)
reversing switch
phone receiver
transmitter
thermoelement
transformer
vacuum tube
voltmeter
choke coil
DEFINITIONS OF ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC UNITS
The ohm is the resistance of a thread of mercury at the temperature of melting ice, 14.4521 grams in mass, of uniform cross-section and a length of 106.300 centimeters.
The ohm is the resistance of a mercury thread at the temperature of melting ice, weighing 14.4521 grams, with a uniform cross-section and a length of 106.300 centimeters.
The ampere is the current which when passed through a solution of nitrate of silver in water according to certain specifications, deposits silver at the rate of 0.00111800 of a gram per second.
The ampere is the current that, when it flows through a solution of silver nitrate in water under specific conditions, deposits silver at a rate of 0.00111800 grams per second.
The volt is the electromotive force which produces a current of 1 ampere when steadily applied to a conductor the resistance of which is 1 ohm.
The volt is the electromotive force that creates a current of 1 ampere when consistently applied to a conductor with a resistance of 1 ohm.
The coulomb is the quantity of electricity transferred by a current of 1 ampere in 1 second.
The coulomb is the amount of electric charge moved by a current of 1 ampere in 1 second.
The ampere-hour is the quantity of electricity transferred by a current of 1 ampere in 1 hour and is, therefore, equal to 3600 coulombs.
The ampere-hour is the amount of electricity moved by a current of 1 ampere over 1 hour and is equal to 3600 coulombs.
The farad is the capacitance of a condenser in which a potential difference of 1 volt causes it to have a charge of 1 coulomb of electricity.
The farad is the capacitance of a capacitor where a potential difference of 1 volt results in a charge of 1 coulomb of electricity.
The henry is the inductance in a circuit in which the electromotive force induced is 1 volt when the inducing current varies at the rate of 1 ampere per second.
The henry is the inductance in a circuit where the induced electromotive force is 1 volt when the current changing causes a variation of 1 ampere per second.
The watt is the power spent by a current of 1 ampere in a resistance of 1 ohm.
The watt is the power used by a current of 1 ampere in a resistance of 1 ohm.
The joule is the energy spent in I second by a flow of 1 ampere in 1 ohm.
The joule is the energy used in 1 second by a current of 1 ampere through 1 ohm.
The horse-power is used in rating steam machinery. It is equal to 746 watts.
The horsepower is used to rate steam machinery. It's equal to 746 watts.
The kilowatt is 1,000 watts.
The kilowatt is 1,000 watts.
The units of capacitance actually used in wireless work are the microfarad, which is the millionth part of a farad, because the farad is too large a unit; and the C. G. S. electrostatic unit of capacitance, which is often called the centimeter of capacitance, which is about equal to 1.11 microfarads.
The units of capacitance actually used in wireless work are the microfarad, which is one millionth of a farad, because the farad is too large a unit; and the C. G. S. electrostatic unit of capacitance, often called the centimeter of capacitance, which is roughly equal to 1.11 microfarads.
The units of inductance commonly used in radio work are the millihenry, which is the thousandth part of a henry; and the centimeter of inductance, which is one one-thousandth part of a microhenry.
The units of inductance commonly used in radio work are the millihenry, which is one thousandth of a henry; and the centimeter of inductance, which is one one-thousandth of a microhenry.
Note.--For further information about electric and magnetic units get the Bureau of Standards Circular No. 60, called Electric Units and Standards, the price of which is 15 cents; also get Scientific Paper No. 292, called International System of Electric and Magnetic Units, price 10 cents. These and other informative papers can be had from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
Note.--For more information about electric and magnetic units, check out Bureau of Standards Circular No. 60, titled Electric Units and Standards, which costs 15 cents; also get Scientific Paper No. 292, called International System of Electric and Magnetic Units, priced at 10 cents. These and other informative documents are available from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
WIRELESS BOOKS
The Admiralty Manual of Wireless Telegraphy. 1920. Published by His Majesty's Stationery Office, London.
The Admiralty Manual of Wireless Telegraphy. 1920. Published by the UK Government Publishing Office, London.
Ralph E. Batcher.--Prepared Radio Measurements. 1921. Wireless Press, Inc., New York City.
Ralph E. Batcher.--Prepared Radio Measurements. 1921. Wireless Press, Inc., New York City.
Elmer E. Bucher.--Practical Wireless Telegraphy. 1918. Wireless Press, Inc., New York City.
Elmer E. Bucher.--Practical Wireless Telegraphy. 1918. Wireless Press, Inc., New York City.
Elmer E. Bucher.--Vacuum Tubes in Wireless Communication. 1919. Wireless Press, Inc., New York City.
Elmer E. Bucher.--Vacuum Tubes in Wireless Communication. 1919. Wireless Press, Inc., New York City.
Elmer E. Bucher.--The Wireless Experimenter's Manual. 1920. Wireless Press, Inc., New York City.
Elmer E. Bucher.--The Wireless Experimenter's Manual. 1920. Wireless Press, Inc., New York City.
- Frederick Collins.--Wireless Telegraphy, Its History, Theory, and Practice. 1905. McGraw Pub. Co., New York City.
- H. Dellinger.--Principles Underlying Radio Communication.
- Signal Corps, U. S. Army, Washington, D. C.
- M. Dorsett.--Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony. 1920. Wireless Press, Ltd., London.
- A. Fleming.--Principles of Electric Wave Telegraphy. 1919. Longmans, Green and Co., London.
Charles B. Hayward.--How to Become a Wireless Operator. 1918. American Technical Society, Chicago, Ill.
Charles B. Hayward.--How to Become a Wireless Operator. 1918. American Technical Society, Chicago, IL.
G. D. Robinson.--Manual of Radio Telegraphy and Telephony. 1920. United States Naval Institute, Annapolis, Md.
G. D. Robinson.--Manual of Radio Telegraphy and Telephony. 1920. United States Naval Institute, Annapolis, Md.
Rupert Stanley.--Textbook of Wireless Telegraphy. 1919. Longmans, Green and Co., London.
Rupert Stanley.--Textbook of Wireless Telegraphy. 1919. Longmans, Green and Co., London.
E. W. Stone.--Elements of Radio Telegraphy. 1919. D, Van Nostrand Co., New York City.
E. W. Stone.--Elements of Radio Telegraphy. 1919. D, Van Nostrand Co., New York City.
L. B. Turner.--Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony. 1921. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England.
L. B. Turner.--Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony. 1921. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England.
Send to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C., for a copy of Price List No. 64 which lists the Government's books and pamphlets on wireless. It will be sent to you free of charge.
Send to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C., for a copy of Price List No. 64 which lists the government's books and pamphlets on wireless. It will be sent to you at no cost.
The Government publishes; (1) A List of Commercial Government and Special Wireless Stations, every year, price 15 cents; (2) A List of Amateur Wireless Stations, yearly, price 15 cents; (3) A Wireless Service Bulletin is published monthly, price 5 cents a copy, or 25 cents yearly; and (4) Wireless Communication Laws of the United States, the International Wireless Telegraphic Convention and Regulations Governing Wireless Operators and the Use of Wireless on Ships and Land Stations, price 15 cents a copy. Orders for the above publications should be addressed to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
The government publishes: (1) A List of Commercial Government and Special Wireless Stations every year, priced at 15 cents; (2) A List of Amateur Wireless Stations yearly, priced at 15 cents; (3) A Wireless Service Bulletin, published monthly, priced at 5 cents per copy or 25 cents yearly; and (4) Wireless Communication Laws of the United States, the International Wireless Telegraphic Convention and Regulations Governing Wireless Operators and the Use of Wireless on Ships and Land Stations, priced at 15 cents per copy. Orders for these publications should be sent to the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
Manufacturers and Dealers in Wireless Apparatus and Supplies:
Adams-Morgan Co., Upper Montclair, N. J.
Adams-Morgan Co., Upper Montclair, NJ.
American Hard Rubber Co., 11 Mercer Street, New York City.
American Hard Rubber Co., 11 Mercer Street, New York City.
American Radio and Research Corporation, Medford Hillside, Mass.
American Radio and Research Corporation, Medford Hillside, MA.
Brach (L. S.) Mfg. Co., 127 Sussex Ave., Newark, N. J.
Brach (L. S.) Manufacturing Company, 127 Sussex Ave., Newark, NJ.
Brandes (C.) Inc., 237 Lafayette St., New York City.
Brandes (C.) Inc., 237 Lafayette St., New York City.
Bunnell (J. H.) Company, Park Place, New York City.
Bunnell (J. H.) Company, Park Place, New York City.
Burgess Battery Company, Harris Trust Co. Bldg., Chicago, Ill.
Burgess Battery Company, Harris Trust Co. Building, Chicago, IL.
Clapp-Eastman Co., 120 Main St., Cambridge, Mass.
Clapp-Eastman Co., 120 Main St., Cambridge, MA.
Connecticut Telephone and Telegraph Co., Meriden, Conn.
Connecticut Telephone and Telegraph Company, Meriden, Connecticut.
Continental Fiber Co., Newark, Del.
Continental Fiber Co., Newark, DE.
Coto-Coil Co., Providence, R. I.
Coto-Coil Co., Providence, RI
Crosley Mfg. Co., Cincinnati, Ohio.
Crosley Manufacturing Company, Cincinnati, Ohio.
Doolittle (F. M.), 817 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn.
Doolittle (F. M.), 817 Chapel St., New Haven, CT.
Edelman (Philip E.), 9 Cortlandt St., New York City.
Edelman (Philip E.), 9 Cortlandt St., New York City.
Edison Storage Battery Co., Orange, N. J.
Edison Storage Battery Company, Orange, New Jersey.
Electric Specialty Co., Stamford, Conn.
Electric Specialty Co., Stamford, CT.
Electrose Mfg. Co., 60 Washington St., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Electrose Mfg. Co., 60 Washington St., Brooklyn, NY.
General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y.
General Electric, Schenectady, NY.
Grebe (A. H.) and Co., Inc., Richmond Hill, N. Y. C.
Grebe (A. H.) and Co., Inc., Richmond Hill, NY.
International Brass and Electric Co., 176 Beekman St., New York City.
International Brass and Electric Co., 176 Beekman St., New York City.
International Insulating Co., 25 West 45th St., New York City.
International Insulating Co., 25 West 45th St., New York City.
King Amplitone Co., 82 Church St., New York City.
King Amplitone Co., 82 Church St., New York City.
Kennedy (Colin B.) Co., Rialto Bldg., San Francisco, Cal.
Kennedy (Colin B.) Co., Rialto Building, San Francisco, CA.
Magnavox Co., Oakland, Cal.
Magnavox, Oakland, CA.
Manhattan Electrical Supply Co., Park Place, N. Y.
Manhattan Electrical Supply Co., Park Place, New York.
Marshall-Gerken Co., Toledo, Ohio.
Marshall-Gerken Co., Toledo, OH.
Michigan Paper Tube and Can Co., 2536 Grand River Ave., Detroit, Mich.
Michigan Paper Tube and Can Co., 2536 Grand River Ave., Detroit, MI
Murdock (Wm. J.) Co., Chelsea, Mass.
Murdock (Wm. J.) Co., Chelsea, MA.
National Carbon Co., Inc., Long Island City, N. Y.
National Carbon Co., Inc., Long Island City, NY.
Pittsburgh Radio and Appliance Co., 112 Diamond St., Pittsburgh, Pa,
Pittsburgh Radio and Appliance Co., 112 Diamond St., Pittsburgh, PA,
Radio Corporation of America, 233 Broadway, New York City.
Radio Corporation of America, 233 Broadway, New York City.
Riley-Klotz Mfg. Co., 17-19 Mulberry St., Newark, N. J.
Riley-Klotz Mfg. Co., 17-19 Mulberry St., Newark, NJ.
Radio Specialty Co., 96 Park Place, New York City.
Radio Specialty Co., 96 Park Place, New York City.
Roller-Smith Co., 15 Barclay St., New York City.
Roller-Smith Co., 15 Barclay St., New York City.
Tuska (C. D.) Co., Hartford, Conn.
Tuska (C. D.) Co., Hartford, CT.
Western Electric Co., Chicago, Ill.
Western Electric Co., Chicago, IL.
Westinghouse Electric Co., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Westinghouse Electric Company, Pittsburgh, PA.
Weston Electrical Instrument Co., 173 Weston Ave., Newark, N. J.
Weston Electrical Instrument Co., 173 Weston Ave., Newark, NJ.
Westfield Machine Co., Westfield, Mass.
Westfield Machine Co., Westfield, MA
ABBREVIATIONS OF COMMON TERMS
A. ..............Aerial A.C. ............Alternating Current A.F. ............Audio Frequency B. and S. .......Brown & Sharpe Wire Gauge C. ..............Capacity or Capacitance C.G.S. ..........Centimeter-Grain-Second Cond. ...........Condenser Coup. ...........Coupler C.W. ............Continuous Waves D.C. ............Direct Current D.P.D.T. ........Double Point Double Throw D.P.S.T. ........Double Point Single Throw D.X. ............Distance E. ..............Short for Electromotive Force (Volt) E.M.F. ..........Electromotive Force F. ..............Filament or Frequency G. ..............Grid Gnd. ............Ground I. ..............Current Strength (Ampere) I.C.W. ..........Interrupted Continuous Waves KW. .............Kilowatt L. ..............Inductance L.C. ............Loose Coupler Litz. ...........Litzendraht Mfd. ............Microfarad Neg. ............Negative O.T. ............Oscillation Transformer P. ..............Plate Prim. ...........Primary Pos. ............Positive R. ..............Resistance R.F. ............Radio Frequency Sec. ............Secondary S.P.D.T. ........Single Point Double Throw S.P.S.T. ........Single Point Single Throw S.R. ............Self Rectifying T. ..............Telephone or Period (time) of Complete Oscillation Tick. ...........Tickler V. ..............Potential Difference Var. ............Variometer Var. Cond. ......Variable Condenser V.T. ............Vacuum Tube W.L. ............Wave Length X. ..............Reactance
A. ..............Aerial A.C. ............Alternating Current A.F. ............Audio Frequency B. and S. .......Brown & Sharpe Wire Gauge C. ..............Capacity or Capacitance C.G.S. ..........Centimeter-Grain-Second Cond. ...........Condenser Coup. ...........Coupler C.W. ............Continuous Waves D.C. ............Direct Current D.P.D.T. ........Double Point Double Throw D.P.S.T. ........Double Point Single Throw D.X. ............Distance E. ..............Short for Electromotive Force (Volt) E.M.F. ..........Electromotive Force F. ..............Filament or Frequency G. ..............Grid Gnd. ............Ground I. ..............Current Strength (Ampere) I.C.W. ..........Interrupted Continuous Waves KW. .............Kilowatt L. ..............Inductance L.C. ............Loose Coupler Litz. ...........Litzendraht Mfd. ............Microfarad Neg. ............Negative O.T. ............Oscillation Transformer P. ..............Plate Prim. ...........Primary Pos. ............Positive R. ..............Resistance R.F. ............Radio Frequency Sec. ............Secondary S.P.D.T. ........Single Point Double Throw S.P.S.T. ........Single Point Single Throw S.R. ............Self Rectifying T. ..............Telephone or Period (time) of Complete Oscillation Tick. ...........Tickler V. ..............Potential Difference Var. ............Variometer Var. Cond. ......Variable Condenser V.T. ............Vacuum Tube W.L. ............Wave Length X. ..............Reactance
GLOSSARY
A BATTERY.--See Battery A.
A BATTERY.--See Battery A.
ABBREVIATIONS, CODE.--Abbreviations of questions and answers used in wireless communication. The abbreviation of a question is usually in three letters of which the first is Q. Thus Q R B is the code abbreviation of "what is your distance?" and the answer "My distance is..." See Page 306 [Appendix: List of Abbreviations].
ABBREVIATIONS, CODE.--Abbreviations for questions and answers used in wireless communication. The abbreviation for a question usually consists of three letters, with the first being Q. For example, Q R B is the code abbreviation for "what is your distance?" and the answer "My distance is...". See Page 306 [Appendix: List of Abbreviations].
ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS.--Abbreviations of various units used in wireless electricity. These abbreviations are usually lower case letters of the Roman alphabet, but occasionally Greek letters are used and other signs. Thus amperes is abbreviated amp., micro, which means one millionth, [Greek: mu], etc. See Page 301 [Appendix: Useful Abbreviations].
ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS.--Abbreviations for different units used in wireless electricity. These abbreviations are typically lowercase letters from the Roman alphabet, but sometimes Greek letters and other symbols are used. For example, amperes is abbreviated as amp., and micro means one millionth, represented by [Greek: mu], etc. See Page 301 [Appendix: Useful Abbreviations].
ABBREVIATIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS.--Letters used instead of words and terms for shortening them up where there is a constant repetition of them, as A.C. for alternating current; C.W. for continuous waves; V.T. for vacuum tube, etc. See Page 312 [Appendix: Abbreviations of Common Terms].
ABBREVIATIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS.--Letters used instead of words and terms to shorten them when they are repeated frequently, such as A.C. for alternating current; C.W. for continuous waves; V.T. for vacuum tube, etc. See Page 312 [Appendix: Abbreviations of Common Terms].
AERIAL.--Also called antenna. An aerial wire. One or more wires suspended in the air and insulated from its supports. It is the aerial that sends out the waves and receives them.
AERIAL.--Also called antenna. An aerial wire. One or more wires hanging in the air and insulated from their supports. The aerial is responsible for sending out the waves and receiving them.
AERIAL, AMATEUR.--An aerial suitable for sending out 200 meter wave lengths. Such an aerial wire system must not exceed 120 feet in length from the ground up to the aerial switch and from this through the leading-in wire to the end of the aerial.
AERIAL, AMATEUR.--An aerial designed for transmitting 200 meter wavelengths. This aerial wire system should not exceed 120 feet in length from the ground to the aerial switch and from there through the leading-in wire to the end of the aerial.
AERIAL AMMETER.--See Ammeter, Hot Wire.
AERIAL AMMETER.--See Hot Wire Ammeter.
AERIAL, BED-SPRINGS.--Where an outdoor aerial is not practicable bed-springs are often made to serve the purpose.
AERIAL, BED-SPRINGS.--When an outdoor aerial isn't feasible, bed-springs are often used instead.
AERIAL CAPACITY.--See Capacity, Aerial.
AERIAL CAPACITY.--See Aerial Capacity.
AERIAL COUNTERPOISE.--Where it is not possible to get a good ground an aerial counterpoise or earth capacity can be used to advantage. The counterpoise is made like the aerial and is supported directly under it close to the ground but insulated from it.
AERIAL COUNTERPOISE.--When it's not possible to find a good ground, an aerial counterpoise or earth capacity can be beneficial. The counterpoise is designed like the aerial and is positioned directly underneath it, close to the ground but insulated from it.
AERIAL, DIRECTIONAL.--A flat-top or other aerial that will transmit and receive over greater distances to and from one direction than to and from another.
AERIAL, DIRECTIONAL.--A flat-top or other antenna designed to transmit and receive signals over longer distances in one specific direction compared to others.
AERIAL, GROUND.--Signals can be received on a single long wire when it is placed on or buried in the earth or immersed in water. It is also called a ground antenna and an underground aerial.
AERIAL, GROUND.--Signals can be received on a single long wire when it is placed on, buried in the ground, or submerged in water. It is also known as a ground antenna and an underground aerial.
AERIAL, LOOP.--Also called a coil aerial, coil antenna, loop aerial, loop antenna and when used for the purpose a direction finder. A coil of wire wound on a vertical frame.
AERIAL, LOOP.--Also known as a coil aerial, coil antenna, loop aerial, loop antenna, and when used for this purpose, a direction finder. It consists of a coil of wire wrapped around a vertical frame.
AERIAL RESISTANCE.--See Resistance, Aerial.
AERIAL RESISTANCE.--See Aerial Resistance.
AERIAL SWITCH.--See Switch Aerial.
AERIAL SWITCH.--See Switch Aerial.
AERIAL WIRE.--(1) A wire or wires that form the aerial. (2) Wire that is used for aerials; this is usually copper or copper alloy.
AERIAL WIRE.--(1) A wire or wires that make up the aerial. (2) Wire used for aerials; this is typically made of copper or a copper alloy.
AERIAL WIRE SYSTEM.--An aerial and ground wire and that part of the inductance coil which connects them. The open oscillation circuit of a sending or a receiving station.
AERIAL WIRE SYSTEM.--An aerial and ground wire, along with the part of the inductance coil that connects them. The open oscillation circuit of a sending or receiving station.
AIR CORE TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer, Air Core.
AIR CORE TRANSFORMER.--See Air Core Transformer.
AMATEUR AERIAL OR ANTENNA.--See Aerial, Amateur.
AMATEUR AERIAL OR ANTENNA.--See Amateur Aerial.
ALTERNATOR.--An electric machine that generates alternating current.
ALTERNATOR.--An electric device that produces alternating current.
ALPHABET, INTERNATIONAL CODE.--A modified Morse alphabet of dots and dashes originally used in Continental Europe and, hence, called the Continental Code. It is now used for all general public service wireless communication all over the world and, hence, it is called the International Code. See page 305 [Appendix: International Morse Code].
ALPHABET, INTERNATIONAL CODE.--A modified Morse alphabet of dots and dashes that was originally used in Continental Europe, hence it's referred to as the Continental Code. It is now used for all general public service wireless communication worldwide, so it’s called the International Code. See page 305 [Appendix: International Morse Code].
ALTERNATING CURRENT (A.C.)--See Current.
ALTERNATING CURRENT (A.C.)--See Current.
ALTERNATING CURRENT TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer.
ALTERNATING CURRENT TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer.
AMATEUR GROUND.--See Ground, Amateur.
AMATEUR GROUND.--See Amateur Ground.
AMMETER.--An instrument used for measuring the current strength, in terms of amperes, that flows in a circuit. Ammeters used for measuring direct and alternating currents make use of the magnetic effects of the currents. High frequency currents make use of the heating effects of the currents.
AMMETER.--A device used to measure the current strength, in amperes, flowing through a circuit. Ammeters designed for measuring direct and alternating currents utilize the magnetic effects of the currents. High frequency currents rely on the heating effects of the currents.
AMMETER, HOT-WIRE.--High frequency currents are usually measured by means of an instrument which depends on heating a wire or metal strip by the oscillations. Such an instrument is often called a thermal ammeter, radio ammeter and aerial ammeter.
AMMETER, HOT-WIRE.--High-frequency currents are typically measured using a device that heats a wire or metal strip through oscillations. This device is often referred to as a thermal ammeter, radio ammeter, and aerial ammeter.
AMMETER, AERIAL.--See Ammeter, Hot Wire.
AMMETER, AERIAL.--See Hot Wire Ammeter.
AMMETER, RADIO.--See Ammeter, Hot Wire.
AMMETER, RADIO.--See Hot Wire Ammeter.
AMPERE.--The current which when passed through a solution of nitrate of silver in water according to certain specifications, deposits silver at the rate of 0.00111800 of a gram per second.
AMPERE.--The current that, when passed through a solution of silver nitrate in water according to specific standards, deposits silver at a rate of 0.00111800 grams per second.
AMPERE-HOUR.--The quantity of electricity transferred by a current of 1 ampere in 1 hour and is, therefore, equal to 3600 coulombs.
AMPERE-HOUR.--The amount of electricity transferred by a current of 1 ampere over 1 hour is equal to 3600 coulombs.
AMPERE-TURNS.--When a coil is wound up with a number of turns of wire and a current is made to flow through it, it behaves like a magnet. B The strength of the magnetic field inside of the coil depends on (1) the strength of the current and (2) the number of turns of wire on the coil. Thus a feeble current flowing through a large number of turns will produce as strong a magnetic field as a strong current flowing through a few turns of wire. This product of the current in amperes times the number of turns of wire on the coil is called the ampere-turns.
AMPERE-TURNS.--When a coil is wrapped with several turns of wire and an electric current flows through it, it acts like a magnet. The strength of the magnetic field inside the coil depends on (1) the strength of the current and (2) the number of turns of wire in the coil. Therefore, a weak current flowing through many turns can create a magnetic field as strong as a strong current flowing through just a few turns of wire. This product of the current in amperes multiplied by the number of turns of wire in the coil is called the ampere-turns.
AMPLIFICATION, AUDIO FREQUENCY.--A current of audio frequency that is amplified by an amplifier tube or other means.
AMPLIFICATION, AUDIO FREQUENCY.--An audio frequency current that is enhanced by an amplifier tube or other methods.
AMPLIFICATION, CASCADE.--See Cascade Amplification.
AMPLIFICATION, CASCADE.--See Cascade Amplification.
AMPLIFICATION, RADIO FREQUENCY.--A current of radio frequency that is amplified by an amplifier tube or other means before it reaches the detector.
AMPLIFICATION, RADIO FREQUENCY.--A radio frequency current that is boosted by an amplifier tube or other methods before it gets to the detector.
AMPLIFICATION, REGENERATIVE.--A scheme that uses a third circuit to feed back part of the oscillations through a vacuum tube and which increases its sensitiveness when used as a detector and multiplies its action as an amplifier and an oscillator.
AMPLIFICATION, REGENERATIVE.--A setup that uses a third circuit to send some of the oscillations back through a vacuum tube, enhancing its sensitivity when used as a detector and boosting its effectiveness as an amplifier and an oscillator.
AMPLIFIER, AUDIO FREQUENCY.--A vacuum tube or other device that amplifies the signals after passing through the detector.
AMPLIFIER, AUDIO FREQUENCY.--A vacuum tube or other device that boosts the signals after they go through the detector.
AMPLIFIER, MAGNETIC.--A device used for controlling radio frequency currents either by means of a telegraph key or a microphone transmitter. The controlling current flows through a separate circuit from that of the radio current and a fraction of an ampere will control several amperes in the aerial wire.
AMPLIFIER, MAGNETIC.--A device used to control radio frequency currents, either through a telegraph key or a microphone transmitter. The controlling current runs through a separate circuit from the radio current, and just a small fraction of an ampere can control several amperes in the aerial wire.
AMPLIFIERS, MULTI-STAGE.--A receiving set using two or more amplifiers. Also called cascade amplification.
AMPLIFIERS, MULTI-STAGE.--A receiving system that uses two or more amplifiers. Also called cascade amplification.
AMPLIFIER, VACUUM TUBE.--A vacuum tube that is used either to amplify the radio frequency currents or the audio frequency currents.
AMPLIFIER, VACUUM TUBE.--A vacuum tube that is used to amplify either radio frequency currents or audio frequency currents.
AMPLITUDE OF WAVE.--The greatest distance that a point moves from its position of rest.
AMPLITUDE OF WAVE.--The maximum distance that a point moves away from its resting position.
AMPLIFYING TRANSFORMER, AUDIO.--See Transformer, Audio Amplifying.
AMPLIFYING TRANSFORMER, AUDIO.--See Audio Amplifying Transformer.
AMPLIFYING MODULATOR VACUUM TUBE.--See Vacuum Tube, Amplifying Modulator.
AMPLIFYING MODULATOR VACUUM TUBE.--See Vacuum Tube, Amplifying Modulator.
AMPLIFYING TRANSFORMER RADIO.--See Transformer, Radio Amplifying.
AMPLIFYING TRANSFORMER RADIO.--See Radio Amplifying Transformer.
ANTENNA, AMATEUR.--See Aerial, Amateur.
Antenna, Amateur.--See Aerial, Amateur.
ANTENNA SWITCH.--See Switch, Aerial.
ANTENNA SWITCH.--See Aerial Switch.
APPARATUS SYMBOLS.--See Symbols, Apparatus.
APPARATUS SYMBOLS.--See Apparatus Symbols.
ARMSTRONG CIRCUIT.--See Circuit, Armstrong.
ARMSTRONG CIRCUIT.--See Armstrong Circuit.
ATMOSPHERICS.--Same as Static, which see.
ATMOSPHERICS.--Same as Static, see.
ATTENUATION.--In Sending wireless telegraph and telephone messages the amplitude of the electric waves is damped out as the distance increases. This is called attenuation and it increases as the frequency is increased. This is the reason why short wave lengths will not carry as far as long wave lengths.
ATTENUATION.--When sending wireless telegraph and telephone messages, the strength of the electric waves decreases as the distance increases. This is called attenuation, and it gets worse as the frequency goes up. That’s why short wavelengths don't transmit as far as long wavelengths.
AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER.--See Amplifier, Audio Frequency.
AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER.--See Audio Frequency Amplifier.
AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFICATION.--See Amplification, Audio Frequency.
AUDIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFICATION.--See Audio Frequency Amplification.
AUDIBILITY METER.--See Meter, Audibility.
AUDIBILITY METER.--See Audibility Meter.
AUDIO FREQUENCY.--See Frequency, Audio.
AUDIO FREQUENCY.--See Audio Frequency.
AUDIO FREQUENCY CURRENT.--See Current, Audio Frequency.
AUDIO FREQUENCY CURRENT.--See Audio Frequency Current.
AUDION.--An early trade name given to the vacuum tube detector.
AUDION.--An early brand name used for the vacuum tube detector.
AUTODYNE RECEPTOR.--See Receptor, Autodyne.
AUTODYNE RECEPTOR.--See Autodyne Receptor.
AUTO TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer, Auto.
AUTO TRANSFORMER.--See Auto Transformer.
BAKELITE.--A manufactured insulating compound.
BAKELITE.--A synthetic insulating material.
B BATTERY.--See Battery B.
B Battery.--See Battery B.
BAND, WAVE LENGTH.--See Wave Length Band.
BAND, WAVE LENGTH.--See Wave Length Band.
BASKET WOUND COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
BASKET WOUND COILS.--See Inductance Coils.
BATTERY, A.--The 6-volt storage battery used to heat the filament of a vacuum tube, detector or amplifier.
BATTERY, A.--The 6-volt rechargeable battery used to power the filament of a vacuum tube, detector, or amplifier.
BATTERY, B.--The 22-1/2-volt dry cell battery used to energize the plate of a vacuum tube detector or amplifier.
BATTERY, B.--The 22.5-volt dry cell battery used to power the plate of a vacuum tube detector or amplifier.
BATTERY, BOOSTER.--This is the battery that is connected in series with the crystal detector.
BATTERY, BOOSTER.--This is the battery that is connected in series with the crystal detector.
BATTERY, C.--A small dry cell battery sometimes used to give the grid of a vacuum tube detector a bias potential.
BATTERY, C.--A small dry cell battery that's sometimes used to provide a bias potential for the grid of a vacuum tube detector.
BATTERY, EDISON STORAGE.--A storage battery in which the elements are made of nickel and iron and immersed in an alkaline electrolyte.
BATTERY, EDISON STORAGE.--A storage battery that uses nickel and iron for its elements and is immersed in an alkaline electrolyte.
BATTERY, LEAD STORAGE.--A storage battery in which the elements are made of lead and immersed in an acid electrolyte.
BATTERY, LEAD STORAGE.--A storage battery where the components are made of lead and are submerged in an acidic electrolyte.
BATTERY POLES.--See Poles, Battery.
BATTERY POLES.--See Battery Poles.
BATTERY, PRIMARY.--A battery that generates current by chemical action.
BATTERY, PRIMARY.--A battery that produces electricity through chemical reactions.
BATTERY, STORAGE.--A battery that develops a current after it has been charged.
BATTERY, STORAGE.--A battery that generates a current after it has been charged.
BEAT RECEPTION.--See Heterodyne Reception.
BEAT RECEPTION.--See Heterodyne Reception.
BED SPRINGS AERIAL.--See Aerial, Bed Springs.
BED SPRINGS AERIAL.--See Aerial, Bed Springs.
BLUB BLUB.--Over modulation in wireless telephony.
BLUB BLUB.--Over modulation in wireless phone communication.
BROAD WAVE.--See Wave, Broad.
BROAD WAVE.--See Broad Wave.
BRUSH DISCHARGE.--See Discharge.
BRUSH DISCHARGE.--See Discharge.
BUZZER MODULATION.--See Modulation, Buzzer.
BUZZER MODULATION.--See Buzzer Modulation.
BLUE GLOW DISCHARGE.--See Discharge.
BLUE GLOW DISCHARGE.--See Discharge.
BOOSTER BATTERY.--See Battery, Booster.
BOOSTER BATTERY.--See Booster Battery.
BROADCASTING.--Sending out intelligence and music from a central station for the benefit of all who live within range of it and who have receiving sets.
BROADCASTING.--Sending out information and music from a central location for the benefit of everyone within range who has a receiver.
CAPACITANCE.--Also called by the older name of capacity. The capacity of a condenser, inductance coil or other device capable of retaining a charge of electricity. Capacitance is measured in terms of the microfarad.
CAPACITANCE.--Also known by the older term capacity. The capacity of a capacitor, inductor, or other device that can hold an electric charge. Capacitance is measured in microfarads.
CAPACITIVE COUPLING.--See Coupling, Capacitive.
CAPACITIVE COUPLING.--See Capacitive Coupling.
CAPACITY.--Any object that will retain a charge of electricity; hence an aerial wire, a condenser or a metal plate is sometimes called a capacity.
CAPACITY.--Any object that can hold an electric charge; therefore, an overhead wire, a capacitor, or a metal plate is sometimes referred to as a capacity.
CAPACITY, AERIAL.--The amount to which an aerial wire system can be charged. The capacitance of a small amateur aerial is from 0.0002 to 0.0005 microfarad.
CAPACITY, AERIAL.--The extent to which an aerial wire system can hold a charge. The capacitance of a small amateur aerial ranges from 0.0002 to 0.0005 microfarad.
CAPACITY, DISTRIBUTED.--A coil of wire not only has inductance, but also a certain small capacitance. Coils wound with their turns parallel and having a number of layers have a bunched capacitance which produces untoward effects in oscillation circuits. In honeycomb and other stagger wound coils the capacitance is more evenly distributed.
CAPACITY, DISTRIBUTED.--A coil of wire not only has inductance but also a small amount of capacitance. Coils wound with their turns parallel and with multiple layers have a bunched capacitance that can lead to unwanted effects in oscillation circuits. In honeycomb and other staggered wound coils, the capacitance is more evenly distributed.
CAPACITY REACTANCE.--See Reactance, Capacity.
CAPACITY REACTANCE.--See Capacitance Reactance.
CAPACITY UNIT.--See Farad.
CAPACITY UNIT.--See Farad.
CARBON RHEOSTATS.--See Rheostat, Carbon.
CARBON RHEOSTATS.--See Carbon Rheostat.
CARBORUNDUM DETECTOR.--See Detector.
CARBORUNDUM DETECTOR.--See Detector.
CARRIER CURRENT TELEPHONY.--See Wired-Wireless.
CARRIER CURRENT TELEPHONY.--See Wired-Wireless.
CARRIER FREQUENCY.--See Frequency, Carrier.
CARRIER FREQUENCY.--See Carrier Frequency.
CARRIER FREQUENCY TELEPHONY.--See Wired-Wireless.
CARRIER FREQUENCY TELEPHONY.--See Wired-Wireless.
CASCADE AMPLIFICATION.--Two or more amplifying tubes hooked up in a receiving set.
CASCADE AMPLIFICATION.--Two or more amplifying tubes connected in a receiving device.
CAT WHISKER CONTACT.--A long, thin wire which makes contact with the crystal of a detector.
CAT WHISKER CONTACT.--A long, thin wire that touches the crystal of a detector.
CENTIMETER OF CAPACITANCE.--Equal to 1.11 microfarads.
CENTIMETER OF CAPACITANCE.--Equal to 1.11 microfarads.
CENTIMETER OF INDUCTANCE.--Equal to one one-thousandth part of a microhenry.
CENTIMETER OF INDUCTANCE.--Equal to one-thousandth of a microhenry.
CELLULAR COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
CELLULAR COILS.--See Inductance Coils.
C.G.S. ELECTROSTATIC UNIT OF CAPACITANCE.--See Centimeter of Capacitance.
C.G.S. ELECTROSTATIC UNIT OF CAPACITANCE.--See Centimeter of Capacitance.
CHARACTERISTICS.--The special behavior of a device, such as an aerial, a detector tube, etc.
CHARACTERISTICS.--The specific function of a device, like an aerial, a detector tube, etc.
CHARACTERISTICS, GRID.--See Grid Characteristics.
GRID CHARACTERISTICS.--See Grid Characteristics.
CHOKE COILS.--Coils that prevent the high voltage oscillations from surging back into the transformer and breaking down the insulation.
CHOKE COILS.--Coils that stop high voltage oscillations from flowing back into the transformer and damaging the insulation.
CHOPPER MODULATION.--See Modulation, Chopper.
CHOPPER MODULATION.--See Chopper Modulation.
CIRCUIT.--Any electrical conductor through which a current can flow. A low voltage current requires a loop of wire or other conductor both ends of which are connected to the source of current before it can flow. A high frequency current will surge in a wire which is open at both ends like the aerial.
CIRCUIT.--Any electrical conductor that allows current to flow. A low voltage current needs a loop of wire or another conductor with both ends connected to the current source in order to flow. A high frequency current can travel in a wire that is open at both ends, like an antenna.
- Closed Circuit.--A circuit that is continuous.
- Open Circuit.--A conductor that is not continuous.
- Coupled Circuits.--Open and closed circuits connected together by inductance coils, condensers or resistances. See coupling.
- Close Coupled Circuits.--Open and closed circuits connected directly together with a single inductance coil.
- Loose Coupled Circuits.--Opened and closed currents connected together inductively by means of a transformer.
- Stand-by Circuits.--Also called pick-up circuits. When listening-in for possible calls from a number of stations, a receiver is used which will respond to a wide band of wave lengths.
- Armstrong Circuits.--The regenerative circuit invented by Major E. H. Armstrong.
CLOSE COUPLED CIRCUITS.--See Currents, Close Coupled.
CLOSE COUPLED CIRCUITS.--See Currents, Close Coupled.
CLOSED CIRCUIT.--See Circuit, Closed.
CLOSED CIRCUIT.--See Closed Circuit.
CLOSED CORE TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer, Closed Core.
CLOSED CORE TRANSFORMER.--See Closed Core Transformer.
CODE.--
CODE.
- Continental.--Same as International.
- International.--On the continent of Europe land lines use the Continental Morse alphabetic code. This code has come to be used throughout the world for wireless telegraphy and hence it is now called the International code. It is given on Page 305. [Appendix: International Morse Code].
- Morse.--The code devised by Samuel F. B. Morse and which is used on the land lines in the U. S.
- National Electric.--A set of rules and requirements devised by the National Board of Fire Underwriters for the electrical installations in buildings on which insurance companies carry risks. This code also covers the requirements for wireless installations. A copy may be had from the National Board of Fire Underwriters, New York City, or from your insurance agent.
- National Electric Safety.--The Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C., have investigated the precautions which should be taken for the safe operation of all electric equipment. A copy of the Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 3 can be had for 40 cents from the Superintendent of Documents.
COEFFICIENT OF COUPLING.--See Coupling, Coefficient of.
COEFFICIENT OF COUPLING.--See Coupling, Coefficient of.
COIL AERIAL.--See Aerial, Loop.
COIL AERIAL.--See Loop Aerial.
COIL ANTENNA.--See Aerial, Loop.
COIL ANTENNA.--See Loop Antenna.
COIL, INDUCTION.--An apparatus for changing low voltage direct currents into high voltage, low frequency alternating currents. When fitted with a spark gap the high voltage, low frequency currents are converted into high voltage, high frequency currents. It is then also called a spark coil and a Ruhmkorff coil.
COIL, INDUCTION.--A device for converting low voltage direct currents into high voltage, low frequency alternating currents. When equipped with a spark gap, the high voltage, low frequency currents are transformed into high voltage, high frequency currents. It is then also referred to as a spark coil and a Ruhmkorff coil.
COIL, LOADING.--A coil connected in the aerial or closed oscillation circuit so that longer wave lengths can be received.
COIL, LOADING.--A coil connected in the aerial or closed oscillation circuit so that longer wavelengths can be received.
COIL, REPEATING.--See Repeating Coil.
COIL, REPEATING.--See Repeating Coil.
COIL, ROTATING.--One which rotates on a shaft instead of sliding as in a loose coupler. The rotor of a variometer or variocoupler is a rotating coil.
COIL, ROTATING.--A coil that spins on a shaft instead of sliding like in a loose coupler. The rotor of a variometer or variocoupler is a rotating coil.
COILS, INDUCTANCE.--These are the tuning coils used for sending and receiving sets. For sending sets they are formed of one and two coils, a single sending coil is generally called a tuning inductance coil, while a two-coil tuner is called an oscillation transformer. Receiving tuning coils are made with a single layer, single coil, or a pair of coils, when it is called an oscillation transformer. Some tuning inductance coils have more than one layer, they are then called lattice wound, cellular, basket wound, honeycomb, duo-lateral, stagger wound, spider-web and slab coils.
COILS, INDUCTANCE.--These are the tuning coils used for sending and receiving sets. For sending sets, they are made up of one or two coils; a single sending coil is usually called a tuning inductance coil, while a two-coil tuner is referred to as an oscillation transformer. Receiving tuning coils can be made with a single layer and coil, or a pair of coils, in which case it is called an oscillation transformer. Some tuning inductance coils have more than one layer; they are then called lattice wound, cellular, basket wound, honeycomb, duo-lateral, stagger wound, spider-web, and slab coils.
COMMERCIAL FREQUENCY.--See Frequency, Commercial.
COMMERCIAL FREQUENCY.--See Commercial Frequency.
CONDENSER, AERIAL SERIES.--A condenser placed in the aerial wire system to cut down the wave length.
CONDENSER, AERIAL SERIES.--A condenser installed in the aerial wire system to reduce the wavelength.
CONDENSER, VERNIER.--A small variable condenser used for receiving continuous waves where very sharp tuning is desired.
CONDENSER, VERNIER.--A small adjustable condenser used for receiving continuous waves where precise tuning is needed.
CONDENSER.--All conducting objects with their insulation form capacities, but a condenser is understood to mean two sheets or plates of metal placed closely together but separated by some insulating material.
CONDENSER.--All conductive objects with their insulation create capacitance, but a condenser specifically refers to two sheets or plates of metal positioned close together but separated by an insulating material.
- Adjustable Condenser.--Where two or more condensers can be coupled together by means of plugs, switches or other devices.
- Aerial Condenser.--A condenser connected in the aerial.
- Air Condenser.--Where air only separates the sheets of metal.
- By-Pass Condenser.--A condenser connected in the transmitting currents so that the high frequency currents cannot flow back through the power circuit.
- Filter Condenser.--A condenser of large capacitance used in combination with a filter reactor for smoothing out the pulsating direct currents as they come from the rectifier.
- Fixed Condenser.--Where the plates are fixed relatively to one another.
- Grid Condenser.--A condenser connected in series with the grid lead.
- Leyden Jar Condenser.--Where glass jars are used.
- Mica Condenser.--Where mica is used.
- Oil Condenser.--Where the plates are immersed in oil.
- Paper Condenser.--Where paper is used as the insulating material.
- Protective.--A condenser of large capacity connected across the low voltage supply circuit of a transmitter to form a by-path of kick-back oscillations.
- Variable Condenser.--Where alternate plates can be moved and so made to interleave more or less with a set of fixed plates.
- Vernier.--A small condenser with a vernier on it so that it can be very accurately varied. It is connected in parallel with the variable condenser used in the primary circuit and is used for the reception of continuous waves where sharp tuning is essential.
CONDENSITE.--A manufactured insulating compound.
CONDENSITE.--A synthetic insulating material.
CONDUCTIVITY.--The conductance of a given length of wire of uniform cross section. The reciprocal of resistivity.
CONDUCTIVITY.--The ability of a specific length of wire with a uniform cross-section to conduct electricity. It is the opposite of resistivity.
CONTACT DETECTORS.--See Detectors, Contact.
CONTACT DETECTORS.--See Contact Detectors.
CONTINENTAL CODE.--See Code, Continental.
CONTINENTAL CODE.--See Continental Code.
COULOMB.--The quantity of electricity transferred by a current of 1 ampere in 1 second.
COULOMB.--The amount of electricity moved by a current of 1 ampere in 1 second.
CONVECTIVE DISCHARGE.--See Discharge.
CONVECTIVE DISCHARGE.--See Discharge.
CONVENTIONAL SIGNALS.--See Signals, Conventional.
CONVENTIONAL SIGNALS.--See Conventional Signals.
COUNTER ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE.--See Electromotive Force, Counter.
COUNTER ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE.--See Counter Electromotive Force.
COUNTERPOISE. A duplicate of the aerial wire that is raised a few feet above the earth and insulated from it. Usually no connection is made with the earth itself.
COUNTERPOISE. A duplicate of the aerial wire that is raised a few feet above the ground and insulated from it. Typically, there is no connection made with the ground itself.
COUPLED CIRCUITS.--See Circuit, Coupled.
Coupled Circuits.--See Circuit, Coupled.
COUPLING.--When two oscillation circuits are connected together either by the magnetic field of an inductance coil, or by the electrostatic field of a condenser.
COUPLING.--When two oscillation circuits are connected either through the magnetic field of an inductor or through the electrostatic field of a capacitor.
COUPLING, CAPACITIVE.--Oscillation circuits when connected together by condensers instead of inductance coils.
COUPLING, CAPACITIVE.--Oscillation circuits connected together using capacitors instead of inductance coils.
COUPLING, COEFFICIENT OF.--The measure of the closeness of the coupling between two coils.
COUPLING, COEFFICIENT OF.--The measure of how closely two coils are coupled.
COUPLING, INDUCTIVE.--Oscillation circuits when connected together by inductance coils.
COUPLING, INDUCTIVE.--Oscillation circuits that are connected together using inductance coils.
COUPLING, RESISTANCE.--Oscillation circuits connected together by a resistance.
COUPLING, RESISTANCE.--Oscillation circuits linked together by a resistor.
CRYSTAL RECTIFIER.--A crystal detector.
Crystal rectifier -- A crystal detector.
CURRENT, ALTERNATING (A.C.).--A low frequency current that surges to and fro in a circuit.
CURRENT, ALTERNATING (A.C.).--A low-frequency current that flows back and forth in a circuit.
CURRENT, AUDIO FREQUENCY.--A current whose frequency is low enough to be heard in a telephone receiver. Such a current usually has a frequency of between 200 and 2,000 cycles per second.
CURRENT, AUDIO FREQUENCY.--A current that has a frequency low enough to be heard in a telephone receiver. This type of current typically has a frequency ranging from 200 to 2,000 cycles per second.
CURRENT, PLATE.--The current which flows between the filament and the plate of a vacuum tube.
CURRENT, PLATE.--The current that flows between the filament and the plate of a vacuum tube.
CURRENT, PULSATING.--A direct current whose voltage varies from moment to moment.
CURRENT, PULSATING.--A direct current whose voltage changes constantly from one moment to the next.
CURRENT, RADIO FREQUENCY.--A current whose frequency is so high it cannot be heard in a telephone receiver. Such a current may have a frequency of from 20,000 to 10,000,000 per second.
CURRENT, RADIO FREQUENCY.--A current with a frequency so high that it can't be heard through a phone receiver. This type of current can have a frequency ranging from 20,000 to 10,000,000 cycles per second.
CURRENTS, HIGH FREQUENCY.--(1) Currents that oscillate from 10,000 to 300,000,000 times per second. (2) Electric oscillations.
CURRENTS, HIGH FREQUENCY.--(1) Currents that fluctuate from 10,000 to 300,000,000 times per second. (2) Electric oscillations.
CURRENTS, HIGH POTENTIAL.--(1) Currents that have a potential of more than 10,000 volts. (2) High voltage currents.
CURRENTS, HIGH POTENTIAL.--(1) Currents with a potential of over 10,000 volts. (2) High voltage currents.
CYCLE.--(1) A series of changes which when completed are again at the starting point. (2) A period of time at the end of which an alternating or oscillating current repeats its original direction of flow.
CYCLE.--(1) A series of changes that, once completed, returns to the starting point. (2) A period of time after which an alternating or oscillating current goes back to its original direction of flow.
DAMPING.--The degree to which the energy of an electric oscillation is reduced. In an open circuit the energy of an oscillation set up by a spark gap is damped out in a few swings, while in a closed circuit it is greatly prolonged, the current oscillating 20 times or more before the energy is dissipated by the sum of the resistances of the circuit.
DAMPING.--The extent to which the energy of an electric oscillation decreases. In an open circuit, the energy from an oscillation created by a spark gap is diminished after just a few cycles, while in a closed circuit, it lasts much longer, with the current oscillating 20 times or more before the energy is lost due to the total resistance in the circuit.
DECREMENT.--The act or process of gradually becoming less.
DECREMENT.--The act or process of slowly getting smaller.
DETECTOR.--Any device that will (1) change the oscillations set up by the incoming waves into direct current, that is which will rectify them, or (2) that will act as a relay.
DETECTOR.--Any device that will (1) convert the oscillations created by the incoming waves into direct current, meaning it will rectify them, or (2) that will function as a relay.
- Carborundum.--One that uses a carborundum crystal for the sensitive element. Carborundum is a crystalline silicon carbide formed in the electric furnace.
- Cat Whisker Contact.--See Cat Whisker Contact.
- Chalcopyrite.--Copper pyrites. A brass colored mineral used as a crystal for detectors. See Zincite.
- Contact.--A crystal detector. Any kind of a detector in which two dissimilar but suitable solids make contact.
- Ferron.--A detector in which iron pyrites are used as the sensitive element.
- Galena.--A detector that uses a galena crystal for the rectifying element.
- Iron Pyrites.--A detector that uses a crystal of iron pyrites for its sensitive element.
- Molybdenite.--A detector that uses a crystal of sulphide of molybdenum for the sensitive element.
- Perikon.--A detector in which a bornite crystal makes contact with a zincite crystal.
- Silicon.--A detector that uses a crystal of silicon for its sensitive element.
- Vacuum Tube.--A vacuum tube (which see) used as a detector.
- Zincite.--A detector in which a crystal of zincite is used as the sensitive element.
DE TUNING.--A method of signaling by sustained oscillations in which the key when pressed down cuts out either some of the inductance or some of the capacity and hence greatly changes the wave length.
DE TUNING.--A way of signaling using sustained oscillations where pressing down on the key removes either some inductance or some capacity, which significantly alters the wavelength.
DIELECTRIC.--An insulating material between two electrically charged plates in which there is set up an electric strain, or displacement.
DIELECTRIC.--An insulating material placed between two charged plates that creates an electric strain or displacement.
DIELECTRIC STRAIN.--The electric displacement in a dielectric.
DIELECTRIC STRAIN.--The electric displacement in a dielectric.
DIRECTIONAL AERIAL.--See Aerial, Directional.
DIRECTIONAL AERIAL.--See Aerial, Directional.
DIRECTION FINDER.--See Aerial, Loop.
DIRECTION FINDER.--See Aerial, Loop.
DISCHARGE.--(1) A faintly luminous discharge that takes place from the positive pointed terminal of an induction coil, or other high potential apparatus; is termed a brush discharge. (2) A continuous discharge between the terminals of a high potential apparatus is termed a convective discharge. (3) The sudden breaking-down of the air between the balls forming the spark gap is termed a disruptive discharge; also called an electric spark, or just spark for short. (4) When a tube has a poor vacuum, or too large a battery voltage, it glows with a blue light and this is called a blue glow discharge.
DISCHARGE.--(1) A faintly glowing discharge that occurs from the positive pointed terminal of an induction coil or other high voltage device is called a brush discharge. (2) A continuous discharge between the terminals of a high voltage device is referred to as a convective discharge. (3) The sudden breakdown of the air between the electrodes in the spark gap is known as a disruptive discharge, also called an electric spark, or just spark for short. (4) When a tube has a poor vacuum or too high a battery voltage, it emits a blue light, which is referred to as a blue glow discharge.
DISRUPTIVE DISCHARGE.--See Discharge.
DISRUPTIVE DISCHARGE.--See Discharge.
DISTRESS CALL. [Morse code:] ...---... (SOS).
DISTRESS CALL. [Morse code:] ...---... (SOS).
DISTRIBUTED CAPACITY.--See Capacity, Distributed.
DISTRIBUTED CAPACITY.--See Distributed Capacity.
DOUBLE HUMP RESONANCE CURVE.--A resonance curve that has two peaks or humps which show that the oscillating currents which are set up when the primary and secondary of a tuning coil are closely coupled have two frequencies.
DOUBLE HUMP RESONANCE CURVE.--A resonance curve that has two peaks or humps, indicating that the oscillating currents generated when the primary and secondary of a tuning coil are closely linked exhibit two frequencies.
DUO-LATERAL COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
DUO-LATERAL COILS.--See Inductance Coils.
DUPLEX COMMUNICATION.--A wireless telephone system with which it is possible to talk between both stations in either direction without the use of switches. This is known as the duplex system.
DUPLEX COMMUNICATION.--A wireless phone system that allows conversations between both stations in either direction without the need for switches. This is called the duplex system.
EARTH CAPACITY.--An aerial counterpoise.
EARTH CAPACITY.--A sky counterweight.
EARTH CONNECTION.--Metal plates or wires buried in the ground or immersed in water. Any kind of means by which the sending and receiving apparatus can be connected with the earth.
EARTH CONNECTION.--Metal plates or wires buried in the ground or placed in water. Any method that allows the sending and receiving equipment to be connected to the earth.
EDISON STORAGE BATTERY.--See Storage Battery, Edison.
EDISON STORAGE BATTERY.--See Edison Storage Battery.
ELECTRIC ENERGY.--The power of an electric current.
ELECTRIC ENERGY.--The energy of an electric current.
ELECTRIC OSCILLATIONS.--See Oscillations, Electric.
ELECTRIC OSCILLATIONS.--See Electric Oscillations.
ELECTRIC SPARK.--See Discharge, Spark.
ELECTRIC SPARK.--See Discharge, Spark.
ELECTRICITY, NEGATIVE.--The opposite of positive electricity. Negative electricity is formed of negative electrons which make up the outside particles of an atom.
ELECTRICITY, NEGATIVE.--The opposite of positive electricity. Negative electricity consists of negative electrons that make up the outer particles of an atom.
ELECTRICITY, POSITIVE.--The opposite of negative electricity. Positive electricity is formed of positive electrons which make up the inside particles of an atom.
ELECTRICITY, POSITIVE.--The opposite of negative electricity. Positive electricity consists of positive electrons that make up the inner particles of an atom.
ELECTRODES.--Usually the parts of an apparatus which dip into a liquid and carry a current. The electrodes of a dry battery are the zinc and carbon elements. The electrodes of an Edison storage battery are the iron and nickel elements, and the electrodes of a lead storage battery are the lead elements.
ELECTRODES.--Typically, these are the components of a device that are submerged in a liquid and conduct an electric current. In a dry battery, the electrodes are the zinc and carbon parts. In an Edison storage battery, the electrodes are made of iron and nickel, while the electrodes of a lead storage battery consist of lead components.
ELECTROLYTES.--The acid or alkaline solutions used in batteries.
ELECTROLYTES.--The acidic or basic solutions used in batteries.
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES.--See Waves, Electric.
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES.--See Electric Waves.
ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE.--Abbreviated emf. The force that drives an electric current along a conductor. Also loosely called voltage.
ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE.--Abbreviated emf. The force that pushes an electric current through a conductor. It's also commonly referred to as voltage.
ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE, COUNTER.--The emf. that is set up in a direction opposite to that in which the current is flowing in a conductor.
ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE, COUNTER.--The emf that is created in a direction opposite to the flow of current in a conductor.
ELECTRON.--(1) A negative particle of electricity that is detached from an atom. (2) A negative particle of electricity thrown off from the incandescent filament of a vacuum tube.
ELECTRON.--(1) A negatively charged particle of electricity that is separated from an atom. (2) A negatively charged particle of electricity emitted from the glowing filament of a vacuum tube.
ELECTRON FLOW.--The passage of electrons between the incandescent filament and the cold positively charged plate of a vacuum tube.
ELECTRON FLOW.--The movement of electrons between the glowing filament and the cold positively charged plate of a vacuum tube.
ELECTRON RELAY.--See Relay, Electron.
ELECTRON RELAY.--See Electron Relay.
ELECTRON TUBE.--A vacuum tube or a gas-content tube used for any purpose in wireless work. See Vacuum Tube.
ELECTRON TUBE.--A vacuum tube or a gas-filled tube used for any purpose in wireless work. See Vacuum Tube.
ELECTROSE INSULATORS.--Insulators made of a composition material the trade name of which is Electrose.
ELECTROSE INSULATORS.--Insulators made from a composite material known by the trade name Electrose.
ENERGY, ELECTRIC.--See Electric Energy.
ENERGY, ELECTRIC.--See Electric Energy.
ENERGY UNIT.--The joule, which see, Page 308 [Appendix: Definitions of Electric and Magnetic Units].
ENERGY UNIT.--The joule, see Page 308 [Appendix: Definitions of Electric and Magnetic Units].
FADING.--The sudden variation in strength of signals received from a transmitting station when all the adjustments of both sending and receiving apparatus remain the same. Also called swinging.
FADING.--The sudden change in the strength of signals received from a transmitting station while all the settings of both the sending and receiving equipment stay the same. Also called swinging.
FARAD.--The capacitance of a condenser in which a potential difference of 1 volt causes it to have a charge of 1 coulomb of electricity.
FARAD.--The capacitance of a capacitor where a voltage difference of 1 volt results in a charge of 1 coulomb of electricity.
FEED-BACK ACTION.--Feeding back the oscillating currents in a vacuum tube to amplify its power. Also called regenerative action.
FEED-BACK ACTION.--Feeding back the oscillating currents in a vacuum tube to boost its power. Also known as regenerative action.
FERROMAGNETIC CONTROL.--See Magnetic Amplifier.
FERROMAGNETIC CONTROL.--See Magnetic Amplifier.
FILAMENT.--The wire in a vacuum tube that is heated to incandescence and which throws off electrons.
FILAMENT.--The wire inside a vacuum tube that gets heated until it glows and releases electrons.
FILAMENT RHEOSTAT.--See Rheostat, Filament.
FILAMENT RHEOSTAT.--See Filament Rheostat.
FILTER.--Inductance coils or condensers or both which (1) prevent troublesome voltages from acting on the different circuits, and (2) smooth out alternating currents after they have been rectified.
FILTER.--Inductance coils or capacitors or both that (1) prevent unwanted voltages from affecting the various circuits, and (2) smooth out alternating currents after they have been converted to direct current.
FILTER REACTOR.--See Reactor, Filter.
FILTER REACTOR.--See Reactor, Filter.
FIRE UNDERWRITERS.--See Code, National Electric.
FIRE UNDERWRITERS.--See National Electric Code.
FIXED GAP.--See Gap.
FIXED GAP.--See Gap.
FLEMING VALVE.--A two-electrode vacuum tube.
FLEMING VALVE.--A two-terminal vacuum tube.
FORCED OSCILLATIONS.--See Oscillations, Forced.
FORCED OSCILLATIONS.--See Forced Oscillations.
FREE OSCILLATIONS.--See Oscillations, Free.
FREE OSCILLATIONS.--See Free Oscillations.
FREQUENCY, AUDIO.--(1) An alternating current whose frequency is low enough to operate a telephone receiver and, hence, which can be heard by the ear. (2) Audio frequencies are usually around 500 or 1,000 cycles per second, but may be as low as 200 and as high as 10,000 cycles per second.
FREQUENCY, AUDIO.--(1) An alternating current with a frequency that’s low enough to work with a telephone receiver and can be heard by the human ear. (2) Audio frequencies are typically around 500 or 1,000 cycles per second, but can range from as low as 200 to as high as 10,000 cycles per second.
- Carrier.--A radio frequency wave modulated by an audio frequency wave which results in setting of three radio frequency waves. The principal radio frequency is called the carrier frequency, since it carries or transmits the audio frequency wave.
- Commercial.--(1) Alternating current that is used for commercial purposes, namely, light, heat and power. (2) Commercial frequencies now in general use are from 25 to 50 cycles per second.
- Natural.--The pendulum and vibrating spring have a natural frequency which depends on the size, material of which it is made, and the friction which it has to overcome. Likewise an oscillation circuit has a natural frequency which depends upon its inductance, capacitance and resistance.
- Radio.--(1) An oscillating current whose frequency is too high to affect a telephone receiver and, hence, cannot be heard by the ear. (2) Radio frequencies are usually between 20,000 and 2,000,000 cycles per second but may be as low as 10,000 and as high as 300,000,000 cycles per second.
- Spark.--The number of sparks per second produced by the discharge of a condenser.
GAP, FIXED.--One with fixed electrodes.
GAP, FIXED.--One with set electrodes.
GAP, NON-SYNCHRONOUS.--A rotary spark gap run by a separate motor which may be widely different from that of the speed of the alternator.
GAP, NON-SYNCHRONOUS.--A rotary spark gap powered by a separate motor that can operate at a speed distinct from that of the alternator.
GAP, QUENCHED.--(1) A spark gap for the impulse production of oscillating currents. (2) This method can be likened to one where a spring is struck a single sharp blow and then continues to set up vibrations.
GAP, QUENCHED.--(1) A spark gap for generating oscillating currents. (2) This method is similar to striking a spring with a single sharp hit, causing it to keep vibrating.
GAP, ROTARY.--One having fixed and rotating electrodes.
GAP, ROTARY.--One with stationary and rotating electrodes.
GAP, SYNCHRONOUS.--A rotary spark gap run at the same speed as the alternator which supplies the power transformer. Such a gap usually has as many teeth as there are poles on the generator. Hence one spark occurs per half cycle.
GAP, SYNCHRONOUS.--A rotary spark gap that operates at the same speed as the alternator providing power to the transformer. This type of gap typically has as many teeth as there are poles on the generator. Therefore, one spark occurs for each half cycle.
GAS-CONTENT TUBE.--See Vacuum Tube.
GAS-CONTENT TUBE.--See Vacuum Tube.
GENERATOR TUBE.--A vacuum tube used to set up oscillations. As a matter of fact it does not generate oscillations, but changes the initial low voltage current that flows through it into oscillations. Also called an oscillator tube and a power tube.
GENERATOR TUBE.--A vacuum tube used to create oscillations. In reality, it doesn't generate oscillations, but converts the initial low voltage current that flows through it into oscillations. It is also known as an oscillator tube and a power tube.
GRID BATTERY.--See Battery C.
GRID BATTERY.--See Battery C.
GRID CHARACTERISTICS.--The various relations that could exist between the voltages and currents of the grid of a vacuum tube, and the values which do exist between them when the tube is in operation. These characteristics are generally shown by curves.
GRID CHARACTERISTICS.--The different relationships that can exist between the voltages and currents of a vacuum tube's grid, and the actual values that are present when the tube is functioning. These characteristics are usually represented by curves.
GRID CONDENSER.--See Condenser, Grid.
GRID CONDENSER.--See Grid Condenser.
GRID LEAK.--A high resistance unit connected in the grid lead of both sending and receiving sets. In a sending set it keeps the voltage of the grid at a constant value and so controls the output of the aerial. In a receiving set it controls the current flowing between the plate and filament.
GRID LEAK.--A high-resistance device connected to the grid lead of both sending and receiving units. In a sending unit, it maintains the grid voltage at a constant level, which regulates the output of the antenna. In a receiving unit, it manages the current flowing between the plate and filament.
GRID MODULATION.--See Modulation, Grid.
GRID MODULATION.--See Grid Modulation.
GRID POTENTIAL.--The negative or positive voltage of the grid of a vacuum tube.
GRID POTENTIAL.--The negative or positive voltage of the grid in a vacuum tube.
GRID VOLTAGE.--See Grid Potential.
GRID VOLTAGE.--See Grid Voltage.
GRINDERS.--The most common form of Static, which see. They make a grinding noise in the headphones.
GRINDERS.--The most common form of Static, which see. They create a grinding noise in the headphones.
GROUND.--See Earth Connection.
GROUND.--See Earth Connection.
GROUND, AMATEUR.--A water-pipe ground.
GROUND, AMATEUR.--A hookah ground.
GROUND, WATERPIPE.--A common method of grounding by amateurs is to use the waterpipe, gaspipe or radiator.
GROUND, WATERPIPE.--A common way for amateurs to ground is by using the water pipe, gas pipe, or radiator.
GUIDED WAVE TELEPHONY.--See Wired Wireless.
GUIDED WAVE TELEPHONY.--See Wired Wireless.
HARD TUBE.--A vacuum tube in which the vacuum is high, that is, exhausted to a high degree.
HARD TUBE.--A vacuum tube where the vacuum is high, meaning it has been exhausted to a significant degree.
HELIX.--(1) Any coil of wire. (2) Specifically a transmitter tuning inductance coil.
HELIX.--(1) Any coil of wire. (2) Specifically, a coil used for tuning in a transmitter.
HENRY.--The inductance in a circuit in which the electromotive force induced is 1 volt when the inducing current varies at the rate of 1 ampere per second.
HENRY.--The inductance in a circuit where the induced electromotive force is 1 volt when the inducing current changes at a rate of 1 ampere per second.
HETERODYNE RECEPTION.--(1) Receiving by the beat method. (2) Receiving by means of superposing oscillations generated at the receiving station on the oscillations set up in the aerial by the incoming waves.
HETERODYNE RECEPTION.--(1) Receiving using the beat method. (2) Receiving by layering oscillations produced at the receiving station on top of the oscillations created in the antenna by the incoming waves.
HETERODYNE RECEPTOR.--See Receptor, Heterodyne.
HETERODYNE RECEPTOR.--See Heterodyne Receptor.
HIGH FREQUENCY CURRENTS.--See Currents, High Frequency.
HIGH FREQUENCY CURRENTS.--See High Frequency Currents.
HIGH FREQUENCY RESISTANCE.--See Resistance, High Frequency.
HIGH FREQUENCY RESISTANCE.--See High Frequency Resistance.
HIGH POTENTIAL CURRENTS.--See Currents, High Potential.
HIGH POTENTIAL CURRENTS.--See High Potential Currents.
HIGH VOLTAGE CURRENTS.--See Currents, High Potential.
HIGH VOLTAGE CURRENTS.--See High Voltage Currents.
HONEYCOMB COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
HONEYCOMB COILS.--See Inductance Coils.
HORSE-POWER.--Used in rating steam machinery. It is equal to 746 watts.
HORSE-POWER.--Used to rate steam machinery. It is equal to 746 watts.
HOT WIRE AMMETER.--See Ammeter, Hot Wire.
HOT WIRE AMMETER.--See Hot Wire Ammeter.
HOWLING.--Where more than three stages of radio amplification, or more than two stages of audio amplification, are used howling noises are apt to occur in the telephone receivers.
HOWLING.--When there are more than three stages of radio amplification, or more than two stages of audio amplification, howling noises are likely to occur in the telephone receivers.
IMPEDANCE.--An oscillation circuit has reactance and also resistance, and when these are combined the total opposition to the current is called impedance.
IMPEDANCE.--An oscillation circuit has reactance and also resistance, and when these are combined, the total opposition to the current is called impedance.
INDUCTANCE COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
INDUCTANCE COILS.--See Inductance Coils.
INDUCTANCE COIL, LOADING.--See Coil, Loading Inductance.
INDUCTANCE COIL, LOADING.--See Loading Inductance Coil.
INDUCTIVE COUPLING.--See Coupling, Inductive.
INDUCTIVE COUPLING.--See Inductive Coupling.
INDUCTIVE REACTANCE.--See Reactance, Inductive.
INDUCTIVE REACTANCE.--See Inductive Reactance.
INDUCTION COIL.--See Coil, Induction.
INDUCTION COIL.--See Induction Coil.
INDUCTION, MUTUAL.--Induction produced between two circuits or coils close to each other by the mutual interaction of their magnetic fields.
INDUCTION, MUTUAL.--Induction created between two circuits or coils that are close together due to the mutual interaction of their magnetic fields.
INSULATION.--Materials used on and around wires and other conductors to keep the current from leaking away.
INSULATION.--Materials used on and around wires and other conductors to prevent the current from escaping.
INSPECTOR, RADIO.--A U. S. inspector whose business it is to issue both station and operators' licenses in the district of which he is in charge.
INSPECTOR, RADIO.--A U.S. inspector responsible for issuing both station and operator licenses in his designated district.
INTERFERENCE.--The crossing or superposing of two sets of electric waves of the same or slightly different lengths which tend to oppose each other. It is the untoward interference between electric waves from different stations that makes selective signaling so difficult a problem.
INTERFERENCE.--The crossing or overlapping of two sets of electric waves of the same or slightly different lengths that tend to oppose each other. It's the unwanted interference between electric waves from different stations that makes selective signaling such a challenging issue.
INTERMEDIATE WAVES.--See Waves.
INTERMEDIATE WAVES.--See Waves.
IONIC TUBES.--See Vacuum Tubes.
IONIC TUBES.--See Vacuum Tubes.
INTERNATIONAL CODE.--See Code, International.
INTERNATIONAL CODE.--See International Code.
JAMMING.--Waves that are of such length and strength that when they interfere with incoming waves they drown them out.
JAMMING.--Waves that are so long and powerful that when they collide with incoming waves, they overpower them.
JOULE.--The energy spent in 1 second by a flow of 1 ampere in 1 ohm.
JOULE.--The energy used in 1 second by a current of 1 ampere flowing through 1 ohm.
JOULE'S LAW.--The relation between the heat produced in seconds to the resistance of the circuit, to the current flowing in it.
JOULE'S LAW.--The relationship between the heat generated in seconds, the resistance in the circuit, and the current flowing through it.
KENOTRON.--The trade name of a vacuum tube rectifier made by the Radio Corporation of America.
KENOTRON.--The brand name of a vacuum tube rectifier produced by the Radio Corporation of America.
KICK-BACK.--Oscillating currents that rise in voltage and tend to flow back through the circuit that is supplying the transmitter with low voltage current.
KICK-BACK.--Oscillating currents that increase in voltage and tend to flow back through the circuit supplying the transmitter with low voltage current.
KICK-BACK PREVENTION.--See Prevention, Kick-Back.
KICK-BACK PREVENTION.--See Prevention, Kick-Back.
KILOWATT.--1,000 watts.
KILOWATT.--1,000 watts.
LAMBDA.--See Pages 301, 302. [Appendix: Useful Abbreviations].
LAMBDA.--See Pages 301, 302. [Appendix: Useful Abbreviations].
LATTICE WOUND COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
Lattice Wound Coils.--See Coils, Inductance.
LIGHTNING SWITCH.--See Switch, Lightning.
LIGHTNING SWITCH.--See Switch, Lightning.
LINE RADIO COMMUNICATION.--See Wired Wireless.
LINE RADIO COMMUNICATION.--See Wired Wireless.
LINE RADIO TELEPHONY.--See Telephony, Line Radio.
LINE RADIO TELEPHONY.--See Telephony, Line Radio.
LITZENDRAHT.--A conductor formed of a number of fine copper wires either twisted or braided together. It is used to reduce the skin effect. See Resistance, High Frequency.
LITZENDRAHT.--A conductor made from several thin copper wires either twisted or braided together. It's used to minimize the skin effect. See Resistance, High Frequency.
LOAD FLICKER.--The flickering of electric lights on lines that supply wireless transmitting sets due to variations of the voltage on opening and closing the key.
LOAD FLICKER.--The flickering of electric lights on lines that supply wireless transmitting equipment due to voltage changes when the switch is turned on and off.
LOADING COIL.--See Coil, Loading.
LOADING COIL.--See Loading Coil.
LONG WAVES.--See Waves.
LONG WAVES.--See Waves.
LOOP AERIAL.--See Aerial, Loop.
LOOP AERIAL.--See Aerial, Loop.
LOOSE COUPLED CIRCUITS.--See Circuits, Loose Coupled.
LOOSE COUPLED CIRCUITS.--See Loose Coupled Circuits.
LOUD SPEAKER.--A telephone receiver connected to a horn, or a specially made one, that reproduces the incoming signals, words or music loud enough to be heard by a room or an auditorium full of people, or by large crowds out-doors.
LOUD SPEAKER.--A telephone receiver linked to a horn, or one specifically designed for this purpose, that amplifies incoming signals, words, or music loud enough to be heard by a room or an auditorium full of people, or by large outdoor crowds.
MAGNETIC POLES.--See Poles, Magnetic.
MAGNETIC POLES.--See Magnetic Poles.
MEGOHM.--One million ohms.
MEGOHM.--1 million ohms.
METER, AUDIBILITY.--An instrument for measuring the loudness of a signal by comparison with another signal. It consists of a pair of headphones and a variable resistance which have been calibrated.
METER, AUDIBILITY.--A device for measuring the loudness of a signal by comparing it with another signal. It includes a pair of headphones and a variable resistor that have been calibrated.
MHO.--The unit of conductance. As conductance is the reciprocal of resistance it is measured by the reciprocal ohm or mho.
MHO.--The unit of conductance. Since conductance is the opposite of resistance, it is measured in the reciprocal ohm or mho.
MICA.--A transparent mineral having a high insulating value and which can be split into very thin sheets. It is largely used in making condensers both for transmitting and receiving sets.
MICA.--A clear mineral with excellent insulating properties that can be split into very thin layers. It’s mainly used in the production of condensers for both transmitting and receiving devices.
MICROFARAD.--The millionth part of a farad.
MICROFARAD.--One millionth of a farad.
MICROHENRY.--The millionth part of a farad.
MICROHENRY.--One millionth of a farad.
MICROMICROFARAD.--The millionth part of a microfarad.
MICROMICROFARAD.--One-millionth of a microfarad.
MICROHM.--The millionth part of an ohm.
MICROHM.--One millionth of an ohm.
MICROPHONE TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer, Microphone.
MICROPHONE TRANSFORMER.--See Microphone Transformer.
MICROPHONE TRANSMITTER.--See Transmitter, Microphone.
MICROPHONE TRANSMITTER.--See Microphone Transmitter.
MILLI-AMMETER.--An ammeter that measures a current by the one-thousandth of an ampere.
MILLI-AMMETER.--An ammeter that measures current in one-thousandths of an ampere.
MODULATION.--(1) Inflection or varying the voice. (2) Varying the amplitude of oscillations by means of the voice.
MODULATION.--(1) Changing or varying the voice. (2) Changing the amplitude of oscillations using the voice.
MODULATION, BUZZER.--The modulation of radio frequency oscillations by a buzzer which breaks up the sustained oscillations of a transmitter into audio frequency impulses.
MODULATION, BUZZER.--The modulation of radio frequency oscillations by a buzzer that interrupts the continuous oscillations of a transmitter into audio frequency pulses.
MILLIHENRY.--The thousandth part of a henry.
MILLIHENRY.--One thousandth of a henry.
MODULATION, CHOPPER.--The modulation of radio frequency oscillations by a chopper which breaks up the sustained oscillations of a transmitter into audio frequency impulses.
MODULATION, CHOPPER.--The modulation of radio frequency oscillations by a chopper that interrupts the continuous oscillations of a transmitter into audio frequency pulses.
MODULATION, GRID.--The scheme of modulating an oscillator tube by connecting the secondary of a transformer, the primary of which is connected with a battery and a microphone transmitter, in the grid lead.
MODULATION, GRID.--The plan for modulating an oscillator tube involves connecting the secondary of a transformer, whose primary is linked to a battery and a microphone transmitter, to the grid lead.
MODULATION, OVER.--See Blub Blub.
MODULATION, OVER.--See Blub Blub.
MODULATION, PLATE.--Modulating the oscillations set up by a vacuum tube by varying the current impressed on the plate.
MODULATION, PLATE.--Changing the oscillations created by a vacuum tube by adjusting the current applied to the plate.
MODULATOR TUBE.--A vacuum tube used as a modulator.
MODULATOR TUBE.--A vacuum tube used for modulation.
MOTION, WAVE.--(1) The to and fro motion of water at sea. (2) Waves transmitted by, in and through the air, or sound waves. (3) Waves transmitted by, in and through the ether, or electromagnetic waves, or electric waves for short.
MOTION, WAVE.--(1) The back-and-forth movement of water at sea. (2) Waves transmitted through the air, like sound waves. (3) Waves transmitted through the ether, or electromagnetic waves, or simply electric waves.
MOTOR-GENERATOR.--A motor and a dynamo built to run at the same speed and mounted on a common base, the shafts being coupled together. In wireless it is used for changing commercial direct current into direct current of higher voltages for energizing the plate of a vacuum tube oscillator.
MOTOR-GENERATOR.--A motor and a dynamo designed to operate at the same speed and mounted on a shared base, with the shafts connected together. In wireless technology, it is used to convert commercial direct current into direct current of higher voltages for powering the plate of a vacuum tube oscillator.
MULTI-STAGE AMPLIFIERS.--See Amplifiers, Multi-Stage.
MULTI-STAGE AMPLIFIERS.--See Multi-Stage Amplifiers.
MUTUAL INDUCTION.--See Induction, Mutual.
MUTUAL INDUCTION.--See Mutual Induction.
MUSH.--Irregular intermediate frequencies set up by arc transmitters which interfere with the fundamental wave lengths.
MUSH.--Irregular intermediate frequencies produced by arc transmitters that disrupt the fundamental wavelengths.
MUSHY NOTE.--A note that is not clear cut, and hence hard to read, which is received by the heterodyne method when damped waves or modulated continuous waves are being received.
MUSHY NOTE.--A note that isn’t clear and is therefore difficult to read, which is received by the heterodyne method when damped waves or modulated continuous waves are being received.
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.--See Code, National Electric.
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.--See National Electric Code.
NATIONAL ELECTRIC SAFETY CODE.--See Code, National Electric Safety.
NATIONAL ELECTRIC SAFETY CODE.--See Code, National Electric Safety.
NEGATIVE ELECTRICITY.--See Electricity, Negative.
NEGATIVE ELECTRICITY.--See Negative Electricity.
NON-SYNCHRONOUS GAP.--See Gap, Non-Synchronous.
NON-SYNCHRONOUS GAP.--See Non-Synchronous Gap.
OHM.--The resistance of a thread of mercury at the temperature of melting ice, 14.4521 grams in mass, of uniform cross-section and a length of 106.300 centimeters.
OHM.--The resistance of a thread of mercury at the temperature of melting ice, weighing 14.4521 grams, with a uniform cross-section and a length of 106.300 centimeters.
OHM'S LAW.--The important fixed relation between the electric current, its electromotive force and the resistance of the conductor in which it flows.
OHM'S LAW.--The fundamental fixed relationship between electric current, its voltage, and the resistance of the conductor through which it flows.
OPEN CIRCUIT.--See Circuit, Open.
OPEN CIRCUIT.--See Open Circuit.
OPEN CORE TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer, Open Core.
OPEN CORE TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer, Open Core.
OSCILLATION TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer, Oscillation.
OSCILLATION TRANSFORMER.--See Oscillation Transformer.
OSCILLATIONS, ELECTRIC.--A current of high frequency that surges through an open or a closed circuit. (1) Electric oscillations may be set up by a spark gap, electric arc or a vacuum tube, when they have not only a high frequency but a high potential, or voltage. (2) When electric waves impinge on an aerial wire they are transformed into electric oscillations of a frequency equal to those which emitted the waves, but since a very small amount of energy is received their potential or voltage is likewise very small.
OSCILLATIONS, ELECTRIC.--A high-frequency current that flows through an open or closed circuit. (1) Electric oscillations can be created by a spark gap, electric arc, or vacuum tube when they possess both high frequency and high potential, or voltage. (2) When electric waves hit an aerial wire, they convert into electric oscillations at a frequency matching that of the waves that generated them, but since only a tiny amount of energy is captured, their potential or voltage remains very low.
- Sustained.--Oscillations in which the damping factor is small.
- Damped.--Oscillations in which the damping factor is large.
- Free.--When a condenser discharges through an oscillation circuit, where there is no outside electromotive force acting on it, the oscillations are said to be free.
- Forced.--Oscillations that are made to surge in a circuit whose natural period is different from that of the oscillations set up in it.
OSCILLATION TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer.
OSCILLATION TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer.
OSCILLATION VALVE.--See Vacuum Tube.
OSCILLATION VALVE.--See Vacuum Tube.
OSCILLATOR TUBE.--A vacuum tube which is used to produce electric oscillations.
OSCILLATOR TUBE.--A vacuum tube used to create electric oscillations.
OVER MODULATION.--See Blub Blub.
OVER MODULATION.--See Blub Blub.
PANCAKE OSCILLATION TRANSFORMER.--Disk-shaped coils that are used for receiving tuning inductances.
PANCAKE OSCILLATION TRANSFORMER.--Disk-shaped coils used for receiving tuning inductances.
PERMEABILITY, MAGNETIC.--The degree to which a substance can be magnetized. Iron has a greater magnetic permeability than air.
PERMEABILITY, MAGNETIC.--The extent to which a material can be magnetized. Iron has a higher magnetic permeability than air.
PHASE.--A characteristic aspect or appearance that takes place at the same point or part of a cycle.
PHASE.--A distinctive feature or look that occurs at the same point or part of a cycle.
PICK-UP CIRCUITS.--See Circuits, Stand-by.
PICK-UP CIRCUITS.--See Stand-by Circuits.
PLATE CIRCUIT REACTOR.--See Reactor, Plate Circuit.
PLATE CIRCUIT REACTOR.--See Plate Circuit Reactor.
PLATE CURRENT.--See Current, Plate.
PLATE CURRENT.--See Current, Plate.
PLATE MODULATION.--See Modulation, Plate.
PLATE MODULATION.--See Plate Modulation.
PLATE VOLTAGE.--See Foliage, Plate.
PLATE VOLTAGE.--See Foliage, Plate.
POLES, BATTERY.--The positive and negative terminals of the elements of a battery. On a storage battery these poles are marked + and - respectively.
POLES, BATTERY.--The positive and negative terminals of the elements of a battery. On a storage battery, these poles are marked + and - respectively.
POLES, MAGNETIC.--The ends of a magnet.
POLES, MAGNETIC.--The ends of a magnet.
POSITIVE ELECTRICITY.--See Electricity, Positive.
POSITIVE ELECTRICITY.--See Positive Electricity.
POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE.--The electric pressure between two charged conductors or surfaces.
POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE.--The electric pressure between two charged conductors or surfaces.
POTENTIOMETER.--A variable resistance used for subdividing the voltage of a current. A voltage divider.
POTENTIOMETER.--A variable resistor used to divide the voltage of an electric current. A voltage divider.
POWER TRANSFORMER.--See Transformer, Power.
POWER TRANSFORMER.--See Power Transformer.
POWER TUBE.--See Generator Tube.
POWER TUBE.--See Generator Tube.
PRIMARY BATTERY.--See Battery, Primary.
PRIMARY BATTERY.--See Primary Battery.
PREVENTION, KICK-BACK.--A choke coil placed in the power circuit to prevent the high frequency currents from getting into the transformer and breaking down the insulation.
PREVENTION, KICK-BACK.--A choke coil installed in the power circuit to block high-frequency currents from entering the transformer and damaging the insulation.
Q S T.--An abbreviation used in wireless communication for (1) the question "Have you received the general call?" and (2) the notice, "General call to all stations."
Q S T.--An abbreviation used in wireless communication for (1) the question "Did you get the general call?" and (2) the notice, "General call to all stations."
QUENCHED GAP.--See Gap, Quenched.
QUENCHED GAP.--See Quenched Gap.
RADIATION.--The emission, or throwing off, of electric waves by an aerial wire system.
RADIATION.--The release, or emission, of electric waves by a system of overhead wires.
RADIO AMMETER.--See Ammeter, Hot Wire.
RADIO AMMETER.--See Ammeter, Hot Wire.
RADIO FREQUENCY.--See Frequency, Radio.
RADIO FREQUENCY.--See Radio Frequency.
RADIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFICATION.--See Amplification, Radio Frequency.
RADIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFICATION.--See Radio Frequency Amplification.
RADIO FREQUENCY CURRENT.--See Current, Radio Frequency.
RADIO FREQUENCY CURRENT.--See Radio Frequency Current.
RADIO INSPECTOR.--See Inspector, Radio.
RADIO INSPECTOR.--See Radio Inspector.
RADIOTRON.--The trade name of vacuum tube detectors, amplifiers, oscillators and modulators made by the Radio Corporation of America.
RADIOTRON.--The brand name for vacuum tube detectors, amplifiers, oscillators, and modulators produced by the Radio Corporation of America.
RADIO WAVES.--See Waves, Radio.
RADIO WAVES.--See Radio Waves.
REACTANCE.--When a circuit has inductance and the current changes in value, it is opposed by the voltage induced by the variation of the current.
REACTANCE.--When a circuit has inductance and the current changes in value, it's resisted by the voltage created by the change in the current.
REACTANCE, CAPACITY.--The capacity reactance is the opposition offered to a current by a capacity. It is measured as a resistance, that is, in ohms.
REACTANCE, CAPACITY.--The capacity reactance is the resistance a capacitor provides to current. It is measured as a resistance, specifically in ohms.
RECEIVING TUNING COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
RECEIVING TUNING COILS.--See Inductance Coils.
RECEIVER, LOUD SPEAKING.--See Loud Speakers.
RECEIVER, SPEAKER PHONE.--See Loud Speakers.
RECEIVER, WATCH CASE.--A compact telephone receiver used for wireless reception.
RECEIVER, WATCH CASE.--A small telephone receiver designed for wireless reception.
REACTANCE, INDUCTIVE.--The inductive reactance is the opposition offered to the current by an inductance coil. It is measured as a resistance, that is, in ohms.
REACTANCE, INDUCTIVE.--Inductive reactance is the resistance that an inductance coil provides against the current. It is measured like resistance, in ohms.
REACTOR, FILTER.--A reactance coil for smoothing out the pulsating direct currents as they come from the rectifier.
REACTOR, FILTER.--A reactance coil used to smooth out the pulsating direct currents coming from the rectifier.
REACTOR, PLATE CIRCUIT.--A reactance coil used in the plate circuit of a wireless telephone to keep the direct current supply at a constant voltage.
REACTOR, PLATE CIRCUIT.--A reactance coil used in the plate circuit of a wireless phone to maintain a steady voltage for the direct current supply.
RECEIVER.--(1) A telephone receiver. (2) An apparatus for receiving signals, speech or music. (3) Better called a receptor to distinguish it from a telephone receiver.
RECEIVER.--(1) A phone receiver. (2) A device for receiving signals, speech, or music. (3) More accurately referred to as a receptor to differentiate it from a phone receiver.
RECTIFIER.--(1) An apparatus for changing alternating current into pulsating direct current. (2) Specifically in wireless (a) a crystal or vacuum tube detector, and (b) a two-electrode vacuum tube used for changing commercial alternating current into direct current for wireless telephony.
RECTIFIER.--(1) A device that converts alternating current into pulsating direct current. (2) Specifically in wireless (a) a crystal or vacuum tube detector, and (b) a two-electrode vacuum tube used for transforming commercial alternating current into direct current for wireless telephony.
REGENERATIVE AMPLIFICATION.--See Amplification, Regenerative.
REGENERATIVE AMPLIFICATION.--See Regenerative Amplification.
RECEPTOR.--A receiving set.
Receiver.
RECEPTOR, AUTODYNE.--A receptor that has a regenerative circuit and the same tube is used as a detector and as a generator of local oscillations.
RECEPTOR, AUTODYNE.--A receptor with a regenerative circuit that uses the same tube both as a detector and as a generator of local oscillations.
RECEPTOR, BEAT.--A heterodyne receptor.
RECEPTOR, BEAT.--A heterodyne receiver.
RECEPTOR, HETERODYNE.--A receiving set that uses a separate vacuum tube to set up the second series of waves for beat reception.
RECEPTOR, HETERODYNE.--A receiver that uses a separate vacuum tube to create a second set of waves for beat reception.
REGENERATIVE ACTION.--See Feed-Back Action.
REGENERATIVE ACTION.--See Feed-Back Action.
REGENERATIVE AMPLIFICATION.--See Amplification, Regenerative.
REGENERATIVE AMPLIFICATION.--See Amplification, Regenerative.
RELAY, ELECTRON.--A vacuum tube when used as a detector or an amplifier.
RELAY, ELECTRON.--A vacuum tube used as a detector or amplifier.
REPEATING COIL.--A transformer used in connecting up a wireless receiver with a wire transmitter.
REPEATING COIL.--A transformer used to connect a wireless receiver to a wired transmitter.
RESISTANCE.--The opposition offered by a wire or other conductor to the passage of a current.
RESISTANCE.--The opposition that a wire or other conductor presents to the flow of current.
RESISTANCE, AERIAL.--The resistance of the aerial wire to oscillating currents. This is greater than its ordinary ohmic resistance due to the skin effect. See Resistance, High Frequency.
RESISTANCE, AERIAL.--The resistance of the aerial wire to oscillating currents. This is higher than its usual ohmic resistance because of the skin effect. See Resistance, High Frequency.
RESISTANCE BOX.--See Resistor.
RESISTANCE BOX.--See Resistor.
RESISTANCE COUPLING.--See Coupling, Resistance.
RESISTANCE COUPLING.--See Resistance Coupling.
RESISTANCE, HIGH FREQUENCY.--When a high frequency current oscillates on a wire two things take place that are different than when a direct or alternating current flows through it, and these are (1) the current inside of the wire lags behind that of the current on the surface, and (2) the amplitude of the current is largest on the surface and grows smaller as the center of the wire is reached. This uneven distribution of the current is known as the skin effect and it amounts to the same thing as reducing the size of the wire, hence the resistance is increased.
RESISTANCE, HIGH FREQUENCY.--When a high-frequency current flows through a wire, two things happen that are different from what occurs with a direct or alternating current. First, the current inside the wire lags behind the current on the surface. Second, the current's amplitude is greatest at the surface and decreases as you move toward the center of the wire. This uneven distribution of current is called the skin effect, and it effectively reduces the wire's size, which leads to an increase in resistance.
RESISTIVITY.--The resistance of a given length of wire of uniform cross section. The reciprocal of conductivity.
RESISTIVITY.--The resistance of a specific length of wire with a consistent cross section. The inverse of conductivity.
RESISTOR.--A fixed or variable resistance unit or a group of such units. Variable resistors are also called resistance boxes and more often rheostats.
RESISTOR.--A fixed or variable resistance unit or a group of those units. Variable resistors are also known as resistance boxes and more commonly as rheostats.
RESONANCE.--(1) Simple resonance of sound is its increase set up by one body by the sympathetic vibration of a second body. (2) By extension the increase in the amplitude of electric oscillations when the circuit in which they surge has a natural period that is the same, or nearly the same, as the period of the first oscillation circuit.
RESONANCE.--(1) Simple resonance of sound is when one body increases sound by the sympathetic vibration of another body. (2) Additionally, it refers to the increase in the amplitude of electric oscillations when the circuit containing them has a natural period that is the same or nearly the same as the period of the first oscillation circuit.
RHEOSTAT.--A variable resistance unit. See Resistor.
RHEOSTAT.--A variable resistor. See Resistor.
RHEOSTAT, CARBON.--A carbon rod, or carbon plates or blocks, when used as variable resistances.
RHEOSTAT, CARBON.--A carbon rod, or carbon plates or blocks, when used as adjustable resistors.
RHEOSTAT, FILAMENT.--A variable resistance used for keeping the current of the storage battery which heats the filament of a vacuum tube at a constant voltage.
RHEOSTAT, FILAMENT.--A variable resistor used to maintain the current from the storage battery that heats the filament of a vacuum tube at a steady voltage.
ROTATING COIL.--See Coil.
ROTATING COIL.--See Coil.
ROTARY GAP.--See Gap.
ROTARY GAP.--See Gap.
ROTOR.--The rotating coil of a variometer or a variocoupler.
ROTOR.--The spinning coil of a variometer or a variocoupler.
RUHMKORFF COIL.--See Coil, Induction.
RUHMKORFF COIL.--See Induction Coil.
SATURATION.--The maximum plate current that a vacuum tube will take.
SATURATION.--The highest plate current that a vacuum tube can handle.
SENSITIVE SPOTS.--Spots on detector crystals that are sensitive to the action of electric oscillations.
SENSITIVE SPOTS.--Areas on detector crystals that are responsive to electric oscillations.
SHORT WAVES.--See Waves.
SHORT WAVES.--See Waves.
SIDE WAVES.--See Wave Length Band.
SIDE WAVES.--See Wave Length Band.
SIGNALS, CONVENTIONAL.--(1) The International Morse alphabet and numeral code, punctuation marks, and a few important abbreviations used in wireless telegraphy. (2) Dot and dash signals for distress call, invitation to transmit, etc. Now used for all general public service wireless communication.
SIGNALS, CONVENTIONAL.--(1) The International Morse alphabet and number code, punctuation marks, and some important abbreviations used in wireless telegraphy. (2) Dot and dash signals for distress calls, invitations to transmit, etc. Now used for all general public service wireless communication.
SKIN EFFECT.--See Resistance, High Frequency.
SKIN EFFECT.--See High Frequency Resistance.
SOFT TUBE.--A vacuum tube in which the vacuum is low, that is, it is not highly exhausted.
SOFT TUBE.--A vacuum tube with a low vacuum, meaning it isn't highly exhausted.
SPACE CHARGE EFFECT.--The electric field intensity due to the pressure of the negative electrons in the space between the filament and plate which at last equals and neutralizes that due to the positive potential of the plate so that there is no force acting on the electrons near the filament.
SPACE CHARGE EFFECT.--The electric field strength caused by the repulsion of negative electrons in the space between the filament and plate eventually balances out and cancels the positive voltage of the plate, resulting in no force acting on the electrons near the filament.
SPARK.--See Discharge.
SPARK.--See Release.
SPARK COIL.--See Coil, Induction.
SPARK COIL.--See Induction Coil.
SPARK DISCHARGE.--See Spark, Electric.
SPARK DISCHARGE.--See Electric Spark.
SPARK FREQUENCY.--See Frequency, Spark.
SPARK FREQUENCY.--See Spark Frequency.
SPARK GAP.--(1) A spark gap, without the hyphen, means the apparatus in which sparks take place; it is also called a spark discharger. (2) Spark-gap, with the hyphen, means the air-gap between the opposed faces of the electrodes in which sparks are produced.
SPARK GAP.--(1) A spark gap, without the hyphen, refers to the device where sparks occur; it's also known as a spark discharger. (2) Spark-gap, with the hyphen, refers to the space of air between the opposing surfaces of the electrodes where sparks are generated.
- Plain.--A spark gap with fixed electrodes.
- Rotary.--A spark gap with a pair of fixed electrodes and a number of electrodes mounted on a rotating element.
- Quenched.--A spark gap formed of a number of metal plates placed closely together and insulated from each other.
SPIDER WEB INDUCTANCE COIL.--See Coil, Spider Web Inductance.
SPIDER WEB INDUCTANCE COIL.--See Coil, Spider Web Inductance.
SPREADER.--A stick of wood, or spar, that holds the wires of the aerial apart.
SPREADER.--A stick of wood or rod that keeps the wires of the aerial separated.
STAGGER WOUND COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
STAGGERED WOUND COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
STAND-BY CIRCUITS.--See Circuits, Stand-By.
STANDBY CIRCUITS.--See Circuits, Standby.
STATIC.--Also called atmospherics, grinders, strays, X's, and, when bad enough, by other names. It is an electrical disturbance in the atmosphere which makes noises in the telephone receiver.
STATIC.--Also known as atmospherics, grinders, strays, X's, and, when it gets really bad, by other names. It's an electrical disturbance in the atmosphere that causes noises in the telephone receiver.
STATOR.--The fixed or stationary coil of a variometer or a variocoupler.
STATOR.--The stationary coil of a variometer or a variocoupler.
STORAGE BATTERY.--See Battery, Storage.
STORAGE BATTERY.--See Storage Battery.
STRAY ELIMINATION.--A method for increasing the strength of the signals as against the strength of the strays. See Static.
STRAY ELIMINATION.--A way to boost the strength of the signals compared to the strength of the stray signals. See Static.
STRAYS.--See Static.
STRAYS.--See Static.
STRANDED WIRE.--See Wire, Stranded.
STRANDED WIRE.--See Stranded Wire.
SUPER-HETERODYNE RECEPTOR.--See Heterodyne, Super.
SUPER-HETERODYNE RECEIVER.--See Heterodyne, Super.
SWINGING.--See Fading.
SWINGING.--See Fading.
SWITCH, AERIAL.--A switch used to change over from the sending to the receiving set, and the other way about, and connect them with the aerial.
SWITCH, AERIAL.--A switch used to switch from the sending set to the receiving set, and vice versa, while connecting them to the aerial.
SWITCH, LIGHTNING.--The switch that connects the aerial with the outside ground when the apparatus is not in use.
SWITCH, LIGHTNING.--The switch that links the aerial to the outside ground when the device is not in use.
SYMBOLS, APPARATUS.--Also called conventional symbols. These are diagrammatic lines representing various parts of apparatus so that when a wiring diagram of a transmitter or a receptor is to be made it is only necessary to connect them together. They are easy to make and easy to read. See Page 307 [Appendix: Symbols Used for Apparatus].
SYMBOLS, APPARATUS.--Also known as conventional symbols. These are diagrammatic lines that represent different parts of equipment, so that when creating a wiring diagram for a transmitter or receiver, you only need to connect them together. They are simple to create and easy to understand. See Page 307 [Appendix: Symbols Used for Apparatus].
SYNCHRONOUS GAP.--See Gap, Synchronous.
SYNCHRONOUS GAP.--See Synchronous Gap.
TELEPHONY, LINE RADIO.--See Wired Wireless.
TELEPHONY, LINE RADIO.--See Wired Wireless.
THERMAL AMMETER.--See Ammeter, Hot Wire.
THERMAL AMMETER.--See Hot Wire Ammeter.
THREE ELECTRODE VACUUM TUBE.--See Vacuum Tube, Three Electrode.
THREE ELECTRODE VACUUM TUBE.--See Vacuum Tube, Three Electrode.
TIKKER.--A slipping contact device that breaks up the sustained oscillations at the receiving end into groups so that the signals can be heard in the head phones. The device usually consists of a fine steel or gold wire slipping in the smooth groove of a rotating brass wheel.
TIKKER.--A contact device that interrupts continuous oscillations at the receiving end into groups, allowing the signals to be heard through the headphones. The device typically features a thin steel or gold wire that slips into the smooth groove of a rotating brass wheel.
TRANSFORMER.--A primary and a secondary coil for stepping up or down a primary alternating or oscillating current.
TRANSFORMER.--A primary and a secondary coil for increasing or decreasing a primary alternating or oscillating current.
- A. C.--See Power Transformer.
- Air Cooled.--A transformer in which the coils are exposed to the air.
- Air Core.--With high frequency currents it is the general practice not to use iron cores as these tend to choke off the oscillations. Hence the core consists of the air inside of the coils.
- Auto.--A single coil of wire in which one part forms the primary and the other part the secondary by bringing out an intermediate tap.
- Audio Amplifying.--This is a transformer with an iron core and is used for frequencies up to say 3,000.
- Closed Core.--A transformer in which the path of the magnetic flux is entirely through iron. Power transformers have closed cores.
- Microphone.--A small transformer for modulating the oscillations set up by an arc or a vacuum tube oscillator.
- Oil Cooled.--A transformer in which the coils are immersed in oil.
- Open Core.--A transformer in which the path of the magnetic flux is partly through iron and partly through air. Induction coils have open cores.
- Oscillation.--A coil or coils for transforming or stepping down or up oscillating currents. Oscillation transformers usually have no iron cores when they are also called air core transformers.
- Power.--A transformer for stepping down a commercial alternating current for lighting and heating the filament and for stepping up the commercial a.c., for charging the plate of a vacuum tube oscillator.
- Radio Amplifying.--This is a transformer with an air core. It does not in itself amplify but is so called because it is used in connection with an amplifying tube.
TRANSMITTER, MICROPHONE.--A telephone transmitter of the kind that is used in the Bell telephone system.
TRANSMITTER, MICROPHONE.--A telephone transmitter like the one used in the Bell telephone system.
TRANSMITTING TUNING COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
TRANSMITTING TUNING COILS.--See Inductance Coils.
TUNING.--When the open and closed oscillation circuits of a transmitter or a receptor are adjusted so that both of the former will permit electric oscillations to surge through them with the same frequency, they are said to be tuned. Likewise, when the sending and receiving stations are adjusted to the same wave length they are said to be tuned.
TUNING.--When the open and closed oscillation circuits of a transmitter or receiver are set so that both allow electric oscillations to pass through them at the same frequency, they are considered to be tuned. Similarly, when the sending and receiving stations are set to the same wavelength, they are referred to as tuned.
- Coarse Tuning.--The first adjustment in the tuning oscillation circuits of a receptor is made with the inductance coil and this tunes them coarse, or roughly.
- Fine Tuning.--After the oscillation circuits have been roughly tuned with the inductance coil the exact adjustment is obtained with the variable condenser and this is fine tuning.
- Sharp.--When a sending set will transmit or a receiving set will receive a wave of given length only it is said to be sharply tuned. The smaller the decrement the sharper the tuning.
TUNING COILS.--See Coils, Inductance.
Tuning Coils.--See Inductance Coils.
TWO ELECTRODE VACUUM TUBE.--See Vacuum Tube, Two Electrode.
TWO ELECTRODE VACUUM TUBE.--See Vacuum Tube, Two Electrode.
VACUUM TUBE.--A tube with two or three electrodes from which the air has been exhausted, or which is filled with an inert gas, and used as a detector, an amplifier, an oscillator or a modulator in wireless telegraphy and telephony.
VACUUM TUBE.--A tube with two or three electrodes that has had the air removed or is filled with an inert gas, used as a detector, amplifier, oscillator, or modulator in wireless communication and telephony.
- Amplifier.--See Amplifier, Vacuum Tube.
- Amplifying Modulator.--A vacuum tube used for modulating and amplifying the oscillations set up by the sending set.
- Gas Content.--A tube made like a vacuum tube and used as a detector but which contains an inert gas instead of being exhausted.
- Hard.--See Hard Tube.
- Rectifier.--(1) A vacuum tube detector. (2) a two-electrode vacuum tube used for changing commercial alternating current into direct current for wireless telephony.
- Soft.--See Soft Tube.
- Three Electrode.--A vacuum tube with three electrodes, namely a filament, a grid and a plate.
- Two Electrode.--A vacuum tube with two electrodes, namely the filament and the plate.
VALVE.--See Vacuum Tube.
VALVE.--See Vacuum Tube.
VALVE, FLEMING.--See Fleming Valve.
VALVE, FLEMING.--See Fleming Valve.
VARIABLE CONDENSER.--See Condenser, Variable.
VARIABLE CONDENSER.--See Variable Condenser.
VARIABLE INDUCTANCE.--See Inductance, Variable.
VARIABLE INDUCTANCE.--See Variable Inductance.
VARIABLE RESISTANCE.--See Resistance, Variable.
VARIABLE RESISTANCE.--See Variable Resistance.
VARIOCOUPLER.--A tuning device for varying the inductance of the receiving oscillation circuits. It consists of a fixed and a rotatable coil whose windings are not connected with each other.
VARIOCOUPLER.--A tuning device for changing the inductance of the receiving oscillation circuits. It consists of a fixed coil and a rotatable coil, with their windings not connected to each other.
VARIOMETER.--A tuning device for varying the inductance of the receiving oscillation currents. It consists of a fixed and a rotatable coil with the coils connected in series.
VARIOMETER.--A tuning device for adjusting the inductance of the receiving oscillation currents. It consists of a stationary coil and a rotating coil, with the coils connected in series.
VERNIER CONDENSER.--See Condenser, Vernier.
VERNIER CONDENSER.--See Vernier Condenser.
VOLT.--The electromotive force which produces a current of 1 ampere when steadily applied to a conductor the resistance of which is one ohm.
VOLT.--The electrical force that generates a current of 1 ampere when consistently applied to a conductor with a resistance of one ohm.
VOLTAGE DIVIDER.--See Potentiometer.
VOLTAGE DIVIDER.--See Potentiometer.
VOLTAGE, PLATE.--The voltage of the current that is used to energize the plate of a vacuum tube.
VOLTAGE, PLATE.--The voltage of the current used to power the plate of a vacuum tube.
VOLTMETER.--An instrument for measuring the voltage of an electric current.
VOLTMETER.--A device used to measure the voltage of an electric current.
WATCH CASE RECEIVER.--See Receiver, Watch Case.
WATCH CASE RECEIVER.--See Watch Case Receiver.
WATER-PIPE GROUND.--See Ground, Water-Pipe.
WATER-PIPE GROUND.--See Ground, Water-Pipe.
WATT.--The power spent by a current of 1 ampere in a resistance of 1 ohm.
WATT.--The power used by a 1 ampere current passing through a 1 ohm resistance.
WAVE, BROAD.--A wave having a high decrement, when the strength of the signals is nearly the same over a wide range of wave lengths.
WAVE, BROAD.--A wave with a high decrement, where the signal strength is approximately constant across a wide range of wavelengths.
WAVE LENGTH.--Every wave of whatever kind has a length. The wave length is usually taken to mean the distance between the crests of two successive waves.
WAVE LENGTH.--Every wave, no matter what type, has a length. The wavelength typically refers to the distance between the crests of two consecutive waves.
WAVE LENGTH BAND.--In wireless reception when continuous waves are being sent out and these are modulated by a microphone transmitter the different audio frequencies set up corresponding radio frequencies and the energy of these are emitted by the aerial; this results in waves of different lengths, or a band of waves as it is called.
WAVE LENGTH BAND.--In wireless reception, when continuous waves are transmitted and modulated by a microphone transmitter, the various audio frequencies create matching radio frequencies. The energy from these frequencies is emitted by the antenna, resulting in waves of different lengths, or a band of waves as it's called.
WAVE METER.--An apparatus for measuring the lengths of electric waves set up in the oscillation circuits of sending and receiving sets.
WAVE METER.--A device used to measure the lengths of electric waves created in the oscillation circuits of transmitting and receiving equipment.
WAVE MOTION.--Disturbances set up in the surrounding medium as water waves in and on the water, sound waves in the air and electric waves in the ether.
WAVE MOTION.--Disturbances created in the surrounding medium, like water waves on the surface of the water, sound waves in the air, and electric waves in the ether.
WAVES.--See Wave Motion.
WAVES.--See Wave Motion.
WAVES, ELECTRIC.--Electromagnetic waves set up in and transmitted by and through the ether.
WAVES, ELECTRIC.--Electromagnetic waves generated in and transmitted by the ether.
- Continuous. Abbreviated C.W.--Waves that are emitted without a break from the aerial. Also called undamped waves.
- Discontinuous.--Waves that are emitted periodically from the aerial. Also called damped waves. Damped.--See Discontinuous Waves.
- Intermediate.--Waves from 600 to 2,000 meters in length.
- Long.--Waves over 2,000 meters in length. Radio.--Electric waves used in wireless telegraphy and telephony.
- Short.--Waves up to 600 meters in length.
- Wireless.--Electric waves used in wireless telegraphy and telephony.
- Undamped.--See Continuous Waves.
WIRELESS TELEGRAPH CODE.--See Code, International.
WIRELESS TELEGRAPH CODE.--See International Code.
WIRE, ENAMELLED.--Wire that is given a thin coat of enamel which insulates it.
WIRE, ENAMELED.--Wire that is coated with a thin layer of enamel for insulation.
WIRE, PHOSPHOR BRONZE.--A very strong wire made of an alloy of copper and containing a trace of phosphorus.
WIRE, PHOSPHOR BRONZE.--A very strong wire made from a copper alloy that has a small amount of phosphorus.
WIRED WIRELESS.--Continuous waves of high frequency that are sent over telephone wires instead of through space. Also called line radio communication; carrier frequency telephony, carrier current telephony; guided wave telephony and wired wireless.
WIRED WIRELESS.--Continuous high-frequency waves transmitted over telephone lines instead of through the air. Also known as line radio communication; carrier frequency telephony, carrier current telephony; guided wave telephony and wired wireless.
X'S.--See Static.
X'S.--See Static.
ZINCITE.--See Detector.
ZINCITE.--See Detector.
WIRELESS DON'TS
AERIAL WIRE DON'TS
Don't use iron wire for your aerial.
Don't use iron wire for your antenna.
Don't fail to insulate it well at both ends.
Don't forget to insulate it properly at both ends.
Don't have it longer than 75 feet for sending out a 200-meter wave.
Don’t have it longer than 75 feet for sending out a 200-meter wave.
Don't fail to use a lightning arrester, or better, a lightning switch, for your receiving set.
Don't forget to use a lightning arrester, or even better, a lightning switch, for your receiving set.
Don't fail to use a lightning switch with your transmitting set.
Don't forget to use a lightning switch with your transmitting set.
Don't forget you must have an outside ground.
Don't forget you need to have an outdoor ground.
Don't fail to have the resistance of your aerial as small as possible. Use stranded wire.
Don't forget to keep the resistance of your antenna as low as possible. Use stranded wire.
Don't fail to solder the leading-in wire to the aerial.
Don't forget to solder the lead-in wire to the antenna.
Don't fail to properly insulate the leading-in wire where it goes through the window or wall.
Don't forget to properly insulate the wire where it goes through the window or wall.
Don't let your aerial or leading-in wire touch trees or other objects.
Don't let your aerial or lead-in wire touch trees or other objects.
Don't let your aerial come too close to overhead wires of any kind.
Don’t let your antenna get too close to any overhead wires.
Don't run your aerial directly under, or over, or parallel with electric light or other wires.
Don't run your antenna directly underneath, above, or alongside electric light or other wires.
Don't fail to make a good ground connection with the water pipe inside.
Don't forget to make a solid ground connection with the water pipe inside.
TRANSMITTING DON'TS
Don't attempt to send until you get your license.
Don't try to send anything until you get your license.
Don't fail to live up to every rule and regulation.
Don't neglect to follow every rule and regulation.
Don't use an input of more than 1/2 a kilowatt if you live within 5 nautical miles of a naval station.
Don't use more than 1/2 a kilowatt of input if you live within 5 nautical miles of a naval station.
Don't send on more than a 200-meter wave if you have a restricted or general amateur license.
Don't transmit on a wave longer than 200 meters if you have a restricted or general amateur license.
Don't use spark gap electrodes that are too small or they will get hot.
Don't use spark gap electrodes that are too small, or they'll overheat.
Don't use too long or too short a spark gap. The right length can be found by trying it out.
Don't use a spark gap that's too long or too short. The right length can be found by experimenting with it.
Don't fail to use a safety spark gap between the grid and the filament terminals where the plate potential is above 2,000 volts.
Don't forget to use a safety spark gap between the grid and the filament terminals when the plate voltage exceeds 2,000 volts.
Don't buy a motor-generator set if you have commercial alternating current in your home.
Don't buy a motor-generator set if you have commercial alternating current in your home.
Don't overload an oscillation vacuum tube as it will greatly shorten its life. Use two in parallel.
Don't overload an oscillation vacuum tube, as it will significantly shorten its lifespan. Use two in parallel.
Don't operate a transmitting set without a hot-wire ammeter in the aerial.
Don't run a transmitter without a hot-wire ammeter in the antenna.
Don't use solid wire for connecting up the parts of transmitters. Use stranded or braided wire.
Don't use solid wire to connect the parts of transmitters. Use stranded or braided wire instead.
Don't fail to solder each connection.
Make sure to solder each connection.
Don't use soldering fluid, use rosin.
Don't use soldering flux, use rosin.
Don't think that all of the energy of an oscillation tube cannot be used for wave lengths of 200 meters and under. It can be if the transmitting set and aerial are properly designed.
Don't think that all the energy of an oscillation tube can't be used for wavelengths of 200 meters and under. It can be if the transmitting set and antenna are designed correctly.
Don't run the wires of oscillation circuits too close together.
Don't run the oscillation circuit wires too close together.
Don't cross the wires of oscillation circuits except at right angles.
Don't cross the wires of oscillation circuits except at right angles.
Don't set the transformer of a transmitting set nearer than 3 feet to the condenser and tuning coil.
Don't place the transformer of a transmitting system closer than 3 feet to the condenser and tuning coil.
Don't use a rotary gap in which the wheel runs out of true.
Don't use a rotary gap where the wheel isn't perfectly aligned.
RECEIVING DON'TS
Don't expect to get as good results with a crystal detector as with a vacuum tube detector.
Don’t expect to get the same quality results with a crystal detector as you would with a vacuum tube detector.
Don't be discouraged if you fail to hit the sensitive spot of a crystal detector the first time--or several times thereafter.
Don't be discouraged if you don't hit the sensitive spot of a crystal detector the first time--or even after multiple tries.
Don't use a wire larger than No. 80 for the wire electrode of a crystal detector.
Don't use a wire thicker than No. 80 for the wire electrode of a crystal detector.
Don't try to use a loud speaker with a crystal detector receiving set.
Don't try to use a loudspeaker with a crystal detector receiving set.
Don't expect a loop aerial to give worthwhile results with a crystal detector.
Don't expect a loop aerial to provide good results with a crystal detector.
Don't handle crystals with your fingers as this destroys their sensitivity. Use tweezers or a cloth.
Don't touch crystals with your fingers because it ruins their sensitivity. Use tweezers or a cloth instead.
Don't imbed the crystal in solder as the heat destroys its sensitivity. Use Wood's metal, or some other alloy which melts at or near the temperature of boiling water.
Don't embed the crystal in solder because the heat ruins its sensitivity. Use Wood's metal or another alloy that melts at or around the temperature of boiling water.
Don't forget that strong static and strong signals sometimes destroy the sensitivity of crystals.
Don't forget that strong static and strong signals can sometimes ruin the sensitivity of crystals.
Don't heat the filament of a vacuum tube to greater brilliancy than is necessary to secure the sensitiveness required.
Don't heat the filament of a vacuum tube to a brightness greater than what is necessary to achieve the required sensitivity.
Don't use a plate voltage that is less or more than it is rated for.
Don’t use a plate voltage that is lower or higher than it's rated for.
Don't connect the filament to a lighting circuit.
Don't connect the filament to a lighting circuit.
Don't use dry cells for heating the filament except in a pinch.
Don't use dry cells to heat the filament unless you absolutely have to.
Don't use a constant current to heat the filament, use a constant voltage.
Don't use a constant current to heat the filament; use a constant voltage instead.
Don't use a vacuum tube in a horizontal position unless it is made to be so used.
Don't use a vacuum tube horizontally unless it is designed for that purpose.
Don't fail to properly insulate the grid and plate leads.
Don’t forget to properly insulate the grid and plate leads.
Don't use more than 1/3 of the rated voltage on the filament and on the plate when trying it out for the first time.
Don’t use more than 1/3 of the rated voltage on the filament and on the plate when testing it for the first time.
Don't fail to use alternating current for heating the filament where this is possible.
Don't forget to use alternating current for heating the filament whenever possible.
Don't fail to use a voltmeter to find the proper temperature of the filament.
Don’t forget to use a voltmeter to check the right temperature of the filament.
Don't expect to get results with a loud speaker when using a single vacuum tube.
Don't expect to get results with a loudspeaker when using a single vacuum tube.
Don't fail to protect your vacuum tubes from mechanical shocks and vibration.
Don’t forget to shield your vacuum tubes from mechanical shocks and vibrations.
Don't fail to cut off the A battery entirely from the filament when you are through receiving.
Don’t forget to disconnect the A battery completely from the filament when you finish receiving.
Don't switch on the A battery current all at once through the filament when you start to receive.
Don't turn on the A battery current all at once through the filament when you start receiving.
Don't expect to get the best results with a gas-content detector tube without using a potentiometer.
Don't expect to get the best results with a gas-content detector tube without using a potentiometer.
Don't connect a potentiometer across the B battery or it will speedily run down.
Don't connect a potentiometer across the B battery or it will quickly drain.
Don't expect to get as good results with a single coil tuner as you would with a loose coupler.
Don't expect to get as good results with a single coil tuner as you would with a loose coupler.
Don't expect to get as good results with a two-coil tuner as with one having a third, or tickler, coil.
Don't expect to get as good results with a two-coil tuner as with one that has a third, or tickler, coil.
Don't think you have to use a regenerative circuit, that is, one with a tickler coil, to receive with a vacuum tube detector.
Don't think you need to use a regenerative circuit, meaning one with a tickler coil, to receive signals with a vacuum tube detector.
Don't think you are the only amateur who is troubled with static.
Don't think you're the only amateur dealing with static.
Don't expect to eliminate interference if the amateurs around you are sending with spark sets.
Don't expect to eliminate interference if the amateurs around you are using spark sets.
Don't lay out or assemble your set on a panel first. Connect it up on a board and find out if everything is right.
Don't lay out or assemble your set on a panel first. Connect it on a board and check if everything is correct.
Don't try to connect up your set without a wiring diagram in front of you.
Don't try to connect your set without having a wiring diagram in front of you.
Don't fail to shield radio frequency amplifiers.
Don’t forget to protect radio frequency amplifiers.
Don't set the axes of the cores of radio frequency transformers in a line. Set them at right angles to each other.
Don't align the axes of the cores of radio frequency transformers in a straight line. Position them at right angles to one another.
Don't use wire smaller than No. 14 for connecting up the various parts.
Don't use wire smaller than No. 14 for connecting the different parts.
Don't fail to adjust the B battery after putting in a fresh vacuum tube, as its sensitivity depends largely on the voltage.
Don't forget to adjust the B battery after installing a new vacuum tube, as its sensitivity is largely affected by the voltage.
Don't fail to properly space the parts where you use variometers.
Don't forget to space out the parts properly when you're using variometers.
Don't fail to put a copper shield between the variometer and the variocoupler.
Don't forget to place a copper shield between the variometer and the variocoupler.
Don't fail to keep the leads to the vacuum tube as short as possible.
Don't forget to keep the leads to the vacuum tube as short as you can.
Don't throw your receiving set out of the window if it howls. Try placing the audio-frequency transformers farther apart and the cores of them at right angles to each other.
Don't throw your receiver out the window if it howls. Try moving the audio-frequency transformers further apart and positioning their cores at right angles to each other.
Don't use condensers with paper dielectrics for an amplifier receiving set or it will be noisy.
Don’t use capacitors with paper dielectrics for an amplifier receiving set, or it will create noise.
Don't expect as good results with a loop aerial, or when? using the bed springs, as an out-door aerial will give you.
Don't expect as good results with a loop antenna or when using bed springs as you would get from an outdoor antenna.
Don't use an amplifier having a plate potential of less than 100 volts for the last step where a loud speaker is to be used.
Don't use an amplifier with a plate voltage of less than 100 volts for the final step when a loudspeaker is being used.
Don't try to assemble a set if you don't know the difference between a binding post and a blue print. Buy a set ready to use.
Don't try to put together a set if you can't tell the difference between a binding post and a blueprint. Buy a set that's ready to use.
Don't expect to get Arlington time signals and the big cableless stations if your receiver is made for short wave lengths.
Don't expect to receive Arlington time signals and the major cable-free stations if your receiver is designed for short wave lengths.
Don't take your headphones apart. You are just as apt to spoil them as you would a watch.
Don't take your headphones apart. You're just as likely to ruin them as you would a watch.
Don't expect to get results with a Bell telephone receiver.
Don't expect to get results with a Bell phone receiver.
Don't forget that there are other operators using the ether besides yourself.
Don't forget that there are other operators using the network besides you.
Don't let your B battery get damp and don't let it freeze.
Don’t let your B battery get wet and don’t let it freeze.
Don't try to recharge your B battery unless it is constructed for the purpose.
Don't try to recharge your B battery unless it’s made for that purpose.
STORAGE BATTERY DON'TS
Don't connect a source of alternating current direct to your storage battery. You have to use a rectifier.
Don't connect an alternating current source directly to your storage battery. You need to use a rectifier.
Don't connect the positive lead of the charging circuit with the negative terminal of your storage battery.
Don't connect the positive lead of the charging circuit to the negative terminal of your storage battery.
Don't let the electrolyte get lower than the tops of the plates of your storage battery.
Don't let the electrolyte drop below the top of the plates in your storage battery.
Don't fail to look after the condition of your storage battery once in a while.
Don't forget to check the condition of your storage battery every now and then.
Don't buy a storage battery that gives less than 6 volts for heating the filament.
Don't buy a storage battery that provides less than 6 volts for heating the filament.
Don't fail to keep the specific gravity of the electrolyte of your storage battery between 1.225 and 1.300 Baume. This you can do with a hydrometer.
Don't forget to keep the specific gravity of the electrolyte in your storage battery between 1.225 and 1.300 Baume. You can do this using a hydrometer.
Don't fail to recharge your storage battery when the hydrometer shows that the specific gravity of the electrolyte is close to 1.225.
Don't forget to recharge your storage battery when the hydrometer indicates that the specific gravity of the electrolyte is near 1.225.
Don't keep charging the battery after the hydrometer shows that the specific gravity is 1.285.
Don’t keep charging the battery once the hydrometer indicates that the specific gravity is 1.285.
Don't let the storage battery freeze.
Don't let the battery freeze.
Don't let it stand for longer than a month without using unless you charge it.
Don't let it sit for more than a month without using it unless you charge it.
Don't monkey with the storage battery except to add a little sulphuric acid to the electrolyte from time to time. If anything goes wrong with it better take it to a service station and let the expert do it.
Don't mess with the storage battery unless you’re just adding a little sulfuric acid to the electrolyte every now and then. If anything goes wrong with it, it’s best to take it to a service station and let the expert handle it.
EXTRA DON'TS
Don't think you have an up-to-date transmitting station unless you are using C.W.
Don't assume you have a current transmitting station unless you're using C.W.
Don't use a wire from your lightning switch down to the outside ground that is smaller than No. 4.
Don't use a wire from your lightning switch down to the outside ground that is smaller than No. 4.
Don't try to operate your spark coil with 110-volt direct lighting current without connecting in a rheostat.
Don't try to use your spark coil with 110-volt direct lighting current without connecting a rheostat.
Don't try to operate your spark coil with 110-volt alternating lighting current without connecting in an electrolytic interrupter.
Don't try to run your spark coil with 110-volt alternating current without connecting an electrolytic interrupter.
Don't try to operate an alternating current power transformer with 110-volt direct current without connecting in an electrolytic interruptor.
Don't try to run an alternating current power transformer with 110-volt direct current without connecting an electrolytic interrupter.
Don't--no never--connect one side of the spark gap to the aerial wire and the other side of the spark gap to the ground. The Government won't have it--that's all.
Don't--never connect one side of the spark gap to the aerial wire and the other side of the spark gap to the ground. The government won't allow it--that's all.
Don't try to tune your transmitter to send out waves of given length by guesswork. Use a wavemeter.
Don't try to tune your transmitter to send out waves of a certain length by guessing. Use a wavemeter.
Don't use hard fiber for panels. It is a very poor insulator where high frequency currents are used.
Don't use hard fiber for panels. It's a very bad insulator when high-frequency currents are involved.
Don't think you are the only one who doesn't know all about wireless. Wireless is a very complex art and there are many things that those experienced have still to learn.
Don’t think you’re the only one who doesn’t know everything about wireless. Wireless is a complicated field, and there are plenty of things even experienced people still need to learn.
THE END.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!